(Do not Cite or Quote) EPA/600/AP-93/001b
July 1993
Urban Soil Lead Abatement
Demonstration Project
Volume II. Part 2
Boston Report
NOTICE
This document is a preliminary draft. It has not been formally
released by EPA and should not at this stage be construed to
represent Agency policy. It is being circulated for comment
on its technical accuracy and policy implications.
Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office
Office of Health and Environmental Assessment
Office of Research and Development
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
— *&9 p"'nted on Recycled Paper —
-------
Table of Contents
/Page
1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ; 1-1
1.1 LEAD POISONING AND LEAD CONTAMINATED SOIL
IN BOSTON 1-2
1.2 IDENTIFICATION AND ENROLLMENT OF
STUDY POPULATION 1-3
1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS 1-4
1.3.1 SoU 1-4
1.3.2 Dust 1-4
1.3.3 Water 1-5
1.3.4 Paint 1-5
1.4 CHILD AND FAMILY MEASURES 1-5
1.4.1 Social and Behavioral Questionnaire . 1-5
1.5 OUTCOME MEASURES 1-5
1.5.1 Blood Samples 1-5
1.5.2 Hand Lead Determinations 1-6
1.5.3 Environmental Interventions 1-6
1.6 ANALYSIS 1-7
1.7 RESULTS 1-8
1.7.1 Blood Lead Levels 1-9
1.7.1.1 Crude Analyses ; 1-9
v 1.7.2 Adjusted Analyses 1-10
1.7.3 Handwipe Lead Levels 1-11
1.8 CONCLUSION 1-12
1.9 IMPLICATIONS 1-14
2. BACKGROUND i 2-1
2.1 LEAD POISONING IN BOSTON 2-2
2.2 CONTAMINATED SOIL IN BOSTON 2-3
2.3 IMPLEMENTATION 2-4
3. STUDY ADMINISTRATION 3-1
4. HUMAN STUDIES REVIEW 4-1
5. STUDY DESIGN 5-1
5.1 PURPOSE 5-1
5.2 IDENTIFICATION OF STUDY POPULATION 5-1
5.3 ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA 5-3
5.4 RATIONALE FOR EIIGIBILITY CRITERIA 5-4
5.5 INTERVENTION 5-7
11
-------
Table of Contents (continued)
5.6 STUDY SIZE 5-7
5.7 CHANGES IN STUDY DESIGN AND SAMPLE SIZE . 5-10
5.8 ATTRITION AND FOLLOW-UP OF STUDY POPULATION .. 5-11
6. PARENT EDUCATION AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS
STRATEGIES 6-1
7. ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS AND ANALYSIS 7-1
7.1 SOIL 7-1
7.2 PRELIMINARY SOIL SAMPLING TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY -. . . 7-1
7.3 DETAILED SOIL SAMPLING 7-2
7.4 RECONTAMLNATION ASSESSMENT SOIL SAMPLING 7-2
7.5 DUST ..-..' 7-3
7.6 WATER 7-4
7.7 PAINT . . . 7.4
7.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR SOIL AND DUST
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS 7-5
8. SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL QUESTIONNAIRE 8-1
9. BIOLOGICAL SAMPLING AND MEASURES 9-1
9.1 BLOOD SAMPLING 9-1
9.2 BLOOD SAMPLE ANALYTIC PROCEDURES ........... 9-2
9.3 HAND LEAD DETERMINATIONS 9-2
9.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL FOR
BLOOD LEAD MEASUREMENTS 9-3
9.5 REPORTING AND EVALUATION OF CLINICAL DATA .... 9-5
10. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INTERVENTIONS 10-1
10.1 LOOSE PAINT ABATEMENT . 10-1
10.2 INTERIOR DUST ABATEMENT 10-1
10.3 SOIL ABATEMENT . 10-2
10.3.1 Subsurface Fabric/Synthetic Barrier 10-4
10.3.2 Surface Covers . . 10-4
10.3.3 Soil Abatement Procedures . 10-5
10.3.4 Soil Abatement Safety 10-8
10.3.5 Soil Disposal 10-9
10.3.6 Obstacles to Soil Abatement 10-11
111
-------
Table of Contents (continued)
11. INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR PAINT DELEADING 11-1
11.1 PRE-DELEADING PLANNING 11-1
11.2 DEVELOPMENT OF INSPECTION PROCEDURES 11-3
11.3 DELEADING ACTIVITIES 11-4
11.3.1 Exterior Deleading 11-6
11.3,2 Interior Deleading 11-7
11.3.3 Temporary Housing 11-9
11.3.4 Damage Control 11-10
11.3.5 Clearance Sampling . 11-11
12. SCHEDULE OF ACTIVITIES . , 12-1
13. DATA COLLECTION AND MANAGEMENT 13-1
14. DATA ANALYSIS 14-1
15. RESULTS 15-1
15.1 BLOOD LEAD LEVELS 15-1
15.1.1 Crude Analysis : 15-1
15.2 CHARACTERISTICS OF FINAL STUDY POPULATION 15-5
15.2.1 Adjusted Analyses 15-10
15.3 HAND LEAD LEVELS 15-19
15.4 ENVIRONMENTAL LEAD LEVELS 15-21
15.4.1 Soil 15-22
15.4.2 Dust 15-32
15.4.3 Water 15-34
15.4.4 Paint 15-35
15.5 COST OF ABATEMENT ACTIVITIES 15-37
15.5.1 Soil Abatement 15-37
15.5.2 Interior Loose Paint and Dust Abatement 15-40
15.5.3 interior Dust Abatement Costs 15-42
15.5.4 Deleading Costs 15-43
15.5.4.1 Total Deleading Costs 15-46
16. DISCUSSION 16-1
16.1 STUDY PROBLEMS AND THEIR RESOLUTION 16-2
16.1.1 Recruitment and Retention of Study Participants 16-2
16.1.2 Lead Contaminated Soil Disposal 16-3
16.1.3 Limited Funding 16-4
IV
-------
Table of Contents (continued)
16.1.4 Concerns About Ethical, Legal, and Logistical
Constraints 16-4
16.1.5 Frozen Ground During Soil Abatement of the Study
Group
16 2 LEMTTATIONS
16.2.1 Relatively Small Sample Size
16.2.2 Follow-up Limited To One Year
16.2.3 Mobility Of Families
16 2 4 Limitations Resulting From Study Design
16.2.5 Limitations To Generalizability
16 2.6 Misclassification ....•..,
16 3 IMPLICATIONS OF FINDINGS
16.4 ONE YEAR EXTENSION
16-4
. . 16-5
16-5
16-5
16-6
16-6
16-7
16-8
16-8
. . 16-9
-------
**
Tables
Number
5-1 Percent of Children Judged Ineligible According to Reason for
IneHgibility 5-8
5-2 Follow-up Statistics by Participant Group 5-11
5-3 Interior and Exterior Paint Deleading Activities . 5-13
12-1 Timetable of Activities 12-2
12-2 Starting and Ending Dates for Interventions and Sampling ........ 12-4
15-1 Crude Changes in Blood Lead Levels Among All Participants ... 15-2
15-2 Blood Lead Otg/dL) Distribution Over Time and According
to Group Excluding Children Who Became Lead Poisoned 15-4
15-3 Crude Changes in Blood Lead Levels Excluding Children
Who Became Lead Poisoned 15-5
15-4 v Adjusted Differences in Blood Lead Levels Stratified
by Pre-Abatement Blood Levels * 15-8
15-5 Distribution of Children, Families, Units, and Premises
According to Group in the Final Study Population ..'.«.. 15-8
15-6 Characteristics of Final Study Population 15-9
i
15-7 Distribution (%) of Calendar Months and Mean Interval Between
Blood Samples 15-11
15-8 Mean Blood Lead Level According to Calendar Month
of Sampling 15-12
15-9 Adjusted Analysis: Description of Variables Added to the
Base Model 15-13
15-10 Crude and Adjusted Changes in Blood Lead Levels 15-14
15-11 Crude and Adjusted* POST2 Blood Lead Levels Among Children
in the Study Group According to Race 15-17
VI
-------
*
Tables (continued)
Number
15-12 Grade and Adjusted* POST2 Blood Lead Levels Among Study
Group Participants According to Initial Soil Lead Level ........ 15-17
15-13 Grade and Adjusted* POST2 Blood Lead Levels Among Study
Group Participants According to the Size of the Excavated
Yard Area 15-18
15-14 Handwipe Lead (jig/pair of hands) Distributions Over Time
Adjusting for Maximum Field Blank Lead Level and
Excluding Children Who Became Lead Poisoned 15-20
15-15 Handwipe Lead (jig/pair of hands) Distributions Over Time
Adjusting for Median Field Blank Lead Level* and
Excluding Children Who Became Lead Poisoned 15-21
15-16 Grade Changes in Hand Lead Levels Otg/pair of hands)*
Excluding Children Who Became Lead Poisoned .......... 15-22
15-17 Grade Changes in Hand Levels (jig/pair of hands) Excluding
\ Children Who Became Lead Poisoned 15-23
15-18 Grade and Adjusted Changes in Hand Lead Levels (/ng/pair
of hands) Excluding Children Who Became Lead Poisoned* .... 15-24
15-19 Distribution of Surface Soil Lead Concentrations Over Time
and According to Group 15-25
15-20 Distribution of Interior Floor Dust Lead Concentrations Over
Time and According to Group 15-26
* 0
15-21 Distribution of Interior Floor Dust Loading (mg/m) Over Time
and According to Group 15-27
15-22 Distribution of Interior Floor Dust Lead Loading Otg/m ) Over
Time and According to Group .... ............... .... 15-28
15-23 Distribution of Interior Window Well Dust Lead Concentrations
Over Time and According to Group .......... ....... . . 15-29
* O
15-24 Distribution of Interior Window Well Loading (mg/m ) Over
Time and According to Group ................. . ..... 15-30
vii
-------
Tables (continued)
Number
15-25 Distribution of Interior Window Well Lead Loading* (jug/m2)
Over Time and According to Group . . .
15-26 QA/QC Results for Soil and Dust Analyses ,. ...... . . .
15-27 Distribution of Water Lead Concentrations Otg/L) According
to Group .
15-28 Distribution (%) of Wall and Woodwork Paint Lead
Concentrations (mg/cm2) According to Group
15-29 Distribution (%) of Amount Interior Chipping Paint at Baseline
According to Group . .
15-30 1989 SoH Abatement Costs . . . . . . .
15-31 1990 Soil Abatement Costs ... . . . . . . . . . . .
16-1 Percentage of Children Ejg)ected to Have Blood Lead Levels
Exceeding 10, 15, and 20 /tg/dL Assuming Various Mean
Blood Lead Levels ............... . . . . . .
15-31
15-32
15-35
15-36
15-36
15-38
15-39
16-9
vui
-------
Figures
Number page
5-1 Study Designs 5-2
5-2 Eligibility Assessment and Recruitment Flow Chart ; . . . 5-6
15-1 Relationship Between Pie And POST2 Blood Lead Levels ....... 15-3
15-2 Crude Change in Blood Lead Levels Excluding Children Who
Became Lead Poisoned 15-6
15-3 Plots of PRE and POST2 Blood Lead Levels According to Group
Excluding Children Who Became Lead Poisoned 15-7
IX
-------
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This project was successfully accomplished only through the hard work and dedication of many
people working together towards a common goal—to take an important step in reducing the
insidious impact of lead contamination on children. The project could not have been completed
without their focused drive. Listed below are the people from Region I, external to the Lead
Free Kids staff, who had major roles in bringing this about. Thanks to them and to the many
others, including the many unnamed contributors in Region I, and those from EPA
Headquarters, Research Triangle Park, EMSL, and CDC, who contributed to this difficult
endeavor.
EPA Region I
Michael Deland, Regional Administrator, 1987-1989
Julie Belata, Regional Administrator, 1990-1992
Paul Keough, Deputy Regional Administrator
Pat Meaney, Director, Planning and Management Division
Ed Conley, Director, Environmental Services Division
Tom Spitfler, Ph.D., Chief, Technical Support Branch
David Mclntyre, Project Manager, 1987-1992
Mark Mahoney, Assistant Project Manager, 1988-1989
Beverly A. Fletcher, Assistant Project Manager, 1990-1992
Trustees of Health and Hospital of the City of Boston, Inc.
John Cristian, Vice President/General Manager
Stuart Goldstein, Program Development Manager
William Dunsford, Purchasing Manager
City of Boston
Rob Bauman, Office of the Mayor
Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection
Iris Davis, Environmental Engineer, Division of Hazardous Waste
-------
Conservation Law Foundation
Stephanie Pollack, Esq., Lead Poisoning Project Director
Massachusetts Department of Public Health
Brad Prenney, Director, Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Program (CLPPP)
Roy Petre, Senior Planner, CLPPP
DISCLAIMER
Although the information in this document has been funded wholly or in part by the United
States Environmental Protection Agency under Assistance Agreement #X001822-01-7 to Trustees
of Health and Hospitals of the City of Boston, Inc., it may not necessarily reflect the views of
the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
XI
-------
-------
APPENDIX A
SAMPLING GUIDELINES
-------
-------
APPENDIX A-l
PRELIMINARY SAMPLING
-------
-------
CATEGORY
Field
Technical
TITLE: PRELIMINARY SOIL SAMPLING PROTOCOL
LEAD FREE KIDS NQ>
_ DEMONSTRATION PROJECT Date- 3 /on
6.0
Revision: o
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 PURPOSE
2.0 SCOPE
3.0 DEFINITIONS
None
4 . 0 RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Task Leader
5.0 GUIDELINES
5.1 Overview
5.2 Sampling Procedures
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.2.6
5.2.7
REFERENCES
None
General
Preliminary Soil Sampling
Sampling Schemes
Equipment List
Sample Collection
Sample Handling and Storage
Recordkeeping and Custody
7.0 ATTACHMENTS
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-^ 1
Prepared
By:
Approved
By?
Reviewed
By:
-------
Page 2 of 7
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE: PRELIMINARY SOIL SAMPLING PROTOCOL
LEAD FREE KIDS No. FT ?-15
DEMONSTRATION PROJECT Date; 3/90
Revision: 0
1.0 PURPOSE
The purpose of this guideline is to describe specific
elements of the preliminary phase of soil sampling for, the
Lead Free Kids Demonstration Project, Boston, Massachusetts.
This guideline was developed for use by field sampling teams
to assure that soil sampling and associated activities are
consistent throughout the project to meet data quality
objectives for qualifying properties for participation in the
project. !
2.0 SCOPE .
The specific elements described in this guideline are
applicable to soil sampling and associated activities to
include: j.
• site description documentation;
- schemes for locating sampling points? ,
• sample collection;
• sample handling and storage; and ,
• recordkeeping and sample custody.
3.0 DEFINITION
None
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
Task Leader - The Task Leader is responsible for the
collection of soil samples in accordance with all elements
of this guideline. The Task Leader will supervise and
participate with field personnel to accomplish this task and
be responsible for delivery of samples to the EPA laboratory.
5.0 GUIDELINE
5.1 Overview
The Soil Lead Abatement Demonstration Project involves
sampling and analysis and soil removal and restoration of
approximately 150 lead contaminated properties in the-City
of Boston.
-------
Page 3 of 7
CATEGORY: TITLE: PRELIMINARY SOIL SAMPLING PROTOCOL
Field LEAD FREE KIDS No. FT 7-15
Technical DEMONSTRATION PROJECT Date! yon
Revision: o
Three soil sampling events are associated with the
Project; Preliminary, Detailed, and Post Abatement. Prelimi-
nary soil sampling phase presented herein will be conducted
to determine eligibility of properties for participation in
the project. The property will be eligible if two or more
soil sample results are equal to or greater than 1500 parts
per million lead.
Typically three to four composited surface samples will
be collected within two meters of the house; one from each
side where soil is present; one composited surface sample
will also be taken from any obvious play areas. Sketches of
the properties showing key landmarks and sample locations
will be made. Samples will be analyzed by x-r?Ły fluoresces
at the EPA Region I laboratory.
5.2 Sampling Procedures
5.2.1 General
The quality of sample collection is assured by adhering
to sampling procedures. All soil sample collection will be
limited to composite surface from 0 to 2 cm. A five-point
composite depicted in Figure 6-1 is the technique for all
composite soil samples. No preservatives will be required
for samples. Sample containers will consist of self sealing
Ziplock or equivalent) plastic baggies. Field documentation
will include a brief site sketch with amplifying information,
labeling of sample bags with the appropriate code (provided
by LFK), and chain of custody forms. The procedures present-
ed below will ensure that a representative portion of the
source is collected and sample integrity is preserved.
5.2.2 Preliminary Soil Sampling
Site Description and Sampling Locations
For each property, a field sketch shall be made that
indicates the boundary of the lot, the position of the main
building and any other buildings, such as storage sheds or
garages, the position of the sidewalks, driveways, and other
paved areas, the position of the play areas, if obvious, and
the areas with exposed soils. The property may be divided
into separate sub-areas for clarity and detail, if necessary,
and be identified with alpha designation i.e., Section "A",
Section "B", etc. This may include isolated areas of the
-------
Page 4 of 7
CATEGORY: TITLE: PRELIMINARY SOIL SAMPLING PROTOCOL
Field LEAD FREE KIDS No. FT 7-15
Technical DEMONSTRATION PROJECT Date: 3/90
Revision: 0
site, such as side or backyards. The resulting sketch(s)
will be recorded on separate sheet(s) of paper. Sample
locations will be identified on drawing(s) with approximate
distance notations from buildings and other landmark struc-
tures (see Figure 6-2).
On the detailed sketch, the following information will
be included: ]
i
• address;
• date and name of artist; :
• apparent use of yard, if any (toys, sandbox,
children present);
debris, standing water, vegetation, cover and
bare spots, and animals on property; and
• any notable unusual feature..
Location of sampling points.
5.2.3 Sampling Schemes
The sampling scheme selected for each .property must
adequately determine eligibility of the property for further
abatement activities. It must identify the presence of lead
in two or more surface soil samples equal to or greater than
1500 parts per million (ppm). Consequently, selecting the
most appropriate sampling scheme is a critical element in
site description and should be noted in the drawing. Several
sampling schemes are available to the investigator; all or
some may be used.
Line Source Pattern
This pattern can be used whenever the source of the lead
is thought to be linear, such as along a building foundation,
a fencerow, a street, or beside a garage. Draw a line
parallel to the source, such as the foundation of the main
building within two meters from the foundation.
-------
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
Paae 5 of 7
TITLE: PRELIMINARY SOIL SAMPLING PROTOCOL
LEAD FREE KIDS No. FT 7-15
DEMONSTRATION PROJECT Date: 3/90
Revision: 0
Small Area Pattern
When the sub-area is less than two square feet in each
dimension, a single composited sample may be taken if it
appears that such a sample would adequately represent the
sub-area.
Targeted Pattern
Select those locations within the sub-area that are
likely to reflect potential exposure to lead in soil dust.
These may be play areas, paths, drainage collection areas,
or areas that are likely to contribute dust to other surfaces
that children use. This method may be used alone or with the
line source patterns.
From 3 to 4 composite surface soil samples will be
collected from each property. Sampling locations will be
selected to adequately represent soils present at the site.
Further compositing of line source (along the long axis)
samples may be required to reduce the total number of samples
taken to obtain the desired three to four composites for
analytical testing. Small area and targeted .pattern samples
will not be composited with other line source samples and
will be in addition to the 3 or 4 samples submitted for
testing.
5.2.4 Equipment List
• plastic sandwich-size sample bags (Zip-lock or
equivalent);
indelible marker (to put sample number on bag) ;
cooler or similar container to hold samples;
measuring tape;
spoons or spatulas;
detergent solution;
wash bowls for decontamination of sampling gear;
• paper towels;
distilled water;
-------
Page 6 of 7
CATEGORY: TITLE: PRELIMINARY SOIL SAMPLING PROTOCOL
Field LEAD FREE KIDS No. FT 7-15
Technical DEMONSTRATION PROJECT Date; 3/90
Revision: 0
• plastic trash bags (for disposable items)?
• bound logbook, paper and pens; and
f
• chain-of-custody form.
5.2.5 Sample Collection
Each selected sample point will represent the center of
a sampling location. Each sampling location will consist of
a two-foot square area from which five surface soil samples
will be composited. Samples will be collected as follows:
Collect two tablespoonfuls of soil from each of
the four corners and from the middle. Sample depth
should be from 0 to 2 cm. Place the composited
sample into a plastic bag, seal it, and mark the
bag with the sample number. Maximum volume should
be about 1/2 bag (1 cup). A composite will be
identified as a single sample. A chain of custody
is used to record information about the composite.
The sampling device should be clean and free of
soil from the previous sampling location, with
decontamination between locations. Vegetation and
debris can be removed at the point of collection,'
being careful not to disturb soil or decayed
litter.
The surface soil samples should be composited
in scalable plastic polyethylene containers (Zip+
lock baggies or equivalent) suitable for prevention
of cross-contamination and loss of the sample. The
sample identification number should be placed on
the container (see Figure 7-2), and chain of
custody (see Figure 7-1). After each sample
composite, the sampling device should be cleaned
with distilled water and wiped with a paper towel.
Store the composited soil sample at ambient temper-
ature until returned to the NERL.
A field blank should be taken for each sample
crew day. This is normally done by taking a sample
container with clean quartz sand into the field,
opening it to exposure the container for a period
of time, representing 'normal sample procedures,
then returning the container to the EPA Region I
laboratory in the same manner as other soil
-------
Page 7 of 7
CATEGORY: TITLE: PRELIMINARY SOIL SAMPLING PROTOCOL
Field LEAD FREE KIDS No. FT 7-15
Technical DEMONSTRATION PROJECT Date: rygn
Revision: 0
samples. The purpose of the field blank is to
detect accidental or incidental contamination
during the sampling process.
Duplicate samples should be taken at the
frequency of 1 per 20 and collected from the mid-
point between regular composite sample cornerpoints
(see Figure 6-1). The purpose of the field dupli-
cate is to detect differences in homogeneity" of the
contaminants in soil and error in sampling tech-
niques.
5.2.6 Sample Handling and Storage
The sample containers should be sealed to prevent loss
or cross-contamination of the sample. No special considera-
tions will be given to shipping container labelling as they
will be delivered to the EPA Region I laboratory by a member
of the LFK Staff. Any storage of shipping containers and/or
samples should be in a cool, dry location.
5.2.7 Recordkeepincr and Sample Custody
Soil sample records for each property consist of a
property diagram with sample location and codes indicated,
and chain-of-custody forms.
Samples should be sequentially numbered within each sub-
area. Each location diagram and chain-of-custody form should
bear all sample numbers and the signature of the person
responsible for verifying the quality of the information
collected. This signature certifies that there has been no
misuse of the sample protocol, no mistake in recording the
information, and that the information is sufficient to
clearly identify these samples for comparison with other
types of samples taken at the same location, such as house
dust. These documents also establish the chain of custody
required for the for the project.
When the sample is delivered to the laboratory, custody
is relinquished by the field investigator or sample courier
and received by the laboratory Task Leader or Analyst by
signatures on the chain-of-custody form. The original form
will remain with the LFK for project files. EPA will keep
a copy of the chain-of-custo'dy form.
-------
FIGURE 6-1
5 Point Composite Sample Scheme
AGO O
-1.5JO 0 O
TOGO
Legend
A
Preliminary and Post
Abatement Phase
Surface Sample
Composite Location Schematic
Sampling Station
Sample Composite Location
Field Duplicate Sample
Composite Locations
(At selected sampling stations duplicates
wiB be collected at mid-points between
sample composite locations.)
B
Detailed Phase !
Surface and Subsurface Sample
Composite Location Schematic
surface
2 cm
Sample collected from
surface to 2cm
below surface.
surface
2 cm
13 cm
15 cm
First sample collected from surface
to 2 cm below surface.
••-Second sample collected from 13 cpn
to 15 cm below surface in same boring location.
-------
FIGURE 6-2
Detailed Site Diagram
Address:
Date:
Name:
Stockode
Fence ~^"
Chain—Link .
Pence ^
\/ \x \/ y y y y y y \/ y \/ \/ \x \/ \/ \s \/ v/ \x
/\ /\ /\ /\ x\ /\ /\ /\ /\ x\ /\ /\ /\ /\ /\ /\ x\ /\ /\ /\
D
Shed
Cement Pad
House
Porch
B
Stairs
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
yPavement
*-«-
X
X
X
X
X
X N
X
\
Cement Sidewalk
Street
-------
Figure 7—1
- Soil -
Lead—In—Soil Demonstrtalion Project
Chain-of—Custody Record
Prera. ID
Samp ID
Relinquished By
Address
-
Received By
:
-
Date
Dist.
Time
Date
Collected
:
;
i
;
i
Collected
By
Comment s/ Ins truct ions
i.
'•
-------
FIGURE 7-2
Sample Container with
Sample Identification Marking
Plastic Ziplock Bag or Equivalent
XX00124
(Identification Code
must be large enough
to be easily read)
To Scale
-------
FIGURE 7-3
Soil
Sample Container with
Sample Label
Plastic Ziplock Bag or Equivalent - Soil
Address:
To Scale
-------
APPENDIX A-2
DETAILED SAMPLING
-------
-------
Page 1 of 9
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Demonstration Project _ Date; 3/90
Revision: 0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 PURPOSE
2.0 SCOPE
3.0 DEFINITIONS
None
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Task Leader
5.0 GUIDELINES
5.1 Overview
5.2 Sampling Procedures
6.0
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.2.6
5.2.7
REFERENCES
None
General
Detailed Soil Sampling
Sampling Schemes
Equipment List
Sample Collection
Sample Handling and Storage
Recordkeeping and Custody
7.0 ATTACHMENTS
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-
Prepared
By:
Approved
By:
Reviewed
By:
-------
Paqe 2 of 9
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Demonstration Pronect Date: 3/90
Revision: 0
1.0 PURPOSE i
The purpose of this guideline is to describe specific
elements of the detailed phase of soil sampling for the Lead
Free Kids Demonstration Project, Boston, Massachusetts.
This guideline was developed for use by field sampling
teams to assure that soil sampling and associated activities
are. consistent throughout the project to meet data quality
objectives. Adherence to this guideline will assist in
defining the extent of lead contamination for soil removal
and property restoration activities.
r
2.0 SCOPE !
The specific elements described in this guideline are
applicable to soil sampling and associated activities, and
include:
• site documentation, updating of preliminary soil
sampling site sketches, and other pertinent
information; i
• schemes for locating sampling points;
sample collection;
• sample handling and storage; and ;
recordkeeping and sample custody.
3.0 DEFINITIONS !
None |
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES :
Task Leader - The Task Leader is responsible for the
collection of soil samples in accordance with all elements
of this guideline. The Task Leader will supervise and
participate with field personnel to accomplish this task, and
be responsible for delivery of samples to the EPA laboratory.
-------
Page 3 of 9
CATEGORY: TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Field Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Technical Demonstration Pro-ject Date; 3/90
Revision: o
5.0 GUIDELINE
5.1 Overview
The Soil Lead Abatement Demonstration Project involves
soil sampling, analysis and soil removal, and restoration of
approximately 150 lead contaminated properties in the City
of Boston.
Three soil sampling events are associated with the
Project; Preliminary, Detailed, and Post Abatement. The
detailed soil sampling phase presented herein will be con-
ducted to define the nature and extent of soil lead
contamination and obtain additional data from properties
qualified as a result of preliminary soil sampling.
Information gathered and analytical results will be used by
LFK epidemiologists.
Corings will be advanced throughout the property. Soil
core samples will be composited from the top, 0 - 2 cm depth
and composited from the 13 - 15 cm depth. The sampling
schemes used to locate sample locations will vary according
to the property layout. Samples will also be collected from
any obvious play areas. Samples will be analyzed by x-ray
fluorescence at the EPA Region I laboratory.
5.2 Sampling Procedures
5.2.1 General
The quality of sample collection is assured by adhering
to sampling procedures. All soil sample collection will be
limited to compositing of corings. Separate composites will
be made from the 0 - 2 cm fraction and the 13 - 15 cm frac-
tion. ^ A five-point composite depicted in Figure 6-1 is the
technique for all composite soil samples. No preservatives
will be required for samples. Sample containers will consist
of plastic baggies. Field documentation will include
locating sampling points on the detailed site sketch
developed during the preliminary sampling along with
pertinent information, and completion of chain-of-custody
forms. The procedures presented below will ensure that a
-------
^ Page 4 of 9
CATEGORY: TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Field Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/90
Revision: 0
representative portion of the source is collected and sample
integrity is preserved. |
5.2.2 Detailed Soil Sampling ,
Site Description Do oilmen tati on
During the Detailed Soil Sampling Phase for each
location, the project log should briefly describe the
sampling locations and sampling schemes used, and include the
following information if not provided by investigation:
• address, date, name of artist;
type of building construction; |
• condition of main building;
• condition of lot (debris, standing water, vegetation
cover);
nature of adjacent property;
presence and type of fence;
animals on property;
• apparent use of yard (toys, sandbox, children
present); '
• Location of sampling points; and
• underground utilities.
5.2.3 Sampling Schemes ;
The sampling scheme for each property must be chosen to
adequately define the nature and extent of lead contamina-
tion on the property. Several options are offered' for the
best judgement of the investigator due to the difference in
property-dimensions and size. The pattern should be selected
to fit the property. :"
-------
Page 5 of 9
CATEGORY: TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Field Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/90
Revision: o
Line Source Pattern
Draw a line parallel to the source, such as the founda-
tion of the main building, approximately 0.5 meters (20
inches) from the foundation. Repeat at the property boundary
if the subplot is more than three meters (10 feet) wide and
add a third parallel line between the first two if the sub-
area exceeds five meters (16 feet) in width. Divide each
line into segments that do not exceed seven meters (20 feet)
in length. Take one composite of 5 cores on each line
segment. A sub-area, for example, that is at the side of the
main building and measures 12 by 7 meters would have three
lines of two segments each. The lines would be parallel and
approximately three meters apart. They would be 12 meters
long and consist of two 6 meter segments each, making a total
of six samples, each being a composite of at five cores
divided into a top 2 cm sample and a bottom 2 cm sample.
-------
Pacre 6 of 9
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Demonstration Proiect Date: 3/90
Revision: 0
Targeted Pattern
Select those locations within the sub-area that are
likely to reflect potential exposure to lead in soil dust.
These may be play areas, paths, drainage collection areas,
or areas that are likely to contribute dust to other surfaces
that children use. This method may be used alone where grid
or line source patterns are not acceptable, or as an overlay
on a grid pattern if appropriate. Determine the number of
samples to be taken by identifying distinctive land use
characteristics (path, swingset, sandbox), and take a com-
posite of 5 cores for each sample.
Small Area Pattern
When the sub-area is less than two meters in each
dimension, a single composited sample may be taken if it
appears that such a sample would adequately represent the
sub-area.
Grid Pattern :
Establish a rectangular grid of intersecting lines 2 to
10 meters apart, and sample each rectangular area. ; For
larger areas, randomly select the rectangles to be sampled.
In each rectangular area, mark three lines parallel to the
longest axis, and composite 5 cores on each line. Since the
rectangle should not exceed four meters, there is no need to
divide the line into segments. Therefore, each rectangle
should have six samples of 5 composites each. Use this
pattern when the subarea is generally uniform and there is
no reason to suspect large variations in lead concentrations.
5.2.4 Equipment List
• plastic sandwich-size sample bags (Zip-lock or
equivalent);
• corer !
indelible marker (to put sample number on bag) ;
-------
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
Pace 7 of 9
TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Demonstration Proiect Date: 3/9O
Revision: 0
• sample cards (to assign a sample number to each
sample);
• cooler or similar container to hold samples;
• measuring tape;
• spoons or spatulas;
• detergent solution;
wash bowls for decontamination of sampling gear;
• paper towels;
• distilled water;
plastic trash bags (for disposable items);
• bound logbook, paper and pens; and
• chairi-of-custody form.
5.2.5 Sample Collection
The corer should be clean and free of soil particles.
Vegetation and debris can be removed at the point of inser-
tion, but do not remove any soils or decayed litter. The
corer should be driven into the ground to a depth of at least
10 cm, 15 cm if possible. If the 10 cm depth cannot be
reached, the corer should be extracted and cleaned, and
another attempt made nearby. If the second attempt does not
permit a 10 cm core, the sample should be taken as deep as
possible, and the maximum depth of penetration noted on the
sample record sheet. Every effort should be made to take all
cores of a composited sample at the same depth.
The cores of each plot should be examined for debris,
artifacts, and any other evidence of recent soils distur-
bance. These should be noted on the sub-area description
sheet, as should a brief description of the soil color and
characteristics.
-------
Pacre 8 of 9
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Demonstration Proiect Date: 3/90
Revision: 0
For each sample location, the top 2 cm segment of each
of the cores are composited into one sample, and the 13 to
15 cm segment or the bottom 2 cm segment combined into a
second. For the surface segment, debris and leafy vegetation
should not be included with the sample. However, no soil or
decomposed litter should be removed, as this is the most
critical part of the soil sample and is likely to be the
highest in lead concentration.
The soil core segments should be composited in scalable
plastic bags (Zip-lock baggies or equivalent) suitable for
prevention of contamination and loss of the sample. The
sample identification number should be placed on the con-
tainer and the chain-of-custody form. After each sample
composite, the porer should be cleaned before reinsertion in
the next sampling area. Store the composited soil sample at
ambient temperature until returned to the laboratory.
t
A field blank should be taken for each sample crew day.
This is normally done by taking a sample container with clean
quartz sand into the field, opening it to expose the con-
tainer for a period of time representing normal sample
procedures, then returning the container to the laboratory
in the same manner as other soil samples. The purpose of the
field blank is to detect accidental or incidental contamina-
tion during the sampling process.
Duplicate samples should be taken at the frequency of
1 per 20 and collected from the mid-point between regular
composite sample corner points (see Figure 6-1) . The purpose
of the field duplicate is to detect differences in homogene-
ity of -the contaminants in soil and error in sampling tech-
nique.
5.2.6 Sample Handling and Storage ;
The sample containers should be sealed to prevent loss
or cross-contamination of the sample. No special considera-
tions will be given to shipping container labelling aŁ they
will be delivered to the EPA Region I laboratory by a member
of the LFK staff. Any storage of shipping containers and/or
samples should be in a cool dry location.
-------
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
Page 9 of 9
TITLE: Detailed Soil Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-16
Demonstration Proiect Date: 3/9O
Revision: 0
5.2.7 Recordkeepinq and Sample Custody
Soil sample records for each property consist of an
updated property sketch with sample location and codes
indicated, and chain-of-custody forms, (see Figures 6-2 7-
1, and 7-2). . - '
Samples should be sequentially numbered within each sub-
area. Each location diagram, and chain of custody should
bear all sample numbers and the signature of the person
responsible for verifying the quality of the information
collected. This signature certifies that there has been no
misuse of the sample protocol, no mistake in recording the
information, and that the information is sufficient to
clearly identify these samples for comparison with other
types of samples taken at the same location such as dust.
These documents also establish the chain of custody required
for the project.
When the sample is delivered to the laboratory, custody
is relinquished by the field investigator or sample courier
and received by the laboratory Task Leader or Analyst by
signatures on the sample record form. Original to remain
with the investigator for LFK project files and a copy will
be kept for EPA files.
-------
FIGURE 6-1
5 Point Composite Sample Scheme
-1.5'
AOOO
•1.5 O 0 O
TO O O
Preliminary and Post
Abatement Phase
Surface Sample
Composite Location Schematic
Legend
Sampling Station
Sample Composite Location
Field Duplicate Sample
Composite Locations
(At selected sampling stations duplicates
win be collected at mid-points between
sample composite locations.)
Detailed Phase
Surface and Subsurface Sample
Composite Location Schematic
surface
2 cm
Sample collected from
surface to 2cm
below surface.
surface
2 cm ;
13 cm
15 cm
First sample collected from surface
to 2 cm below surface. _ ;
i
Second sample collected from 13 cm _
to 15 cm below surface in same boring location.
-------
FIGURE 6-2
Detailed Site Diagram
Address:
Date:
Name:
Stockade
Fence—^
Chain—Link
Fence ~^~
A A A A A A A A A A"7VA A A A A A A A A A
/
)
; c
f
\
/
\
/
v
7 r"
\
/
\
/
" B
D
E
Shed
Cement
House
Porch
Stairs
A
Pad
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
V4
A
X
X
X
X
X
X
x
Pavement
N
Cement Sidewalk
Street
-------
Figure 7-1
- Soil -
Lead—In—Soil Dernonstrtation Project
Chain—of—Custody Record
Prem. ID
"•
Samp ID
Relinquished By
Address
Received By
-
Date
Dist.
Time
Date
Collected;
!
!
:
i
-
i
!
'
Collected
By
i
Comments/Instructions
!
[
-------
FIGURE 7-3
Soil
Sample Container with
Sample Label
Plastic Ziplock Bag or Equivalent - Soil
To Scale
-------
-------
APPENDIX A-3
POST ABATEMENT SAMPLING
-------
-------
Page 1 of 7
CATEGORY: TITLE: Post Abatement Sampling Protocol
Field Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-15
Technical Demonstration Proiect Date; 3/9Q
Revision: o
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 PURPOSE
2.0 SCOPE
3.0 DEFINITIONS
None
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Task Leader
5.0 GUIDELINES
5.' 1 Overview
5.2 Sampling Procedures
5.2.1 General
5.2.2 Post Abatement Sampling
5.2.3 Sampling Scheme
5.2.4 Equipment List
5.2.5 Sample Collection
5.2.6 Sample Handling and Storage
5.2.7 Recordkeeping and Custody
6.0 REFERENCES
7.0 ATTACHMENTS
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 7-1
Figure 7-\
'5
Prepared Approved Reviewed
By: By: . By:
-------
CATEGORY: TITLE: Post Abatement Sampling Protocol
Field ' Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-15
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/90
Revision: 0
1.0 PURPOSE i
The purpose of this guideline is to describe specific
elements of the post abatement phase of soil sampling for the
Lead Free Kids Demonstration Project, Boston, Massachusetts.
This guideline was developed for use by field sampling
teams to assure that soil sampling and associated activities
are consistent throughout the project to meet data quality
obj ectives.
Adherence to this guideline will assist in assessing
effectiveness of abatement activities and provide ongoing
information regarding re-contamination and abatement longev-
ity. This data will also be correlated with ongoing blood
lead monitoring of project participants.
2.0 SCOPE
The specific elements described in this guideline are
applicable to soil sampling activities, and include:
• reviewing and updating the site sketch from the
preliminary and detailed soil sampling events,
if necessary;.
• schemes for locating post abatement sampling
points, control stations, and recording locations!
on the site sketch;
• sample collection;
• sample handling and chain of custody; and
• recordkeeping and sample storage. j
3.0 DEFINITIONS
None
-------
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
Paae 3 of 7
TITLE: Post Abatement Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-15
Demonstration Proiect Date: 3/90
Revision: 0
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
Task Leader - The Task Leader is responsible for the
collection of soil samples in accordance with all elements
of this guideline. The Task Leader will supervise and
participate with field personnel to accomplish this task, and
be responsible for delivery of samples to the EPA laboratory.
5.0 GUIDELINE
5.1 Overview
The Soil Lead Abatement Demonstration Project involves
soil sampling, analysis and soil removal, and restoration of
approximately 150 lead contaminated properties in the City
of Boston.
Three soil sampling events are associated with the
Project, .Preliminary, Detailed, and Post Abatement. The post
abatement soil sampling phase presented herein will be
conducted to assess the effectiveness of abatement, potential
for property re-contamination and for correlation with
ongoing Blood Lead testing of project participants. Sample
collection procedures will be limited to surface composites
from 0 - 2 cm depths.
Sample locations for each property will be pre-deter-
mined by the Principal Investigator, based on data obtained
in the detailed sampling event. Typically those areas with
the highest concentration of soil lead, select areas, i.e.,
children's play areas or any other specified area, will be
designated as a post abatement control point sampling
location.
Samples will be collected by LFK and analyzed by x-ray
fluorescence at the EPA Region I laboratory.
5.2 Sampling Procedures
5.2.1 General
The quality of sample collection is assured by adhering
to sampling procedures. All soil sample collection will be
limited to compositing of corings. Separate composites will
be made from the 0 - 2 cm fraction. A five-point composite
depicted in Figure 6-1 is the technique for all composite
soil samples. No preservatives will be required for samples.
-------
Paae 4 of 7
CATEGORY :
Field ^
Technical
TITLE: Post Abatement Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-15
Demonstration Project Date: 3/90
Revision: 0
Sample containers will consist of scalable Ziplock plastic
baggies (or equivalent). Field documentation will include
a review of the site sketch and additional site information
documented during the preliminary and detailed sampling and
notation of significant changes, i.e., vinyl siding, re-
painted siding, evidence of renovations, re-landscaping, etc.
This documentation may require updating the original site
sketch or generation of a new one. Notation of significant
changes will be made on separate dated sheets of paper.
Documentation will also include completion of chain of
custody. The procedures presented below will ensure that a
representative portion of the source is collected and sample
integrity is preserved.
5.2.2 Post Abatement Soil Sampling
Site Description Documentation
For each property, the detailed sampling event drawing
will be reviewed to assist the sampling team in finding the
pre-determined sampling location or locations. Once the
location is found, it will be staked and located by tape
measurements from the nearest permanent structure and noted
on the site sketch and/or sub-area sketch. A review of the
detailed additional site information form will also be
reviewed and significant observation noted, such as adjacent
buildings demolished, condition of the subject property,
vegetative cover, erosional problems, new landscaping, etc.
This information will be recorded on a separate additional
site information form. Site activities will also be recorded
in a site logbook with dates, addresses, samplers, and
samples accounted for. Post abatement sampling documentation
for subsequent events will include the same process, with
elimination of steps that are not -applicable, such as re-
taping distances staking control points at the locations.
5.2.3 Sampling Schemes
The sampling scheme selected for each post abatement
sampling must adequately characterize the effectiveness of
abatement, the potential exposure of children to lead in the
soil, and track over time the potential for recontamination
at the soil surface. Since the properties will have been
abated with clean soils, post abatement sampling will be
limited to surface composites, o - 2 cm depth.
-------
; ; Page 5 of 7
CATEGORY: TITLE: Post Abatement Sampling Protocol
-Field Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-15
Technical Demonstration Project Date: 3/90
Revision: 0
Control Point
The Principal Investigator will select a control point
sampling location or locations at a property that were
previously areas of high lead concentration and reflect
potential exposure to lead soil. These may be play areas,
drainage collection areas, and areas determined from the
detailed sampling event to have been high in soil lead, or
areas that are likely to contribute soil dust to other
surfaces that children use.
One or more composite surface soil sample will be
collected, using the 5 point composite pattern, from each
sampling station.
5.2.4 Equipment List
• plastic sandwich-size sample bags (Zip-lock or
equivalent);
indelible marker (to put sample number on bag) ;
• sample cards (to assign a sample number to each
sample);
cooler or similar container to hold samples;
• measuring tape;
• spoons or spatulas;
• detergent solution;
wash bowls for decontamination of sampling gear;
• paper towels;
distilled water;
plastic trash bags (for disposable items);
• bound logbook, paper, and pens; and
chain-of-custody.
-------
Paae 6 of 7
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE: Post Abatement Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-15
Demonstration Project Date: 3/9O
Revision : / 0
5.2,5 Sample Collection
Each selected control point will represent the center
of a sampling location. Each sampling location will consist
of a two-foot square area approximately from which five
surface soil samples will be composited. Samples will be
collected as follows:
Collect two tablespoonfuls of soil from each
of the four corners and from the middle. Sample
' depth should be from 0 - 2 cm. Place the com-
posited sample into a plastic bag, seal it, and
mark the bag with the sample number. Maximum
volume should be about 1/2 bag (1 cup) . Wash hand
between properties. A composite will be identified
as a single sample. A chain of custody is used to
record information about the composite.
The sampling device should be clean and free
of soil particles, with decontamination between
composited areas. Vegetation and debris can be
removed at the point of collection, being careful
not to disturb soil or decayed litter.
The surface soil samples should be composited
in sealable plastic containers (Zip-lock baggies
or equivalent) suitable for prevention of cross-
contamination and loss of the sample. The sample
identification number should be placed on the
container and chain of custody. After each sample
composite, the sampling device should be cleaned
with distilled water and wiped with a paper towel.
Store the composited soil sample at ambient
temperature until returned to the EPA - Region I
laboratory.
A field blank should be taken for each sample
crew day. This is normally done by taking a sample
container with clean quartz sand into the field,
opening it to exposure the container for a period
of time, representing normal sample procedures,
then returning the container to the EPA - Region
I laboratory in the same manner as other soil
samples. The purpose of the field blank is to
detect accidental or incidental contamination
during the sampling process.
Duplicate samples should be taken at the
frequency of 1 per 20 and collected from the mid-
-------
Pacre 7 of 7
CATEGORY :
Field
Technical
TITLE: Post Abatement Sampling Protocol
Lead Free Kids No. FT 7-15
Demonstration Pronect Date: 3/90
Revision:
point between regular composite sample corner
points (see Figure 6-1). The purpose of the field
duplicate is to detect differences in homogeneity
of the contaminants in soil and error in sampling
techniques.
5.2.6 Sample Handling and Storage
The sample containers should be sealed to prevent loss
or cross-contamination of the sample. . No special
considerations will be given to shipping container labelling
as they will be delivered to the EPA - Region I laboratory
by a member of the LFK staff. Any storage of shipping
containers and/or samples should be in a cool dry location.
5.2.7 Recordkeeping and Sample Custody
Soil sample records for each property consist of updated
site sketch to include approximate location of control point,
and updating with additional site information, if necessary,
and chain of custody. Logbooks will also be used to document
activities and pertinent information through a sampling event
day.
Samples should be numbered according to LFK coder.
Each updated site diagram must identify the date upon
which it was revised. Each sample label and chain of custody
should bear all sample numbers and the signature of the
person responsible for verifying the quality of the
information collected. This signature certifies that there
has been no misuse of the sample protocol, no mistake in
recording the information, and that the information is
sufficient to clearly identify these samples for comparison
with other types of samples taken at the same location, such
as house dust. These documents also establish the chain of
custody required for the project.
When the sample is delivered to the laboratory, custody
is relinquished by the field investigator or sample Courier
and received by the laboratory Task Leader or Analyst by
signatures on the sample record form. Originals to remain
with the LFK investigator for project files. A copy will be
retained for EPA files.
-------
FIGURE 6-1
5 Point Composite Sample Scheme
Legend
Preliminary and Post
Abatement Phase
Surface Sample
Composite Location Schematic
•• — --u
Sampling Station
Sample Composite Location
Field Duplicate Sample
Composite Locations
(At selected sampling stations duplicates
win be coHected at mid-points between
sample composite locations . )
B
Detailed Phase
Surface and Subsurface Sample
Composite Location Schematic
surface
2 cm
Sample collected from
surface to 2cm
below surface.
surface
2 cm
13 cm
15 cm
First sample collected from surface
to 2 cm below surface..'
Second sample collected from 13 cm
to 15 cm below surface in same boring location.
-------
FIGURE 6-2
Detailed Site Diagram
Address:
Date:
Name:
Stockode
Fence— ^
Chain—Link '
Fence —^~
y y Y Y y
B
D
House
Porch
A X X
Stairs
Shed
Cement Pad
Pavement
Cement Sidewalk
Street
-------
Figure 7-1
- Soil -
Lead-in-Soil Demonstrtation Project
Chain-of-Custody Record
Prem. ID
Samp ID
Address
Dist.
Date
Collected
Collected
By
Relinquished By
Received By
f
-
Date
Time
.
Comments/Instructions
_
— _^_____ — — — —
— - — __« •— ^— M««™^ •«— "^
-------
FIGURE 7-3
Soil
Sample Container with
Sample Label
Plastic Ziplock Bag or Equivalent - Soil
To Scale
-------
-------
APPENDIX A-4
HOUSE DUST SAMPLING
-------
-------
Page 1 of 2
CATEGORY: TITLE: Household Dust Samplin Protocol
Field Lead Free Kids
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 2-89
Revision: o
For this study, the household dust samples are defined as the
samples that are most likely to come with a child's hands during
indoor activity. This would include dust on upfacing surfaces
accessible to the child such as bare floors, carpets, window sills
and wells, furniture, as well as dust on toys and other objects
likely to be handled by children.
Ł>Cv5iw *-v '-UM. c~e*,-Mw* ef
Dust sampling has-^two components:Aof lead in dustj and the
amount of dust or loading on the surface. The concentration of
lead in dust appears to be closely related to the amount of lead
on children's hands whereas the amount of dust on surfaces is an
indicator of the importance of this route of human exposure.
Dust Collection and Sampling Handling
There is no standard procedure for collecting dust samples.
The following protocol was decided upon after reviewing other
available methods (such as the personal air pump) and finding them
inadequate. The dust sampling method chosen was the Sirchee-
Spittler modified dust buster. We believe that it is the best
method for collecting numerous dust samples within a reasonable
amount of sampling time. Other necessary equipment to conduct the
sampling are a ruler to measure the sampling area, a 25" by 25"
template for designating the floor sampling are, paper envelopes
to which the dust samples will be transferred, tape to seal the
envelopes, and a cylinder of compressed air for cleaning the sample
collection screen.
Before collection, make certain that the Sirchee-Spittler
modified dust buster is fully charged. You can tell this running
the dust buster for a few seconds and listening for a high pitched
sound from the motor. Another way to monitor the charge in the
dust buster is to keep track of the number of samples taken on a
change. A maximum of 18 samples (roughly three households) should
be taken on one charge. Also, when starting a sampling round in
a household make sure that the sample collection screen is clean.
Use the compressed air cylinder to blow the screen clean.
Seven dust samples should be taken in each LFK household from
each of the following location: entry floor (i.e. right inside the
front door of the house or apartment), LFK child's bedroom window
well and floor, kitchen window will and floor and living room
window well and floor. You may choose which window to sample in
a room. The floor samples should be taken roughly from the center
of the room. Sometimes it will not be possible to get all six
samples in a household because of window that are nailed shut,
obstructed by air conditioners, etc. In these instances, obtain
as many samples as possible from the designated locations.
-------
Paae 2 of 2
CATEGORY: TITLE: Household Dust Samplin Protocol .
Field Lead Free Kids
Technical _ Demonstration Project _ ... Date; 2-89
Revision: o
Once the individual sampling locations are decided upon, the
size of the sampling area must be measured. For the window wells,
measure the sampling area with a ruler. For the floors, set down
the 25" by 25" template. If the floor is very clean, it may be
necessary to vacuum a surface area larger than 25" by 25". in
these cases, vacuum an area whose size is double or triple the
analysis (at least 5 mg) .
The sampling sequence should be as follows: Collect the
bedroom, kitchen and living room floor samples first. Then,
collect the floor sample from the entry way. Finally, collect the
windowwell samples.
To collect a dust sample, switch on the dust buster and vacuum
the designated area with back and forttn^strokes about 1-2 inches
in width. The vacuum is most efficient/ fjbhe head parallel to the
ground and titled about 5 degrees in the-'airection of the motion.
When the surface has been vacuumed keep finger on the switch while
raising the vacuum to. an upright position. The constant air flow
will prevent loss of dust from the filter before it is in an
upright position. Switch of the power and carefully remove the
vacuum head without tilting it significantly. Reach in remove the
filter screen with a gentle .clockwise motion.
Transfer the dust sample to the paper envelope in the
following way. Empty the contents of the filter screen into the
paper envelope. Tap the envelope to times into the open envelope
on a hard surface.
Tap the dust to the bottom of the enveloped and the seal the
envelope and fold over 1/2 inch of the top of the envelope and
crease carefully. Tape the folded part of the envelope down with
at least a 10 inch long piece of Scotch tape. Each envelope should
be labelled with the following information: LFK child's name, LFK
number, sample location (i.e. bedroom window well) and size of
sample area. It would be best if these envelopes and labels were
prepared beforehand. Remember to handle the dust . containing
envelopes carefully; keep them upright in an envelope box. We
want to avoid any loss of dust from the envelopes.
Replace the filter screen with a counter clockwise motion,
attach the vacuum head and collect the other samples in the
household using the same method. When you are finished sampling
a household, clean out the filter screen and the vacuum head with
a blast of compressed air.
* Parts of this protocol , were adapted form Dr. Thomas Spittlers 's
12-88 protocol "Instruments for Operation and Maintenance of
Sirchee-Spittler Hand-Held Dust Vacuum Units. "
-------
APPENDIX B
ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
-------
-------
APPENDIX B-l
METHOD 3050: ACID DIGESTION OF SEDIMENTS
SLUDGES, AND SOILS
-------
-------
METHOD 3050
ACID DIGESTION OF SEDIMENTS. SLUDGES. AND SOILS
1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION
1.1 This method 1s an acid digestion procedure used to prepare sedi-
ments, sludges, and soil samples for analysis by flame or furnace atomic
absorption spectroscopy (FLAA and GFAA, respectively) or by Inductively
coupled argon plasma spectroscopy (ICP). Samples prepared by this method nay
be analyzed by ICP for all the listed metals, or by FLAA or GFAA as Indicated
below (see also Paragraph 2.1):
Aluminum
Barium
Beryl Hun
Cadmlun
Calcium
Chromium
Cobalt
Copper
Iron
Lead
FLAA
Magnesium
Manganese
Molybdenum
Nickel
Potassium
Sodium
Thallium
Vanadium
Zinc
GFAA
Arsenic
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobalt
Iron
Molybdenum
Selenium ,
Thallium
Vanadium
2.0 SUMMARY OF METHOD
2.1 A representative 1- to 2-g (wet weight) sample Is digested 1n nitric
add and hydrogen peroxide. The dlgestate Is then refluxed with either nitric
add or hydrochloric add. Dilute hydrochloric acid Is used as the final
reflux add for (1) the ICP analysis of As and Se, and (2) the flame AA or ICP
analysis of Alt Ba, Be, Ca, Cd, Cr, Co, Cu, Fe, Mo, Pb, Ni, K, Na, Tl, V, and
Zn. Dilute nitric add 1s employed as the final dilution add for the furnace
AA analysis of As, Be, Cd, Cr. Co, Pb, Mo, Se, Tl, and V. A separate sample
shall be dried for a total solids determination.
3.0 INTERFERENCES
3.1 Sludge samples can contain diverse matrix types, each of which nay
present Us own analytical challenge. Spiked samples and any relevant
standard reference material should be processed to aid In determining whether
Method 3050 Is applicable to a given waste.
3050 - 1
Revision 0
Date September 1986
-------
4.0 APPARATUS AND MATERIALS
4.1 Conical Phi 11 IPS beakers i 250-aL.
4.2 Watch glasses.
4.3 Drying ovens; That can be maintained at 30*C.
4.4 Thermometer: That covers range of 0 to 200*C.
4.5 Whatman NoT 41 filter paper (or equivalent).
4.6 Centrifuge and centrifuge tubes.
5.0 REAGENTS
5.1 ASTH Type II water (ASTH D1193): Water should be monitored for
Impurities.
5.2 Concentrated n1 trl c ac1 d . reagent grade (HNOa): Acid should be
analyzed to determine level of Impurities. If method blank 1s
-------
Using a ribbed watch glass, allow the solution to evaporate to 5 ml without
boiling, while maintaining a covering of solution over the bottom of the
beaker.
7.3 After Step 7.2 has been completed and the sample has cooled, add 2
»L of Type II water and 3 mL of SOX H20Ł. -Cover the beaker with a watch glass
and return the covered beaker to the hot plate for warning and to start the
peroxide reaction. Care wist be taken to ensure that losses do not occur due
to excessively vigorous effervescence. Heat until effervescence subsides and
cool the beaker.
7.4 Continue to add 30X HjOa In 1-»L aliquot* with warning until the
effervescence 1s minimal or until the general sample appearance Is unchanged.
NOTE: Do not add more than a total of 10 mL 30X " "
7.5 If the sample 1s being prepared for (a) the ICP analysis of As and
Se. or (b) the flame AA or ICP analysis of A1, Ba( Be. Ca. Cd, Cr. Co. Cu. Fe,
Pb, Mg, Hn, Ho, HI, 1C, Ha, Tl, V, and Zn, then add 5 ml of concentrated HC1
and 10 mL of Type II water, return the covered beaker to the hot plate, and
reflux for an additional 15 m1n without boiling. After cooling/dilute to
100 ml with Type II water. Partlculates 1n the dlgestate that may clog the
nebulizer should be removed by filtration, by centrlfugatlon, or by allowlno
the sample to settle. . "
7.5.1 Filtration: Filter through Whatman No. 41 filter paper (or
equivalent) and dilute to 100 mL with Type II water.
7.5.2 Centrlfugatlon: Centrlfugatlon at 2,000-3,000 rpm for 10 mln
1s usually sufficient to clear the supernatant.
7.5.3 The diluted sample has an approximate acid concentration of
5.0X (v/v) HC1 and 5.0X (v/v) HN03. The sample Is now ready for
analysis.
7.6 If the sample Is being prepared for the furnace analysis of As, Be,
Cd, Cr, Co, Pb, Ho, Se, Tl, and V, cover the sample with a ribbed watch glass
and continue heating the acid-peroxide dlgestate until the volume has been
reduced to approximately 5 ml. After cooling, dilute to 100 ml with Type II
water. Partlculates 1n the dlgestate should then be removed by filtration, by
centrlfugatlon, or by allowing the sample to settle.
. 'ft
7.6.1 Filtration: Filter through Whatman No. 41 filter paper (or
equivalent) and dilute to 100.ml with Type II water.
7.6.2 Centrlfugatlon: Centrlfugatlon at 2,000-3,000 for 10 mln 1s
usually sufficient to clear the supernatant.
•
7.6.3 The diluted dlgestate solution contains approximately 51
(v/v) HN03. For analysis, withdraw allquots of appropriate volume and
add any required reagent or matrix modifier. The sample Is now ready for
3050 - 3
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
7.7 Calculations;
7.7.1 The concentrations determined are to be reported on the basis
of the actual weight of the sample. If a dry weight analysis 1s desired,
then the percent solids of the sample nust also be provided.
7.7.2 If percent solIds 1s desired, a separate determination of
percent sol Ids must be performed on a homogeneous aliquot of the sample.
8.0 QUALITY CONTROL
8.1 For each group of samples processed, preparation blanks (Type II
water and reagents) should be carried throughout the entire sample preparation
and analytical process. These blanks will be useful 1n determining If samples
are being contaminated.
8.2 Duplicate samples should be processed on a routine basis. Duplicate
samples will be used to determine precision. The sample load will dictate the
frequency, but 20X 1s recommended.
8.3 Spiked samples or standard reference materials must be employed to
determine accuracy. A spiked sample should be Included with each group of
samples processed and whenever a new sample matrix Is being analyzed.
8.4 The concentration of all calibration standards should be verified
against a quality control check sample obtained from an outside source.
9.0 METHOD PERFORMANCE
9.1 No data provided.
10.0 REFERENCES
10.1 None required.
3050 - 4
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
METHOD 9O9O
*cio oiceiTiON or SCDIMCNTI. stuocet. *MO sozus
c •— ")
-ilJ ...
•••ola. *•*•
t-t t Portion
t»r ««cn
r.t |
1 Ada tMOf
•ne~ reflux:
r«flw« vttit
c*nc«ntr«t*o
••luttvn «•
S •!
7.3 j
T»p« XZ
**t*C«S*f!ir0i:
••(••* ta« r«»et.
7.4 j
«•• M,0.
•n< oar* until
•f f«rv««e«ne»
!• alntB*!
o
3050 - 5
Revision o
Date September 1986
-------
ACID OXCCCTXON Of
MCTHOO 90SO
MOIMCNTC. BCUOCCE. A*C SOILS
ICcnctnuia) .
ftf-nuct •n«lr«l* «f
A«. ••. C«. Cr. Co. PO.
»•. S«. Tl. «na V
Cf •nclytll ml Ac «n« tt
•r ?!••• A* er XCP
analytic •» Al. •«. Be.
••. Cc. CO. Cr. Co. Cu.
«. PO. MO. twv.Mo.Ml.
K. N«. Tl. V. •««» In
Ccntlnui
to
-LU
ADO
C*nc«ntr«t«d
MCU ana Tyct IX
•••»•<-: rtlux
OtXut* vitn
ZZ »«t«r
T.S
€••!:
•llutt
•rtttl Tyc« ZZ
**t«r; filter
•articulate* tn
Fitter
• •rtlculato
tn
7.7.i|O«t«r«tn«
I ••re*nt
••lie* «n
••Ol* •tl«uet
r calcul«tl»n
r.T.tl
iQ%t«r»|n*
c»fic*ntr«tl»n«:
3050 - 6
Revision 0
Date September 1986
-------
APPENDIX B-2
METHOD 6010
INDUCTIVELY COUPLED PLASMA
ATOMIC EMISSION SPECTROSCOPY
-------
-------
METHOD 6010
INDUCTIVELY COUPLED PLASMA ATOMIC EMISSION SPECTROSCOPY
1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION
1.1 Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP)
determines elements Including metals 1n solution. The method Is applicable to
a large number of metals and wastes. All matrices, Including ground water
aqueous samples, EP extracts. Industrial wastes, soils, sludges, sediments'
and other solid wastes, require digestion prior to analysis. '
1.2 Elements for which Method 6010 1s applicable are listed 1n Table 1
Detection Units, sensitivity, and optimum ranges of the metals will vary with
the matrices and model of spectrometer. The data shown 1n Table 1 provide
concentration ranges for clean aqueous samples. Use of this method 1s
restricted to spectroscoplsts who are knowledgeable 1n the correction of
spectral, chemical, and physical interferences.
1.3 The method of standard addition (MSA) (Paragraph 8.5.3) shall be
used for the analysis of all EP extracts and sample digests -unless either
serial dilution or matrix spike addition demonstrates that 1t 1s not required.
2.0 SUMMARY OF METHOD
2.1 Prior to analysis, samples must be solublHzed or digested uslno
appropriate Sample Preparation Methods (e.g.. Methods 3005-3050).
2.2 Method 6010 describes the simultaneous, or sequential, multlele-
mental determination of elements by ICP. The method measures element-emitted
light by optical spectrometry. Samples are nebulized and the resulting
aerosol 1$ transported to the plasma torch. Element-specific atomic-line
emission spectra are produced by a radio-frequency Inductively coupled plasma.
The spectra are dispersed by a grating spectrometer, and the Intensities of
the lines are monitored by photomultlpHer tubes. Background correction 1s
required for trace element determination. Background must be measured
adjacent to analyte lines on samples during analysis. The position selected
for the background-Intensity measurement, on either or both sides of the
analytical Hne, will be determined by the complexity of the spectrum adjacent
to the analyte line. The position used must be free of spectral Interference
and reflect the same change In background Intensity as occurs at the analyte
wavelength measured. Background correction Is not required 1n cases of Hne
broadening where a background correction measurement would actually degrade
the analytical result. The possibility of additional Interferences named 1n
Section 3.0 should also be recognized and appropriate corrections made; tests
for their presence are described 1n Section 8.5.
6010 - 1
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
TABLE 1. RECOMMENDED WAVELENGTHS AND ESTIMATED INSTRUMENTAL DETECTION LIMITS
Estimated. Detection
Element Wavelength* (na) UBlt*> (ug/L)
Aluminum
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Boron
Cadmium
Caldua
Chromlun
Cobalt
Copper
Iron
Lead
Hagneslun
Manganese
Holybdenua
Nickel
Potasslua
Selentua
Silicon
Silver
Sodlun-
Thalllun
Vanadium
Z1nc
308.215
206.833
193.696
455.403
313.042
249.773
226.502
317.933
267.716
228.616 .
324.754
259.940
220.353
279.079
257.610
202.030
231.604
766.491
196.026
288.158
328.068
588.995
190.864
292.402
213.856
45
32
53
2
0.3
5
4
10
7
7
6
7
42
30
2
8
15
See note c
75
58
7
29
40
8
2
aThe wavelengths listed are reconaended because of their sensitivity and
overall acceptance. Other wavelengths may be substituted If they can provide
the needed sensitivity and are treated with the sane corrective techniques for
spectral Interference (see Paragraph 3.1). In time, other elements nay be
added as ware Information becomes available and as required.
bine estimated Instrumental detection 1lilts shown are taken from
Reference 1 1n Section 10.0 below. They are given as a guide for an
Instrumental Halt. The actual method detection Halts are sample dependent
and may vary as the sample matrix varies.
cH1ghly dependent on operating conditions and plasma position.
6010 - 2
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
3.0 INTERFERENCES
3.1 Spectral Interferences are caused by: (1) overlap of a spectral
line frp« another element; (2) unresolved overlap of molecular band spectra-
(3) background contribution fron continuous or recombination phenomena; and
(4) stray light from the line Mission of high-concentration elements
Spectral overlap can be compensated for by computer-correcting the raw data
after monitoring and measuring the interfering element. Unresolved overlan
requires selection of an alternate wavelength. Background contribution and
stray light can usually be compensated for by a background correction adjacent
to the analyte line. .
Users of simultaneous nil ti el esent instruments oust verify the absence of
spectral interference froa an element in a sample for which there is nn
instrument detection channel. Potential spectral interferences for the
recommended wavelengths are given in Table 2. The data in Table 2 ar»
Intended as rudimentary guides for indicating potential interferences; fŁ
this purpose, linear relations between concentration and intensity for the
analytes and the -interferents can be assumed. * ne
3.1.1 The Interference is expressed as analyte concentration
equivalents (i.e., false analyte concentrations) arising from 100 mg/L of
the interference element. For example, assume that As is to be
determined (ft 193.696 nm) in a sample containing approximately 10 «g/L
of Al. According to Table 2, 100 mg/L of Al would yield a falie sigSal
for As equivalent to approximately 1.3 «g/L. Therefore, the presence of
10 mg/L of Al would result in a false signal for As equivalent to
approximately 0.13 mg/L. The user is cautioned that otherinsJrSents
eX1bh d1ffere" *evel*
i d1ffere"J *evel* of interference than those shown in
Table 2. The interference effects must be evaluated for each individual
instrument since the intensities will vary with operating cond t ion?
power, viewing height, argon flow rate, etc. "«"°ns,
3.1.2 The dashes in Table 2 indicate that no measurable
Interferences were observed even at higher Interferent concentrations.
Generally, interferences were discernible if they produced peaks, or
background shifts, corresponding to 2 to 5X of the peaks generated by the
analyte concentrations. J
3.1.3 At present, information on the listed silver and potassium
wavelengths is not available, but it has been reported that second-order
energy from the magnesium 383.231-nm wavelength interferes with the
listed potassium line at 766.491 nm.
. 3.2 Physical interferences are effects associated with the sample
nebullzatlon and transport processes. Changes in viscosity and surface
tension can cause significant inaccuracies, especially In samples containing
high dissolved solids or high add concentrations. If physical interferences
are present, they must be reduced by diluting the sample, by using a
peristaltic pump or by using the standard additions method. Another problem
that can occur with high dissolved solids is salt buildup at the tip of the
nebulizer, which affects aerosol flow rate and causes Instrumental drift. The
problem can be controlled by wetting the argon prior to nebulizatlon, using a
6010 - 3
Revision 0
Date September 1986
-------
TAKE 2. ANALHE OCNCOnSATICK EqUIVALENTS ARISDC FKM 1HTE2FHECE
AI *&Ł 100-ng/L LEVEL
Amlyte
Aludnn
Antimony
ATMOiC
Bariizi
Beryllium
Buiuti
CatMtn
Calcium
Chrcoiua
Cobalt
Cbpper
Iron
L«sd
(hgnesim
ttotanf'MI
MalybdenjB
HLcfcel
Stlnnivn
SHIrm
Sodiixa
Thalliua
Vanadium
Zinc
tfcvelength
(n)
303^15
206.GB3
193.696
455.403
313.042
249.773
226.502
317.933
267.716
228.616
324.754
259.940
220.353
279.079
257.610
202.030
231.604
196.026
288.158
588.995
190.864
292 .402
213.856
Interferenc **b
AI Ct
0.47 —
1J —
OJ* —
0.17 —
— 0.02
0.005 —
0435 —
OJ3 —
0.30 —
Or
2.9
0.44
04)8
OJ03
0.11
0431
04)7
04)5
Cki F» H5
— 04)8 —
— . 0.32 —
— 0433 —
— 04)1 04)1
— 04XD —
— 04)05 —
— 04)03 —
— 0.13 —
— 04302 04)02
— 04B —
— 04)9 —
— 04)05 —
0.14 — —
tfa
0.21
0434
04)4
0.12
0.25
—
KL TL V
— — 1.4
— 0.25 0-45
— — ia
0432 — —
— 0433 040
— — 04)4
0433 0.15 —
— 0435 0432
— 04)7 0.12
— — 04)1
— 0432 —
0.29 — —
*Dmshe« indicate th«t no interference was oba«rved «v«n when interference
vere introduced at the following levels:
AI - 1000 «g/L, Hg - 1000 «g/L,
Ca - 1000 ag/L, Mn - 200 «g/L,
Cr - 200 ag/L,. Tl - 200 «g/L,
Cu - 200 ag/L V - 200 ag/L
Fe - 1000 ag/L
bThe figures recorded as analyte concentrations are not the actual
observed concentrations; to obtain those figures, add the listed concentration
to the interferent figure.
6010 -
Rerision 0
Date Seoteaber 1986
-------
tip washer, or diluting the sample. Also, 1t has been reported that better
control of the argon flow rate Improves Instrument performance- this 1s
accomplished with the use of Bass flow controllers. ~ '
3.3 Chemical Interferences Include molecular compound formation
1on1zat1on effects, and solute vaporization effects. Normally, these effects
•re not significant with the ICP technique. If observed, they can be
•1n1m1zed by careful selection ,of operating conditions (Incident power
observation position, and so forth), by buffering of the sample, by matrix
patching, and by standard addition procedures. Chemical Interferences are
highly dependent on matrix type and the specific analyte element.
4.0 APPARATUS AND MATERIALS
. 4.1 Inductively coupled argon plasma emission spectrometer;
4.1.1 Computer-controlled emission spectrometer with background
correction.
4.1.2 Radio frequency generator.
4.1.3 Argon gas supply: Welding grade or better.
4.2 Operating conditions; The analyst should follow the Instructions
provided by the Instrument's manufacturer. For operation with organic
solvents, use of the auxiliary argon Inlet Is recommended, as are solvent-
resistant tubing, Increased plasma (coolant) argon flow, decreased nebulizer
flow, and Increased RF . power to obtain stable operation and precise
measurements. Sensitivity, Instrumental detection H»1tt precision, linear
dynamic range, and Interference effects must be established for each
Individual analyte line on that particular Instrument. All measurements must
be within Instrument linear range where coordination factors are valid. The
analyst must (1) verify that the Instrument configuration and operating
conditions satisfy the analytical requirements and (2) maintain quality
control data confirming Instrument performance and analytical results.
5.0 REAGENTS
5.1 Acids used 1n the preparation of standards and for sample processing
•ust be reagent grade or better. Redistilled adds may be used.
5.1.1 Concentrated hydrochloric add (HC1).
5.1.2 Hydrochloric add (1:1): Add 500 ml concentrated HC1 to
400 ml Type II water and dilute to 1 liter.
5.1.3 Concentrated nitric add (HNOs).
5.1.4 Nitric add (1:1): Add 500 ml concentrated HfKh to 400 ml
Type II water and dilute to 1 liter.
6010 - 5
Revision 0
Date September 1986
-------
5.2 ASTH Type II water (ASTH D1193): Water should be monitored for
1ffipur1t1es.
5.3 standard stock solutions may be purchased or prepared from ultra-
high purity grade chemicals or metals (99.99 to 99.999X pure). All salts must
be dried for 1 hr at 105*C, unless otherwise specified.
(CAUTION: Many metal salts are extremely toxic If Inhaled or swallowed.
Wash hands thoroughly after handling.)
Typical stock solution preparation procedures follow. Concentrations are
calculated based upon the weight of pure metal added, or with the use of the
nole fraction and the weight of the metal salt added.
Concentration (ppm)
Metal salts
Concentration (pp.) *e1(ht « fract1on
5.3.1 Alualnua solution, stock, 1 nl » 100 ug Al: Dissolve 0.10 g
of aluminum metal, weighed accurately to at least four significant
figures, 1n an add mixture of 4 ml of (1:1) HC1 and 1 mL of concentrated
HfM>3 1n a beaker. War* gently to effect solution. When solution 1s
complete, transfer quantitatively to a liter flask, add an additional
10 ml of (1:1) HC1 and dilute to 1,000 ml with Type II water.
5.3.2 Antimony solution, stock, 1 ml • 100 ug Sb: Dissolve 0.27 g
K(SbO)C4H4Ck (mole fraction Sb « 0.3749), weighed accurately to at least
four significant figures, 1n Type II water, add 10 ml (1:1) HC1, and
dilute to 1,000 ml with Type II water.
5.3.3 Arsenic solution, stock, 1 ml • 100 ug As: Dissolve 0.13 g
of AS903 (mole fraction As « 0.7574), weighed accurately to at least four
significant figures, In 100 ml of Type II water containing 0.4. g NaOH.
Acidify the solution with 2 mL concentrated HN03 and dilute to 1,000 ml
with Type II water.
5.3.4 Barium solution, stock, 1 ml • 100 ug Ba: Dissolve 0.15 g
EaCl 2 (nwle fraction Ba • 0.6595), dried at 250 *C for 2 hr, weighed
accurately to at least four significant figures, In 10 ml Type II water
with 1 ml (1:1) HC1. Add 10.0 ml (1:1) HC1 and dilute to 1,000 aL with
Type II water.
5.3.5 Beryllium solution, stock, 1 ml « 100 ug Be: Do not dry.
Dissolve 1.97 g BeS04'4H20 (mole fraction Be • 0.0509J7 welgfied
accurately to at least four significant figures, 1n Type II water, add
10.0 ml concentrated HNOs, and dilute to 1,000 ml with Type II water.
Hole fraction - 0.0509.
6010 - 6
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
5.3.6 Boron solution, stock 1 uL - 100 ug B: Do not dry. Dissolve
0.57 g anhydrous 83803 (mole fraction B • 0.1748), welgRed accurately to
at least four significant figures, In Type II water and dilute to 1,000
ml. Use a reagent neetlng ACS specifications, keep the bottle tightly
stoppered, and store 1n a desiccator to prevent the entrance of
atmospheric moisture.
5.3.7 CadaluB solution, stock, 1 «L - 100 ug Cd: Dissolve 0.11 g
CdO (mole fraction Cd • 0.8754), weighed accurately to at least four
significant figures, 1n a •Inlnuai amount of (1:1) HNOs. Heat to Increase
rate of dissolution. Add 10.0 BL concentrated HNO* and dilute to 1.000
•L with Type II water.
5.3.8 CalduB solution, stock. 1 BL • 100 ug Ca: Suspend 0.25 g
CaCOr (mole Ca fraction - 0.4005), dried at 180»C for 1 hr before
weighing, weighed accurately to at least four significant figures. In
Type II water and dissolve cautiously with a •Inlmum amount of (1:1)
HN03. Add 10.0 BL concentrated HN03 and dilute to 1,000 »L with Type II
water.
5.3.9 ChroalUB solution, stock, 1 «L • 100 ug Cr: Dissolve
0.19 g Crth (nole fraction Cr • 0.5200), weighed accurately to at least
four significant figures, In Type II water. Vfoen solution Is complete,
acidify with 10 »L concentrated HN03 and dilute to 1,000 al with Type II
water.
5.3.10 Cobalt solution, stock, 1 ml • 100 ug Co: Dissolve 0.1000 g
of cobalt aetal, weighed accurately to at least four significant figures.
1n a Bln1mua Mount of (1:1) HNCh. Add 10.0 BL (1:1) HC1 and dilute to
1,000 BL with Type II water.
5.3.11 Copper solution, stock, 1 BL • 100 ug Cu: Dissolve
0.13 g CuO (nole fraction Cu « 0.7989), weighed accurately to at least
four significant figures), In a Blnlnun amount of (1:1) HNCN. Add 10.0
BL concentrated HNOa and dilute to 1,000 BL with Type II water.
5.3.12 Iron solution, stock, 1 BL - 100 ug Fe: Dissolve 0.14 g
FeŁ0r (mole fraction Fe » 0.6994), weighed accurately to at least four
significant figures, In a warw Blxture of 20 BL (1:1) HC1 and 2 BL of
concentrated HfKh. Cool, add an additional 5.0 BL of concentrated HNOg.
and dilute to 1,000 BL with Type II water.
5.3.13 Lead solution, stock, 1 BL « 100 ug Pb: Dissolve 0.16 g
PbfWhJa (mole fraction Pb - 0.6256), weighed accurately to at least four
significant figures, 1n a Blnlnua amount of (1:1) HNOj. Add 10 ml (1:1)
HN03 and dilute to 1,000 ml with Type II water.
5.3.14 KagnesluB solution, stock, 1 «L « 100 ug Kg: Dissolve
0.17 g MgO (mole fraction Mg » 0.6030), weighed accurately to at least
four significant figures, 1n a n1n1mum amount of (1:1) HNO*. Add 10.0 mL
(1:1) concentrated HNOs and dilute to 1,000 ml with Type II water.
6010 - 7
Rev1 s 1 on
-.. io<
-------
5.3.15 Manganese solution, stock, 1 nL - 100 ug Hn: Dissolve
0.1000 g of nanganese netal, weighed accurately to at least four
significant figures, 1n add nlxture (10 nL concentrated HC1 and 1 nL
concentrated HH03) and dilute to 1,000 nL with Type II water.
5.3.16 Holybdenun solution, stock, 1 nL - 100 ug Ho: Dissolve
0.20 g (NH4)fiHo7024-4H20 (role fraction Mo • 0.5772), weighed accurately
to at least four significant figures, In Type II water and dilute to
1,000 nL with Type II water.
5.3.17 Nickel solution, stock, 1 nL - 100 ug N1: Dissolve 0.1000 g
of nickel netalv weighed accurately to at least four significant figures,
1n 10.0 nL hot concentrated HN03, cool, and dilute to 1,000 nL with Type
II water.
5.3.18 Potassium solution, stock, 1 nL • 100 ug K: Dissolve
0.19 g KC1 (nole fraction K • 0.5244) dried at 110'C, weighed accurately
to at least four significant figures, In Type II water and dilute to
1,000 nL.
5.3.19 Selenium solution, stock, 1 «L « 100 ug Se: Do not dry.
Dissolve 0.17 g H^SeOs (nole fraction Se • 0.6123), weighed accurately to
at least four significant figures, In Type II water and dilute to 1,000
»L.
5.3.20 Silica solution, stock, 1 nL • 100 ug SIO?: Do not dry.
Dissolve 0.47 g NazSIOs-gHgO (nole fraction S1 • 0.098847. weighed
accurately to at least four significant figures, In Type II water. Add
10.0 BL concentrated HNOa and dilute to 1,000 ml.with Type II water.
5.3.21 Silver solution, stock, 1 nL » 100 ug Ag: Dissolve 0.16 g
AgNth (mole fraction Ag - 0.6350), weighed accurately to at least four
significant figures, In Type II water and 10 nL concentrated HNOs.
Dilute to 1,000 nL with Type II water.
5.3.22 Sodium solution, stock, 1 nL « 100 ug Na: Dissolve 0.25 g
HaCl (role fraction Na « 0.3934), weighed accurately to at least four
significant figures, In Type II water. Add 10.0 nL concentrated HNOs and
dilute to 1,000 nL with Type II water.
5.3.23 Thallium solution, stock, 1 nL « 100 ug T1: Dissolve
0.13 g T1N03 (role fraction Tl • 0.7672), weighed accurately to at least
four significant figures. In Type II water. Add 10.0 nL concentrated
HN03 and dilute to 1,000 nL with Type II water.
5.3.24 Yanadlua solution, stock, 1 nL » 100 ug V: Dissolve
0.23 g NHiVOa (n»le fraction V • 0.4356), weighed accurately to at least
four significant figures, In a n1n1mura amount of concentrated HN03. Heat
to Increase rate of dissolution. Add 10.0 nL concentrated HNOs and
dilute to 1,000 nL with Type II water.
6010 - 8
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
5.3.25 Zinc solution, stock, 1 »L - 100 ug Zn: Dissolve 0.12 a ZnO
(mole fraction Zn • 0.8034), weighed accurately to at least four
significant figures, 1n a mini mm amount of dilute WKh. Add 10.0 «L
concentrated HN03 and dilute to 1,000 nL with Type II water.
5.4 Mixed calibration standard solutions: Prepare Blxed calibration
standard solutions by combining appropriate volumes of the stock solutions In
volumetric flasks (see Table 3). Add 2 ml (Isl) HNO* and 10 ml of (1:1) HC1
and dilute to 100 ml with Type II water (see NOTE, below). Prior to preparing
the nixed standards, each stock solution should be analyzed separately to
determine possible spectral Interference or the presence of lapurltles. Care
should be taken when preparing the Blxed standards to ensure that the elements
ire compatible and stable together. Transfer the Blxed standard solutions to
FEP fluorocarbon or previously unused polyethylene or polypropylene bottles
for storage. Fresh Blxed standards should be prepared, as needed, with the
realization that concentration can change on aging. Calibration standards
oust be Initially verified using A quality control sample (see Paragraph 5.8)
and monitored weekly for stability. Some typical calibration standard
combinations are listed 1n Table 3. All Blxtures should then be scanned using
a sequential spectrometer to verify the absence of Interelement spectral
Interference 1n the recommended Blxed standard solutions.
NOTE: If the addition of silver to the recommended add combination
results 1n an Initial precipitation, add 15 nL of Type II water
and wara the flask until the solution clears. Cool and dilute to
100 BL with Type II water. For this add combination, the silver
concentration should be Halted to 2 mg/L. Silver under these
conditions Is stable 1n a tap-water matrix for 30 days. Higher
concentrations of silver require additional HC1.
TABLE 3. MIXED STANDARD SOLUTIONS
Solution Elements
I Be, Cd, Hn, Pb, Se and Zn
II Ba, Co. Cu, Fe, and V
III As, No, and S1
IV Al, Ca, Cr, K, Na, and N1
V Ag (see Note to Paragraph 5.4),
B, Kg, Sb, and T1
6010 - 9
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
5.5 Two types of blanks are required for the analysis. The calibration
blank ts used 1n establishing the analytical curve, and the reagent blank 1s
used to correct for possible contamination resulting from varying amounts of
the adds used in the sample processing.
5.5.1 The calibration blank 1s prepared by diluting 2 oL of (1:1)
HNCh and 10 «L of (1:1) HC1 to 100 ml with Type II water. Prepare a
sufficient quantity to flush the system between standards and samples.
5.5.2 The reagent blank must contain all the reagents and In the
same volumes as used 1n the processing of the samples. The reagent
blank mist be carried through the complete procedure and contain the
same add concentration 1n the final solution as the sample solution used
for analysis.
5.6 The Instrument check standard 1s prepared by the analyst by com-
bining compatible elementsatconcentrations equivalent to the «ldpo1nt of
their respective calibration curves (see Paragraph 8.6.2.1 for use).
5.7 The Interference check solution 1s prepared to contain known
concentrations of interfering elements that will provide an adequate test of
the correction factors. Spike the sample with the elements of Interest at
approximate concentrations of 10 tines the instrumental detection Units. In
the absence of neasurable analyte, overcorrectlon could go undetected because
a negative value could be reported as zero. If the particular Instrument will
display overcorrectlon as a negative number, this spiking procedure will not
be necessary.
5.8 The quality control sample should be prepared 1n the same acid
matrix as the calibration standards at 10 times the Instrumental detection
Halts and in accordance with the instructions provided by the supplier.
6.0 SAMPLE COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, AND HANDLING
6.1 See the Introductory material 1n Chapter Three, Inorganic Analytes,
Sections 3.1 through 3.3.
7.0 PROCEDURE
7.1 Prellainary treatment of all matrices Is always necessary because of
the complexity and variability of sample matrices. SolublUzatlon and
digestion procedures are presented in Sample Preparation Methods (Methods
3005-3050). The method of standard addition (MSA) (Paragraph 8.5.3) shall be
used for the analysis of all EP extracts and sample digests unless either
serial dilution or matrix spike addition demonstrates that 1t 1s not required.
An internal standard nay be substituted for the MSA.
6010 - 10
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
7.2 Set up the Instrument with proper operating parameters established
1n Paragraph 4.2. The Instrument must be allowed to become thermally stable
before beginning (usually requiring at least 30 Bin of operation prior to
calibration).
7.3 Profile and calibrate the Instrument according .to the Instrument
aanufacturer's recommended procedures, using the typical »1xed calibration
standard solutions described In Paragraph 5.4. Flush the system with the
calibration blank (5.5.1) between each standard (see NOTE, below). (Use the
average Intensity of Multiple exposures for both standardization and sarnie
analysis to reduce random error.) K
NOTEs For boron concentrations greater than 500 ug/L, extended flush
tines of 1 or 2 »1n nay be required.
7.4 Before beginning the sample run, reanalyze the highest nixed
calibration standard as 1f It were a sample. Concentration values obtained
should not deviate froa the actual values by nore than 5X (or the established
control Units, whichever Is lower). If they do, follow the recommendations
of the Instrument manufacturer to correct for this condition.
7.5 Flush the systen with the calibration blank solution for at least
1 «1n (Paragraph 5.5.1) before the analysis of each sample (see Note to
Paragraph 7.3). Analyze the Instrument check standard (5.6) and the
calibration blank (5.5.1) after each 10 samples.
7.6 Calculations: If dilutions were performed, the appropriate factors
aust be applied to sample values. All results should be reported 1n ua/L with
up to three significant figures.
8.0 QUALITY CONTROL
8.1 All quality control data should be maintained and available for easy
reference or Inspection. '
8.2 Dilute and reanalyze samples that are more concentrated than the
linear calibration limit or use an alternate, less sensitive line for which
quality control data 1s already established.
8.3 Employ a Blnlnua of one laboratory blank per sample batch to
deternlne If contamination or any Bemory effects are occurring.
8.4 Analyze one duplicate sample for every 20 samples. A duplicate
sample 1s a sample brought through the whole sample preparation and analytical
process.
8.5 It 1s recoirraended that whenever a new or unusual sample matrix 1s
encountered, a series of tests be performed prior to reporting1 concentration
data for analyte elements. These tests, as outlined 1n 8.5.1 through 8.5.3,
will ensure the analyst that neither positive nor negative Interferences are
operating on any of the analyte elements to distort the accuracy of the
reported values.
6010 - 11
Revision 0
Date September 1986
-------
8.5.1 Serial dilution: If the analyte concentration 1s
sufficiently high (minimally, a factor of 10 above the Instrumental
detection Holt after dilution), an analysis of a 1:4 dilution should
agree within +10X of the original determination. If not, a chemical or
physical Interference effect should be suspected.
8.5.2 Matrix spike addition: An analyte spike added to a portion
of a prepared sample, or Its dilution, should be recovered to within 75X
to 125% of the known value. The spike addition should produce a Blnlmum
level of 10 times and a naxlnum of 100 tines the Instrumental detection
Unit. If the spike Is not recovered within the specified Units, a
natrlx effect should be suspected. The use of a standard-addition
analysis procedure can usually compensate for this effect.
CAUTION: The standard-addition technique does not-detect coincident
spectral overlap. If suspected, use of computerized
compensation, an alternate wavelength, or comparison with
an alternate Method Is recommended.
8.5.3 Standard addition: The standard-addition technique Involves
adding .known amounts of standard to one or more allquots of the processed
sample solution. This technique compensates for a sample constituent
that enhances or depresses the analyte signal, thus producing a different
slope froa that of the calibration standards. It will not correct for
additive Interferences which cause a baseline shift. The simplest
version of this technique 1s the single-addition aethod, In which two
Identical allquots of the sample solution, each of Volume Vx, are taken.
To the first (labeled A) Is added a small volume V« of a standard analyte
solution of concentration cs. To the second (labeled B) Is added the
same volume V5 of the solvent. The analytical signals of A and B are
•easured and corrected for nonanalyte signals. The unknown sample
concentration cx 1s calculated:
where SA and Sn are the analytical signals (corrected for the blank) of
solutions A and B, respectively. Vs and cs should be chosen so that SA
1s roughly twice SB on the average. It 1s best 1f Vs 1s made wich less
than VXi and thus cs 1s nuch greater than cx, to avoid excess dilution of
the sample vatrlx. If a separation or concentration step Is used, the
additions are best Bade first and carried through the entire procedure.
For the results of this technique to be valid, the following llaltatlons
uust be taken Into consideration:
1. The analytical curve must be linear.
2. The chemical form of the analyte added must respond the same
way as the analyte In the sample.
6010 - 12
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
3. The Interference effect wist be constant over the working ranae of
concern.
4. The signal oust be corrected for any additive Interference.
The absorbance of each solution 1s determined and then plotted on the
vertical axis of a graph, with the concentrations of the known standards
plotted on the horizontal axis. When the resulting line 1s extrapolated
back to zero absorbance, the point of Interception of the abscissa Is the
concentration of the unknown. The abscissa on the left of the ordlnate
1s scaled the sane as on the right side, but 1n the opposite direction
from the ordlnate. An example of a plot so obtained 1s shown In
Figure 1.
8.6 Check the Instrument standardization by analyzing appropriate
quality control check standards as follows. H ^priaie
8.6.1 Check Instrument calibration using a calibration blank and
two appropriate standards.
8.6.2 Verify calibration every 10 samples and at the end of the
analytical run, using a calibration blank (5.5.1) and a single point
check standard (5.6).
8.6.2.1 The results of the check standard are to agree within
10S of the expected value; 1f not, terminate the analysis, correct
the problem, and recalibrate the Instrument.
8.6.2.2 The results of the calibration blank are to agree
within three standard deviations of the mean blank value. If not.
repeat the analysis two more times and average the results. If the
average 1s not within three standard deviations of the background
mean, terminate the analysis, correct the problem, recalibrate, and
reanalyze the previous 10 samples.
8.6'.3 Verify the Intereleraent and background correction factors at
the beginning and end of an analytical run or twice during every 8-hour
work shift, whichever 1s more frequent. Do this by analyzing the
Interference check sample (Paragraph 5.7). Results should be within +20X
of the true value obtained 1n 8.6.2.1.
8.6.4 Duplicate spiked samples are to be analyzed at a frequency of
8.6.4.1 The relative percent difference between . duplicate
determinations 1s to be calculated as follows:
D. - D
RPD *
6010 - 13
Revision
Date September 1986
-------
where:
RPO » relative percent difference.
DI « first sample value.
DŁ " second sample value (duplicate).
(A control limit of +20X for RPD shall be used for sample values
greater than 10 times the Instrument detection Halt.)
8.6.4.2 The duplicate matrix spike sample recovery 1s to be
within +202 of the actual value.
8.6.5 The method of standard addition (Paragraph 8.5.3) shall be
used for the analysis of all EP extracts.
9.0 METHOD PERFORMANCE
9.1 In an EPA round-robin Phase 1 study, seven laboratories applied the
ICP technique to ac1d-d1 stilled water matrices that had been spiked with
various metal concentrates. Table 4 lists the true values, the mean reported
values, and the mean percent relative standard deviations. •
9.2 In a single laboratory evaluation, seven wastes were analyzed for 22
elements by this method. The mean percent relative standard deviation from
triplicate analyses for all elements and wastes was 9+2X. The mean percent
recovery of spiked elements for all wastes was 93+6X. Spike levels ranged
from 100 ug/L to 100 mg/L. The wastes Included sludges and Industrial
wastewaters.
10.0 REFERENCES
1. Wlnge, R.K., V.J. Peterson, and V.A. Fassel, Inductively Coupled Plasma-
Atomic Emission Spectroscopy: Prominent Lines, Final Report, March 1977 -
February 1978, Ames Laboratory, Ames, IA, sponsored by Environmental Research
Laboratory, Athens, GA, EPA-600/4-79-017, March 1979.
2. Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, EPA-600/4-82-05,
December 1982, Method 200.7.
3. Patel, B.K., Raab, 6.A., et •!., Report on a Single Laboratory Evaluation
of Inductively Coupled Optical Emission Method 6010, EPA Contract No. 68-03-
3050, December 1984.
6010 - 15
Revision 0
Date September 1986
-------
TABLE 4. ICP PRECISION AND ACCURACY DATA*
Sample No,
, 1
Mean Re-
Ele-
ment
Be
Mn
V
As
Cr
Cu
Fe
Al
Cd
Co
N1
Pb
Zn
Sec
True
Value
(ug/L)
750
350
750
200
150
250
600
700
50
700
250
250
200
40
ported
Value
(ug/L)
733
345
749
208
149
235
594
696
48
512
245
236
201
32
Mean
SD°
(X)
6.2
2.7
1.8
7.5
3.8
5.1
3.0
5.6
12
10
5.8
16
5.6
21.9
Sanple No.
2
Sample No.
Mean Re-
. True ported
Value Value
(ug/L) (ug/L)
20
315
70
22
W
11 •
20
60
2.5
20
30
24
16
6
20
15
69
19
10
11
19
62
2.9
20
28
30
19
8.5
Mean
(X)
9.8
6.7
2.9
23
18
40
15
33
16
4.1
11
32
45
42
True
Value
(ug/L)
180
100
170
60
50
70
180
160
14
120
60
80
80
10
Mean Re-
ported
Value
(ug/L)
176
99
169
63
50
67
178
161
13
108
55
80
82
8.5
3
Mean
SD°
(X)
5.2
3.3
1.1
* • A
17
3.3
w • w
7.9
6.0
w • W
13
16
21
14
14
9.4
8.3
•Not all elements were analyzed by all laboratories.
bSD • standard deviation.
cResults for Se are from two laboratories.
6010 - 16
Revision 0
Date September 1986
-------
INDUCTIVELY COUPLED ATOMIC EMISSION •^CCTHOSCO^
C
7.1 I frmmtrm
••*•!•
urtnf **•<
3003. SOtO. 30ZO.
9040. »c 3030
o
i«J
FtuMI «Y»t«B
I •naiyi
••*«!•
7.1
CfMCK
klvnk «ft«r
••en to
6010 - 17
-------
APPENDIX B-3
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE:
LABORATORY SCREENING METHOD FOR LEAD IN HOUSE DUST
USING ENERGY DISPERSIVE X-RAY FLUORESCENCE
(KEVEX 0700)
-------
Page 2 of 13
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Proiect Date; 3/90
Revision: 0
(d) computerized data system for analyzing, comparing
and storing sample spectra.
4.2 8 inch Floppy Data diskettes, IBM, or equivalent.
4.3 Sample cups, plastic, consisting of cup, o-ring, and
cap;, Spectra-Cup, Cat. No,. 340, Somar Labs. Inc., New
York, or equivalent.
4.4 Mylar film, 6 micron.
5.0 REAGENTS
5. i U.S. Department of Commerce. National Bureau of
Standards. Standard Reference Materials
Unit Certified Lead
SRM Type .Size Concentration
1579 Powdered Lead 35g ,1:1-87%
Base Paint
1633a Coal Fly ,Ash 75g 72.4 ug/g
1645 Hiver Sediment 70g 714 ug/g
1646 Estuarine Sediment 75g 28.2 ug/g
1648 Urban Particulate 2g 0.655%
5.2 US EPA. Environmental Monitoring and Surveillance
Laboratory fEMSL), Quality Control Reference Standards
5.3 Instrument Calibration Standards
Dust M-10 2500 ppm 10 mg.
Dust M-50 2500 ppm 50 mg.
Dust H-10 25,000 ppm 10 mg.
Dust H-50 25,000 ppm- 50 mg.
-------
Page 3 of
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field^ Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3'/9Q
Revision: o
6.0 Sample Collection and Transfer of Custody to the U.S.
EPA ~
Samples are collected in the field by Lead-Free-Kids
staff, placed in labeled individual envelopes, and submitted
with chain-of-custody (COC) documentation to the U.S. EPA New
England Regional Laboratory (NERL) for XRF analysis. U.S.
EPA personnel or their contractors will acknowledge receipt
of custody by signing and dating the COC document in the
presence of the LFK dust sample courier. The COC document
is retained until sample analysis has been completed and
results have been entered onto it. Then the original COC is
returned to LFK with a cover letter.
6.1 Sample Preparation
6.1.1 Samples are assigned unique laboratory
identification numbers, a sequential five-digit
number, which is subsequently recorded on the
sample envelope, cnain-of-custody document, XRF
Dust preparation worksheet, XRF analytical result
summary sheet," and on the cover of the sample
analysis container.
6.1.2 Under the ventilation hood, the sample envelope
is carefully opened at one end (with scissors)
and the dust is placed into a 60 mesh sieve.
6.1.3 The sieve is manually shaken for approximately
15 to 20 seconds.
6.1.4 All the fines are then transferred to the pre
weighed sample analysis container using a glass
powder funnel centered over and touching the
center of the mylar window of the sample
container.
6.1.5 Information from the chain-of-custody, including
weight of sample, and laboratory ID number is
recorded on the .analytical results summary form.
6.1.6 All of the excess (non-filtered) soil/dust from
the sample preparation is discarded in a special
barrel in the laboratory. In some cases filtered
-------
Page 4 of 13
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/90
Revision: o
/
dust may be7 removed for the analysis container
if the guadity of dust interferes with container
fabrication. However, all the dust ^fnount. be
weighed before excess dust is removed.^-tr
6.1.7 The powder funnel and sieve are cleaned between
samples to remove soil and dust particles, using
clean, compressed breathing air (grade D), or
the like.
6.1.8 The sampling cup is sequentially placed in the
sample tray according to the laboratory ID number
for XRF analysis. Empty envelopes are retained
and returned to LFK staff along with sample
results.
6.2 Sample Container Preparation
The sample containers consist of two small o-rings with
tabs, two pieces of 6 micron mylar film, a sample cup (which
is slightly larger than the" o-rings), and a container cap.
6.2.1 Place a piece of 6 micron mylar f^Llm over one o-
ring (tabs down).
6.2.2 Snap the sample cup into place on top of the o-
r ing.
6.2.3 Weigh sample cup parts excluding cap and round
to 4 decimal places.
6.2.4 Place dust sample onto mylar film via glass
powder funnel. Be sure that sample is centered
on film.
6.2.5 Place another piece of mylar onto sample cup over
the dust and snap the second o-ring onto the top
of the cup (tabs up).
6.2.6 Reweigh sample container and round to 4 decimal
places.
6.2.7 Snap container cap into place on top of cup.
Note: The container cap is only used for identification
and handling of the sample. All analyses must
be performed with container cap removed.
-------
Page 5 of
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids NO.
Technical Demonstration Project Date: 3/qn
Revision: o
6.2.8 Label the sample container cap with the correct
sequential laboratory sample ID number.
6.3 Standards Preparation
Study Control standards are prepared from previously
analyzed and concentration verified house dust samples.
Standard concentrations should be prepared at concentration
levels and weigh ranges as presented below.
Sample
Calibration
Weight
Std. Range
Dust M-10 2500 ppm 10 mg M-10 or 0.0 - 0.24g
Dust M-50 2500 ppm 50 mg H-10
Dust H-10 25,000 ppm 10 mg M-10 or 0.25g or
greater
Dust H-50 25,000 ppm 50 mg H10
6.4 Sample Preservation and Handling
No preservation is required. Handling of the sample,
once it is placed in the analysis cup, must be done in a
gentle manner to keep the sample centered in the middle of
the mylar. This is especially important for samples
requiring replicate analysis.
7.0 ANALYSIS PROCEDURE
7.1 The use of the Kevex 7000 XRF is relatively
straightforward. The Kevex is normally left in the
standby mode (target .8, 30 kV, and 0.5 mA) between
analyses to prevent x-ray tube damage. House dust
samples for lead are analyzed under the following
instrumental conditions: target .4, 30 kV, .5 mA.
(Detailed instructions can be found in the User's Manual
for Kevex XRF Software.)
-------
Page 6 of 13
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Pronect Date; 3/90
Revision: 0
7.2 Instrument Set-Up
7.2.1 Turn the video monitor and plotter power on.
7.2.2 Insert the Master floppy disk into disk drive
No. 0 (DYO)
7.2.3 Insert formatted floppy disk into disk drive No.
1 (DY1).
7.2.4 Boot the operating system by pressing the "Shift"
and "Reset" keys simultaneously. Next, press the
"Q Vantx" and then the "Enter" key.
7.2.5 When prompted on the screen, enter the current
date.
7.2.6 After the current date has been entered, the
spectral region of interest for lead must be
established. This is accomplished by pressing
the blue double-headed arrow (<-*•-—->) key.
The region of interest that sho.uld be obtained
is from 7.04 Kilo-electron Volts (KeV) to 17.28
KeV, where the lead L-alpha (L-a) peak is 10.25
KeV and the lead L-beta (L-b) is 10. KeV.
After the spectral region has been established
for lead analysis, wait for the asterisk (*)
prompt and type in ATO, PBSOIL4. Type in sample
ID Numbers as 5 digit numbers followed by -D- for
each number at the end.
ex: Lab ID # 143 entered as 00143-D-
7.2.7 The first carousel run on the Kevex for the day
must contain all four calibration standards.
Each additional carousel run must include one of
the four study control standard on a .'rotating
basis. Calibration standards are run .manually
and not on the ATO program.
7.3 Loading the Kevex Sampler (Carousel)
7.3.1 Push the "Reset" key (red) to shut-off the x-ray
beam. (As a safety precaution, the lid will not
open when the x-ray beam is functioning).
-------
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE:
Lead Free Kids
Demonstration Prelect
No.
Date: 3 /on
Revision: o
7.3.2 Open the Kevex top and place sample cups into
the sixteen (16) available slots (numbered 0
through 15) on the circular carousel.
7.3.3 Set the Kevex XES to ATO (white key).
Then proceed with the analysis.
7.4 Manual Analysis of Dust Samples
The analysis will be performed using the ATO and manual
modes. The manual method requires that the operator be
presented while performing this type of analysis.
Keyboard commands required to initiate and perform XRF
analyses are detailed below:
7.4.1 Await (*) ; type "Clr", then press the "Enter"
key.
7.4.2 Make sure white switch is on manual position.
7.4.3 Push yellow key next to sample number. Use
numbered key pad on KEVEX to enter desired
position then hit enter.
7.4.4 Push yellow key to target display and enter 4
using numbered key pad again.
7.4.5 Continue in this manner and enter 30 for KEV and
.5 for mA.
7.4.6 On the screen keyboard hit the yellow ACQ button.
When running the standards you will manually stop
them at their designated ppm concentration (2500
for medium and 25,000 ppm for high) using the
yellow stop key next to the acquire key. Using
the blue arrows (up and down) to increase and
shrink the size of the peak, let the sample run
for between 20 and 30 seconds. Stop the peak
when it reaches the 2.5 mark designated by the
numbered lines on the left side of the viewing
screen.
-------
Page 8 of 13
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/90
Revision: o
7.4.7 When you have stopped the peak at its desired
height (2.5) type SMO to smooth the curve. If
the peak now falls below 2.5 it may be necessary
to continue acquiring the peak for a couple more
seconds and again hit stop to halt peak.
Alternating between acquire, stop and smooth may
be done an unlimited number of times until the
peak appears in the right position as long as the
time count is below 30 seconds. Time of analysis
may not run over 30 seconds.
Note: Only calibration standards will be run on manual
not dust samples.
7.4.8 Await (*); type "REA"d, press "Enter",
7.4.9 Await (*); type "SAV'e, press "Enter".
7.4.10 Prompt: General Comments.
7.4.11 Response: Section is ignored, press "Enter".
7.4.12 Prompt: Enter Unit: (1) or (2).
7.4.13 Response: Type "1", press "Enter".
* 7.4.14 Prompt: Enter Sample ID":
7.4.15 Response: type in Sample ID as assigned in XRF
dust preparation worksheet.
* Manual analysis does not automatically add a 4
onto the end of the identification label and
therefore the 4 is not needed for recall
purposes.
7.5 Automatic Analysis Procedure
7.5.1 At asteric on screen type ATO.PBSOIL4 Enter.
7.5.2 Enter the last sample position but do not
include standards that will run manually.
7.5.3 Enter lab ID, numbers for each corresponding
position.
-------
Page 9 of 13
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE:
Lead Free Kids
Demonstration Project
No.
Date;
3/90
Revision: o
7.5.4 As the program runs you must be present to
observe each lead sample peak as it acquires
for 30 seconds.
7.5.5 With screen parameters of <7.04 and 17.28> the
compton scatter peak will be the last peak
visible on the right hand side. The lead peak
will appear directly above the blue arrow at
the bottom of the screen.
7.5.6 If the lead peak rises faster then the compton
peak it will be calibrated using the high
standard. If the lead sample peak does not
rise above the compton peak, the medium
standard will be used.
7.5.7 To determine if the 10 standard or the 50
standard is to be used, identify the weight of
the sample. The sample is:
O.OOg - 0.024g use 10 standard
0.025g - O.lOOg or above use 50 standard.
7.6 Manual Quantitation and Comparison of Dust Samples
7.6.1 Await (*) ; type "RCL" (recall), press "Enter".
NOTE: The RCL (recall) command is used to recall a
previously analyzed spectra that has been stored
on the floppy diskette (DY1) . In this case, a
previously analyzed lead in dust calibration or
reference standard for comparison to the various
dust samples analyzed and stored on the same
diskette. . ,
7.6.2
7.6.3
7.6.4
7.6.5
Prompt: Enter Unit: 1 or 2.
Response: Type "1", press "Enter".
Prompt: Enter ID:
Response: Type the standard/label ID, press
"Enter".
7.6.6 Prompt: Smooth Recalled Spectrum (Y/N)?
-------
Page 10 of 13
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE:
Lead Free Kids
Demonstration Pronect
No.
Date:
3/90
Revision: 0
7.6.7
7.6.8
Response: Press "Enter".
Await (*); type "OVR" (overlay), press "Enter".
The overlay command is used to compare and
normalize spectra from the disk. The
normalization feature (OVR) allows the operator
to mark regions within the displayed spectrum
as a basis for normalization. This feature
aids in the visual interpretation of data and
reduces channel-to-channel , statistical
fluctuations.
7.6.9
Prompt:
ID.
Enter ID: add -D-4 to the end of each
7.6.10 Response: Enter the sample ID, press "Enter".
7.6.11 Prompt: Smooth Recalled Spectrum (Y/N)?
7.6.12 Response: Press "Enter".
7.6.13 Prompt: Mark Peak(s) or Region(s) Hit Enter When
Ready a cursor will appear on the screen.
7.6.14 Response: Mark the regions to be used for
normalization by moving the cursor with the left
and right green arrow function keys. The peak
to be painted is the compton scatter peak. The
screen parameters should be 9.60 - 19.84 use the
green" equal (=) key to paint the desired area.
Note: the paint cursor will move in the
direction it was last set. Press the "Enter" key
when finished.
7.6.15 The screen display will now include the standard
spectrum overlaid by the sample spectrum
normalized to the same energy region of the
spectrum. Direct comparison of the lead (L-a)
peaks can be made and a concentration (in ppm)
can be determined.
Note: The red peak is the standard peak which should
read 2.5 (use the Blue up and down arrows to set
this). The white peak is the sample peak. Use
the blue up and down arrows to best compare the
sample peak value ppm. Although the height of
-------
Page 11 of 13
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Project Date: 3/90
Revision: o
the red and white peaks will change the ppm value
of the red (standard) will always remain the same
2500 ppm or 25,000 ppm depending on the standard
used.
7.6.16 The OVR sequence can be repeated for each sample
on the disk (DY1).
7-7 A Modified Quantitation Procedure - This is basically
the same procedure as described above.
Dr. T. Spittler, USEPA Region I, Technical Services
Branch Chief, Lexington, Massachusetts initiated the use of
a quick and easy method for the semi-quantitative analysis
of lead in soil samples.
Dr. Spittler has determined that, when acquiring data
for the 2000 ppm lead in soil standard at an attenuation of
512 and the energy level for the compton's back scattering
energy peak at 15 KeV is at 50 percent intensity, each
horizontal screen division is equivalent to the response of
ca. 800 ppm lead. To utilize this technique for dust, follow
the XRF instrument set-up guidelines as previously described
in Sections 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4 (7.4.1 to 7.4.5). To acquire,
quantify, and store data, utilize the following procedure:
7.7.1 Check sampler position at "0".
7.7.2 Await (*); press the yellow "ACQ" key.
7.7.3 Wait for energy level at 15.- KeV to reach 50
percent scale at a range of 512.
7.7.4 Press the yellow "Stop" key.
7.7.5 Await (*); type "SMO", press "Enter".
7.7.6 Await (*); type "REA", press "Enter".
7.7.7 Await (*); type "SAV", press "Enter".
7.7.8 Prompt: General Comments.
7.7.9 Response: Section is ignored, press "Enter".
-------
Page 12 of 13
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/90
Revision: 0
7.7.10 Prompt: Enter Unit: (1) or (2).
7.7.11 Response: Type "1", press "Enter".
7.7.12 Prompt: Enter Sample ID:
7.7.13 Response: type in sample ID as assigned in the
XRF logbook.
7.7.14 Quantify the L(a) lead peak using the following
scale:
Concentration Range of Lead
Attenuation ^vertical scale division concentration)
64 0 to 700 (100 ppm)
128 0 to 1400 (200 ppm)
256 0 to 2800 (400 ppm)
512 0 to 5600 (800 ppm)
1024 0 to 11,200 (1600 ppm)
7.7.15.Await (*); type "CLR" (clear), press "Enter".
7.7.16 Advance the sample tray one space and repeat the
analysis procedure.
8.0 QUALITY CONTROL
8.1 All quality control data should be maintained and
available for easy reference or inspection.
8.2 At the beginning of each operating shift all 4 study
control standards are analyzed on the first carousel.
On following carousel runs analyze one standard (one per
sixteen) This is done to assess method accuracy and to
correct for normal standard drift and results should
agree within ± 20 percent of the true value.
8.3 At least one laboratory replicate should be analyzed for
every 20 samples to verify precision of the, method.
Replicate samples may be run at the end of an analytical
day in their own carousel.
8.4 At least one laboratory replicate should be analyzed at
a frequency of 1 per 2D samples to verify precision of
-------
Page 13 of 13
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/9n
Revision: o
the method. Replicate samples maybe run at the end of
an operation shift.
NOTE: True replicates of soil and dust samples are
usually not possible since chemicals such as lead
are typically not uniformly distributed in these
materials. Additional handling of the sample may
cause the dust to migrate away from the center
of the mylar. Care must be taken when handling
samples. Care must be taken in the
interpretation of soil and dust replicate anal-
ytical results.
9.0 METHOD REFERENCE
9.1 Precision and accuracy data are not available at this
time.
9.2 The performance characteristics for a dust sample free
from interferences are:
Optimum Concentration Range: N/A ug/g
Detection Limit: NA ug/g
N/A: not available at this time.
-------
-------
APPENDIX B'-4
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE:
LABORATORY SCREENING METHQD FOR
LEAD IN SOIL USING ENERGY
DISPERSIVE X-RAY FLUORESCENCE
OXFORD LX1000
-------
-------
Page2 of 12
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids NO.
Technical Demonstration Proiect Date; 3/9O
1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION
1.1 Metals in a solution may be readily determined by energy
dispersive x-ray fluorescence (XRF) spectrometry. The method
is simple, rapid, and applicable to a large number of metals
in various matrices with little or no sample preparation
(i.e., digestion is not required prior to analysis).
1.2 Detection limits, sensitivity, and optimum ranges of the
metals will vary with the sample matrices and the models of
XRF spectrometers utilized.
1.3 This method is applicable to Region I BSD and ESAT staff
performing laboratory screening analyses for lead in soil
samples collected as part of the LFK Demonstration project.
2.0 SUMMARY OF METHOD
This method is used for the semi-quantitative screening of
lead in soil. The soil sample is homogenized, an aliquot is
removed and placed in a sampling container. The sample is then
analyzed using XRF.
3.0 INTERFERENCES
Certain elements, such as _, present in the
soil sample could interfere with the analysis, if present in
concentrations greater than times that of lead.
4.0 APPARATUS AND MATERIALS
4-1 Energy Dispersive X-Rav Fluorescence
An Oxford Analytical Instrument LAB-X 1000 equipped with:
• excitation source: Cadmium 109
typical activity: 3 milli Curies (3MCi)
half life: 1.3 years
principal energy level: silver, K, 22 KeV
atomic no range;(K) spectra, 24-42; (L) spectra, 72-92
• detector: xenon filled proportional counter
• six (6) position motorized turntable
• microprocessor control consisting of:
-------
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE:
Lead Free Kids
Demonstration Project
Pacre3 of 12
No.
Date: 3/90
- display: 40 column, 2 line liquid crystal display
printer: 40 column, 2 color dot matrix with
graphics, uses 70mm wide plain paper
- keypad: 20 key alphanumeric membrane pad.
f-
4.2 Printer paper, 70mm wide.
4.3 Printer ribbon.
4.4 Sample cups, plastic, spectro-cup, Cat. No. 340, Somar Lab.
Inc., New York or equivalent.
4.5 Mylar film, 6 micron
4.6 A stable power supply, whose requirements of 100-120 volt AC,
45-165 Hz, 50 VA maximum consumption are critical to
instrument performance. Extreme temperature ranges also
effect instrument performance.
5.0 REAGENTS
5.1 U.S. Department of Commerce. National Bureau of Standards,
Standard Reference Materials
Tvpe
1579 Powdered Lead Base
Paint
1633a Coal Fly Ash
1645 River Sediment
1646 Estuarine Sediment
1648 Urban Particulate
Unit Certified Lead
Size Concentration
35g 11.87%
75g 72.4 ug/g
70g 714 ug/g
75g 28.2 ug/g
2g 0.655%
5.2 US EPA. Environmental Monitoring and Surveillance Laboratory
fEMSL> . Quality Control Reference Standards
5.3 Instrument Calibration Standards
Not available at this time.
-------
Paae4 of 12
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/9O
6.0 SAMPLE COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, AND HANDLING
6.1 Samples are collected in the field, placed in labelled,
individual, zip-lock plastic bags, and submitted to the BSD
laboratory for analysis. Samples are logged into the
laboratory logbook and assigned a laboratory identification
number.
6.2 Soil samples are thoroughly mixed (homogenized) in the zip-
lock bag. An aliquot of the soil, 2 to 3 table spoons (10 to
15 grams), is removed with a spoon or spatula and placed in
a wang dish or appropriate drying vessel. The dish is marked
with the laboratory identification number and allowed to air
dry overnight at ambient laboratory temperature.
6.2.1 Excess sample in the zip lock bag will be stored until
the analytical report has been finalized then
discarded. However, selected soil samples maybe kept
longer for additional testing.
6.3 Sample Preparation
Dried soil samples will be passed through a 60 mesh sieve
until approximately 1 gram of fines have been passed. The sieve
will be manually shaken, typically 10 to 15 seconds is adequate.
The fines are then transferred to the analysis sample container
using a glass powder funnel which is placed over the sample
container.
6.3.1 All excess soils from sample preparation will be
discarded in a special barrel in the laboratory.
6.3.2 The powder funnel, sieve, drying vessel, and spoon (or
spatula) will be cleaned between samples to remove
soil particles. The funnel and sieve will be blown
free of dust with compressed air. The spoon will be
wiped with disposal tissues and drying vessel washed
vigorously with hot water.
6.4 Sample Container Preparation
6.4.1 Invert cup and place a piece of 6 micron mylar film
over the bottom aperture.
6.4.2 Snap a retaining p-ring over the film onto the base
of the cup (o-ring teeth down).
6.4.3 Place cup upright' and add enough soil to uniformly
cover the mylar film bottom of the cup.
-------
Pages of 12
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids No.
Technical Demonstration Project Date; 3/90
6.4.4 Snap cap into place on top of the cup.
6.4.5 Label the sample cup with the sequential laboratory
I.D. No. and record that in the XRF instrument
logbook.
NOTE: Information to be recorded in the XRF logbook would
include:
field identification numbers;
laboratory identification numbers;
date samples prepared;
date samples and analyzed;
analysis parameters; and
analyst's initials affiliation and date.
6.5 Standards Preparation
Calibration standards are prepared from previously analyzed and
concentration verified soil samples or known reference standards.
Standard concentrations should be prepared at concentration levels
of lead at approximately:
• 50 - 100 ppm (ug/g)
100 - 500 ppm
• 500 - 1000 ppm
1000 - 2000 ppm
• 2000 - 5000 ppm
6.6 No special preservation or handling procedures are
required.
7.0 ANALYSIS PROCEDURE
The use of the Oxford Analytical Instrument Model LAB-X 1000
XRF is relatively simple. (Detailed instructions for its use can
be found in the LAB-X 1000 Instruction Manual.)
7.1 Instrument Set-Up
7.1.1 Turn power on.
7.1.2 ' Wait for menu to appear in video display.
7.1.3 Press key "3" to select Utilities routine.
-------
Paqe6 of 12
CATEGORY: TITLE:
Field Lead Free Kids NO.
Technical ; Demonstration Project Date: 3/9O
7.1.4 The instrument will print the date and time and
display the menu:
1 = Position Turntable
2 = Set Date and Time
3 = Printer Check
4 = Turn Page
Select option 3 to check correct function of printer
Press key "3".
7.1.5 If date and time printed at the start of these
routines are incorrect, they can be reset by pressing
key "2".
•• *
7.1.6 Exit from the utilities routine by pressing option 4
until the main menu (as shown below) is displayed.
1 = Analyses 2 = Calibrate
3 - Utilities 4 = Turn Page
The LAB-X is now ready to begin analyses.
7.2 Manual Analysis of Soil Samples
7.2.1 Place one of the assembled safety windows in position
0 in the sample loading port.
7.2.2 Place the sample cup into the cell or secondary window
holder which fits into the safety window of the sample
loading port. The cell assembly should be lightly
tapped on a clean, hard surface to settle the contents
of the cup (i.e., evenly distribute the soil on the
mylar film)-.
7.2.3 Selection option 1, Analyses, on the Main Menu. Press
key «i".'
7.2.4 Another menu appears, select option 2, Spectrum Scan.
Press key "2".
7.2.5 Prompt: enter "Analysis Head".
7.2.6 Response: press key "2".
7.2.7 Prompt: enter "Sample Label".
7.2.8 Response: enter sample ID from XRF log.
-------
Page? of 12
CATEGORY:
Field
Technical
TITLE:
Lead Free Kids No.
Demonstration Project Date;
3/90
7.2.9
7.2.10
7.2.11
Prompt: Is "Sample Label" Inserted?
Response: press "Yes" key.
The measurement cycle now begins. The turntable will
rotate 60 degrees, carry out an Energy Lock for Ca.
10 seconds prior to further rotation which transports
the sample to the required sampling head. The
operator may terminate a measurement by pressing the
"Esc" ape key before the programmed time has elapsed.
7.2.12
7.2.13
7.2.14
7.2.15
After completion of the measurement cycle,
option 2, Print Scan. Press key "2".
select
After the scan has been printed, determine if the lead
L-alpha peak is on scale and measurable. If not,
select one of the three (3) scaling options: 5, 10,
or 20. Press the appropriate key.
After the scale scan has been printed, select option
4, Turn Page, to return to the Analyses Menu. Press
key "4".
Place another sample into the sample holder and repeat
the analysis process.
7.3 Quantification
7.3.1 A series of calibration standards are analyzed at each
scaling factor; 0, 5, 10, and 20. An average response
factor (RF) is determined using a minimum of three (3)
concentrations and one (1) reagent blank analyzed at
least three times.
7.3.2 The peak height of the lead L-alpha (at _ _ ) is
measured for each sample. This peak height is
multiplied by the RF to determine the concentration
of lead (ppm) in the sample.
8.0 QUALITY CONTROL
8.1 All quality control data should be maintained and available
for easy reference or inspection.
8.2 A set of calibration standards at each scaling factor should
be analyzed in the laboratory prior to initiating field
studies. These calibration standards should consist of a
minimum of three (3) standards and one (1) reagent blank
("clean soil") .
-------
Pacrp»R I-.-F 10
CATEGORY :
Field
Technical
TITLE:
Lead Free Kids
Demonstration Project
No.
Date:
3/90
8.3 A minimum of one (1) reagent blank and one (1) standard at or
near the mid-range of the calibration curve should be analyzed
daily to verify instrument reproducibility. These values
should agree within ± 20 percent of the initial calibration.
8-4 If forty-five (45) or more samples per day are analyzed or if
samples from more than one site are to be analyzed in one day,
then the working standard curve must be verified by analyzing
a mid-range standard for every thirty (30) samples or for each
site, whichever is more frequent. These check standard
results must be within ± 20 percent of the true value.
8.5 At least one (1) field laboratory duplicate sample should be
analyzed with every twenty (20) samples to verify the
precision of the method.
NOTE: True replicates of soil samples are usually not
possible since chemicals such as lead are typically
not uniformly distributed in these materials. Care
must be taken in the interpretation of soil replicate
analytical results.
8.6 At least one (1) lead-in-soil standard reference sample should
be analyzed daily or per site, which ever is more frequent.
The result should agree within + 20 percent of the true value.
9.0 METHOD PERFORMANCE
9.1 Precision and accuracy data are not available at this time.
9.2 The performance characteristics for a soil sample free from
interferences are:
Optimum Concentration Range: N/A ug/g
Detection Limit: N/A ug/g
NA: not available at this time.
-------
T.F.AD FREE KIDS STUDY
EXTERNAL QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL
QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR BLOOD LEAD ANALYSIS (CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL)
A. INTRODUCTION
The lead in soil demonstration project of its nature requires blood lead data of the highest quality.
Expected differences in blood lead levels from successful abatement are of the order of 2-4 /ig/dL, thus
placing unusually stringent requirements on long term laboratory precision. The quality control issues
including establishment and maintenance of a high degree of precision over the entire duration of the
project. The key function of the quality assurance system is to ensure the absence of any "drift"
(downward or upward) with analytical values with time, such that any difference hi blood lead values
over time cannot be attributed .to changes in the analytical system.- Simply stated, this will help insure
that statistically speaking, observed changes in blood lead are real- that is, due to intervention and not
attributable to changes hi the laboratory method over time. Since the CDC has extensive experience
in such activities from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) and other
long term studies, we were asked by the USEPA to provide assistance. The material following is a
summary of laboratory related issues that were included in the overall QC program.
B. ELEMENTS OF A QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM
In, order for any analytical measurements to be valid and interpretable, the sources of error for each
unique measurement system must be identified and minimized. This, then, is the major function of
quality control. In the specific example of blood lead measurements, the following have been shown
from experience to be the major sources of error:
1) contamination of the specimen during collection, storage, or analysis
2) deterioration of the specimen by clotting, denaturation, or other processes
3) instability of the measurement system, either over a short (within run/day) or long time span
4) improper calibration of the measurement system
5) errors in data handling, storage, or reporting
Quality control therefore must include a number of components, both within and external to the
laboratory: 1) collection of ah uncontaminated specimen; 2) preservation and shipping (if needed) of
the specimen under conditions that assure integrity; 3) monitoring of analytical method performance,
to include instrumental stability, maintenance, and performance of the analyst(s); and 4) accuracy and
completeness of all data, to include specimen identification, data reduction, and data interpretation.
-------
Some critical components of each of these areas include:
1. Specimen Collection
Proper screening of all specimen collection equipment to define any detectable levels of the
analyte, and estimate variability of this contamination.
Written protocols for specimen collection which describe in detail all sampling equipment and
its use, precautions to avoid contamination, and other requirements (time of day, fasting/non-
. fasting state of subject) which might affect specimen integrity.
2. Specimen Preservation and Shipping
Proper packing, storage and shipping temperatures, suggested means of conveyance for timelv
receipt of specimens. J
Detailed shipping and specimen log forms to allow description of each specimen to record any
variances from collection or shipping protocols.
3. Analytical Method Performance
Method selected must demonstrate precision and accuracy in the appropriate analytical range and
should be simple, rugged, rapid and cost-effective. Ideally, the detection limit should be ca. 2
Atg/dL with precision about 5% at the 10 /xg/dL level for the proposed study.
Instrumental stability, and by inference "method" stability, should be documented by analysis of
control materials, both "bench" and "blind". It is desirable that materials with certified values of
the analyte of interest be analyzed regularly to demonstrate method accuracy. It is suggested that
at least 10% of the specimens be quality control pools.
4. Bench and Blind Quality Control Materials
Blind quality control pools should be inserted at a rate of 5% by a source external to the
laboratory. These specimens should be in the same container type and labelled with
pseudopatient numbers such that they are indistinguishable from patient samples. It is suggested
that the blind (and bench) pools have two concentrations - one in the "expected" range of values
for the majority of patient samples and one at or near the "decision level" for undue exposure.
It is important that the blind materials by truly blind to the analyst for maximum effectiveness
in the detection of analytical system error. The "pseudopatient" numbers used in labelling of the
blinds will be decoded by the supervisor onjy, and that analytical run evaluated on the basis of
pre-established control limits.
Use of quality control charts for means (X bar) and ranges (R) is essential; it is suggested that
20 runs be made for characterization of all quality control materials, and that these data be
analyzed by two-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) to produce these charts. These charts should
be in use by the analyst for each run for the evaluation of "bench" or known blood controls (and
-------
by the supervisor for blinds) by use of mean and range control limits, such that corrective actions
needed may be made in a timely way.
Criteria for repeat analytical runs (due to "out of control" condition as indicated by results from
quality control samples) are dependent on the number of pools in the quality control system.
Inclusion of blind splits (duplicate samples within run, with different identification numbers such
that identification by the analyst is prevented) is suggested at a 5% rate; some split specimens
may be submitted to an external laboratory for verification of accuracy or comparability. If
specimen collection constraints allow, it is recommended that at least 10% of the specimens be
split with an external laboratory.
Criteria should be established as to "acceptable" agreement with the external laboratory.
5. Accuracy and Blanks
Blanks, consisting of samples in which ultrapure water is processes through the entire analytical
procedure, are a useful part of quality assurance. The data from these determinations can be
used to evaluate potential contamination in the laboratory environment as well as estimate the
limit of detection of the analytical method.
Establishment of accuracy through the regular analysis of reference materials or proficiency
testing pools is an essential part of good laboratory practice, and will help establish the accuracy
of the method. The pools used for this accuracy assessment should be as close to identical to the
survey samples as possible.
6. Data Integrity
Data logging should be performed for each run in approved notebooks or other data forms as
soon as possible following each run. Electronic data entry may be desirable either as an adjunct
to or replacement for "hard copy". It is recommended, however, that instrumental data be
collected on hard copy in such a way that all data can be independently verified or reconstructed.
Data reduction should be standardized; all records of calculations should be secured and available
for review.
C. DESCRIPTION OF QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM USED
From previous experience in "long-term" quality control, a system was established that is similar to that
used in the NHANES surveys, The cardinal features of such a system include written protocols for
specimen collection, shipping, and analysis, a systematic screening of all specimen collection equipment
and containers, establishment of statistical "control" limits by each individual laboratory, and
supervision of all QC activities by a local laboratory supervisor. Since the three laboratories already
had QC systems in place, there was a need to establish a common set of protocols and procedures for
the entire project.
-------
1. Initial Activities
Each laboratory was provided with a description of the sample collection and shipping protocols
developed at CDC1, as well as a reprint of our analytical method for blood lead (Appendix A).
Summary descriptions of the QC system used in NHANES, as well as general descriptions of the
NHANES quality control system were distributed (Appendix B, C).
Four whole bovine blood pools were collected at CDC, evaluated for lead content, and aliquoted
into 2 mL Vacutainer brand whole blood collection containers (blind pools) or plastic screw-
capped vials (bench pools). The Vacutainer specimen containers (as well as the plastic vials for
the bench controls) were screened by established protocol1, and had been purchased in sufficient
quantity to allow all the projects to use them as standard specimen containers. Pools such as
these (whole bovine blood, stabilized with 1.5 mg/mL disodium EDTA) have been shown to be
stable at least two years at 4°C, the recommended storage temperature. Data from this screening
are presented in Table 1. Aliquots of these four pools were distributed to the laboratories, and
duplicate analysis of the four pools was performed over a series of twenty analytical runs. The
data generated from these analyses were used to calculate the QC limits for both means (X bar)
and ranges of duplicate measurements of these pools. The method of calculation is presented
in Appendix D, using POOL "A" from Standard Reference Material (SRM) 955 from the
National Institutes of Standards and Technology (NIST). The calculations are based on two-way
analysis of variance (ANO VA) as described by Shewhart2^.
Results of the calculated limits for these four pools were sent to the three laboratories to be used
as part of the laboratory quality control program. Results of the calculations for the three
laboratories, as well as CDC, are presented in Table 2. The quality control limits could then be
used in two ways:
1) the limits for the "blind" pools were used to evaluate the blind quality control pools, which
were inserted into each analytical run by the supervisor; and
2) the limits for the "bench" pools could be used by the analyst (along, with those for any
additional pools) to evaluate the degree of statistical control of the analysis.
Insertion of the "blind" pools was random, using a random number table numbering scheme
presented by Taylor4, with identical labels as study subject specimens and identical Vacutainers
(2 mL liquid EDTA, lot # 8E014 EXP 5/90). If names were provided on the sample labels, then
fictitious names were provided for the "blinds" by the supervisor. The source of names could be
random names from a metro phone book, or any other appropriate source.
2. Calibration
Since three different analytical methods were used in the study, the issue of calibration of the
analytical systems was very important. The CDC recommendation to all three laboratories was
that either SRM 3128 (from NIST) or equivalent aqueous standards for lead be used. In the case
of the graphite furnace AAS methods (Boston and Baltimore), a version of the CDC published
method was used for analysis, which includes "matrix matched" standards and lead nitrate aqueous
-------
standards. The DPASV method used by Cincinnati5 includes standards analyzed by isotope
dilution mass-spectroscopy (IDMS). In all three laboratories, the ultimate test of the accuracy
of calibration is generation of accurate values for reference materials. As can be seen from Table
2, all three laboratories agreed well (within 5%) with each other, and generated comparable
results on the four pools provided by CDC (Figure 1).
3. Interpretation of Data
The quality control system outlined here has multiple uses:
1) evaluation of "day-to-day" statistical control of the analytical system;
2) verification of analytical performance on "blinds" - known samples inserted in each analytical
run to verify precision
3) evaluation of any "trends" in the analytical performance of the method over time - either
short term (days/weeks) or long term (months^ears)
With the use of common rules for the verification of statistical control4, all the laboratories would
follow a statistically valid and proven method for data evaluation. Any problems not resolved at
the local level were presented to CDC for resolution.
D. RESULTS OF QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEMS
Data from the initial characterization of the four whole blood pools used in this project are presented
in Table 2. Each laboratory can be individually compared as to within-run precision, among runs
precision, and total precision. Using the definition of the limit of detection as 3 SD(wr) developed by
Winefordner6, the laboratory detection limits may also be compared.
Of equal importance are the long-term quality control data, especially in terms of time trends. The
Shewhart plots for the three laboratories are presented in Figure 2. As can be readily seen, no long-
term trends in analytical values with time are evident. Statistical tests of the null hypothesis (that is,
a "0" slope of X bar versus time) revealed no statistically signiflcant trends with time.
The conclusions that can be drawn from these three systems are as follows:
1) comparable values were obtained on common quality control materials, which covered the
analytical concentration range of interest;
2) laboratory data for blood lead were produced from analytical systems in statistical control (as
defined by Shewhart); and
3) no statistically significant time trends were observed in the data - that is, the difference in pre-
and post abatement blood lead values are real and not the product of unstable analytical systems.
-------
TABLE 1: DATA FROM LEAD SCREENING
2 mL Vacutainers (E D lot #8E016 Exp. 5/90^ Catalog #6384
Analytical result N=42 tubes;
soaked overnight (12 hr in 1% v/v nitric acid)
X = 0.0964 /xg/dL lead (SD=0596 /tg/dL CV=62%)
3 mL plastic vials (linear polyethylene^ Falcon Catalog #
Analytical result N=42 tubes;
soaked overnight (12 hr in 1% v/v nitric acid)
X = 0.51 ng/mL Equivalent to 0.025 /ng/dL (SD=0.36 ng/mL CV=71%)
Capillary Collection TButterflies B D Catalog #7251: 7253)
Analytical Results; One mL 1% v/v nitric acid passed through each collector)
N = 5 results/collectors each size
X = < 0.1 ng/mL (cat 7251)
X = < 0.1 ng/mL (cat 7253)
-------
TABLE 2: QUALITY CONTROL LIMITS - MEANS AND RANGES
LAB
CDC
MD
CN
BOS
POOL
BLIND
BENCH2
BENCH1
BLIND2
BLIND1
BENCH2
BENCH1
BLIND2
BLIND1
BENCH2
BENCH1
BLIND2
BLIND1
BENCH2
BENCH1
BLIND2
MEAN
MEAN
4.6
43.5
1.8
10.7
5.1
45.7
2.0
11.1
3.5
43.3
2.4
8.9
4.0
47.0
0.2
10.6
95% COIs
RANGE
3.0-6.2
38.2-48.8
1.0-2.5
8.5-12.9
4.2-5.9
43.9-47.6
1.45-2.63
9.6-12.6
1.9-5.1
40.5-46.1
0.9-4.0
7.1-10.7
2.4-5.6
42.9-51.2
-1.2-1.5
8.6-12.5
IF LIMITS
MEAN
1.6
2.2
1.4
1.4
0.87
1.1
0.6
1.0
3,2
2.2
2.0
3.1
0.8
2.9
0.85
1.3
99% CON
RANGE
2.5-6.7
36.5-50.5
0.8-2.7
7.8-13.6
4.0-6,2
43,3-48.2
1.27-2.8
9.2-13.1
1.4-5.6
39.6-46.9
0.4-4.5
6.5-11.2
1.9-6.1
41.6-52.6
-1.6-1.9
8.0-13.1
FL1M
2.1
2.9
1.9
1.8
1.1
1.5
0.8
1.4
4.2
2.9
2.6
4.1
1.0
3.8
1.1
1.7
-------
E. REFERENCES
1. "Lake Couer d"Alene Idaho Cadmium and Lead Study-Specimen Collection and Shipping
Protocol" Division of Environmental Health Laboratory Sciences, Center for Environmental
Health, Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, GA 30333 8/6/86.
2. "A Multi-Rule Shewhart Chart for Quality Control in Clinical Chemistry", J.O. Westgaard, P L
Barry, and M.R..Hunt, Clinical Chemistry. 27:493-501, 1981.
3. "A Quality Assurance Program for Health and Environmental Chemistry", M.A. Gaultier and E.S.
Gladney, American Laboratory, pp 17-22, July, 1987.
4. "Quality Assurance of Chemical Measurements", John Taylor, Lewis Publishers, Chelsea. MI
1987. '
5. "Anodic Stripping Voltammetry Procedure Modified for Improved Accuracy of Blood Lead
Analysis", S.M. Roda, R.D. Greenland, R.L. Bornschein, and P.B. Hammond, Clinical Chemistry
34:563-567, 1988.
-------
T.F.AD FREE KIDS STUDY
EXTERNAL QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL
QA/QC FOR SOIL, DUST, AND HANDWIPES (US EPA/EMSL/LV)
Section 1
Preparation Laboratory Operations
1.1 Sample Receipt
Three cities are involved in the Superfund Lead Abatement Program; Baltimore, Boston, and
Cincinnati. EMSL-LV supplies the field samples in each city with 30-gallon plastic barrels for soil
samples and 1-gallon metal containers for interior dust samples. A minimum of two soil and two
dust samples are collected in each city and shipped to EMSL-LV. The preparation laboratory
manager records the arrival data of all samples received.
1.2 Sample Labeling
1.2.1 Soil and Dust
Each soil sample is labeled and identified by a unique sample code as described below.
A BOS HOI 001 (example)
digits 12345678-10
Digits Representation
1 Sample type - "A" - audit "C" = calibration
2-4 City code - "BOS", "BAL, "CIN"
5 Concentration - "H" = high, "M" = medium, "L" = low
6-7 2 kg sample - represents number of the 2 kg container in which soil was subsampled.
If sample is dust the number would represent the lOOg container.
8-10 20 g aliquot - numbered aliquot from soil 2 kg container or 2 g aliquot from dust 100
g container.
Analytical laboratories at each city provide sample labels and containers to be used for that city.
Prior to shipping, the EMSL labels are removed and the city labels are affixed to the sample
containers. Also, the EMSL-LV codes and corresponding city codes are recorded in a log book
for each sample.
1.2.2 Handmpes
Each handwipe sample is labeled and identified by a unique sample code as described below.
digits
A BOSH 001 (example)
1 234 5 6-8
-------
Digits Representation
1 Sample type - "A" - audit "C" = calibration
2-4 City code - "BOS", "BAL, "CIN"
5 Concentration - "H" = high, "M" = medium, "L" = low
6-8 Internal ID - the last three numbers of the internal LESC ID.
Analytical laboratories at each city provide sample labels and containers to be used for that city.
Prior to shipping, the EMSL labels are removed and the city labels are affixed to the sample
containers. Also, the EMSL-LV codes and corresponding city codes are recorded in a log book
for each sample.
13 Sample Tracking
13.1 Soil and Dust
The preparation laboratory manager tracks each sample as it progresses through the preparation
procedures and records progress in a logbook.
The following information is recorded on a daily basis.
Sample Type - soil, interior dust
City - Boston, Baltimore, Cincinnati
Concentration - high, medium, low
Dried - whether sample has been dried (yes/no)
Crushed - whether sample has been crushed (yes/no)
Bulk homogenization - whether bulk sample has been homogenized (yes/no)
Pulverized - whether sample has been pulverized (yes/no)
2 kg split - whether bulk sample has been split into 2 kg samples. If this step is partially
complete, the number of aliquots prepared will be recorded.
100 g split - whether 2 kg soil aliquots have been split into 100 g aliquots or whether the
bulk dust sample have been split into 100 g aliquots. If this step is partially complete, the
number of aliquots prepared will be recorded.
20 g split - whether 100 g soil aliquots have been split into 20 g aliquots or 100 g dust
aliquots have been split into 2 g aliquots. If this step is partially complete, the number of
aliquots prepared will be recorded.
The appropriate types of information will be made available for dust and handwipe samples. As
aliquots are sent to analytical laboratories, this information will also be recorded (see sample
shipment).
-------
13.2 Hnndwipes
The preparation laboratory manager tracks each sample as it progresses through the preparation
procedures and records progress in a logbook.
The following information is recorded on a daily basis.
Sample Type - handwipe
City - Boston, Baltimore, Cincinnati
Concentration - high, medium, low
Spiked - whether sample has been spiked (yes/no)
The appropriate types of information will be made available for dust and handwipe samples. As
aliquots are sent to analytical laboratories, this information will also be recorded (see sample
shipment).
1.4 Sample Custody
Custody is transferred from the field samples to the preparation laboratory manager when the
samples are received. The samples remain in the custody of the preparation laboratory manager
until they are shipped to the analytical laboratories.
1.5 Sample Storage
All samples are placed in cold storage upon receipt until there is room for them in the drying
room. After air drying, the samples are returned to cold storage until processing.
1.6 Sample Shipment
As samples are shipped a shipping form (Figure 1.1) is sent to both the laboratory manager and
QA manager. The form sent to the laboratory manager contains only the types and numbers of
samples sent and the city sample code information for each sample. The form sent to the QA
manager contains information as well as the EMSL sample code, which identifies the
concentrations of each sample.
-------
LAB
LEAD ABATEMENT QA SAMPLE SHIPMENT FORM
SAMPLE TYPE
Sample
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
. 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
BATCH
DATE SHIPPED
NO OF SAMPLES
City Sample Code EMSL Sample Code
>•
1
'
•
rigure 1.1 Lena Abatement baniple shipment torm
-------
Section 2
Soil Audit Sample Preparation Procedures
2.1 Overview
Specific areas of the preparation laboratory are designated for sample processing. Sample integrity
during processing is ensured by: (1) the use of detailed sample labels, (2) documenting the status
of each sample during the processing, (3) following the preparation protocols, and (4) avoiding
physician or chemical contamination during each processing step.
Bulk soil samples are processed as outlined in Figure 2.1. Each step is detailed in sections 2.2 - 2.8.
SOIL SAMPLE
DRY
SIEVE 20MM
FRACTION
CRUSH < 20MM
FRACTION
PULVERIZE SAMPLE
TO 0.25HM
HOMOGENIZE &
SUBSAMPLE 2000
GRAM ALIQUOTS
DISCARD
> 20MM
HOMOGENIZE S
SUBSAMPLE 100
GRAM ALIQUOTS
HOMOGENIZE S
SUBSAMPLE 20
GRAM ALIQUOTS
BATCHING &
SHIPMENT
Figure 2.1 Soil Audit Sample Preparation Flow
-------
2.2 Sample Drying
2.2.1 Summary
Sample tables constructed of PVC and heavy nylon mesh are used to air dry the samples. Use of
the mesh enhances air circulation and increases the rate of sample drying. These tables are located
in a dust free drying room.
Chemicals as well as food, drinks and smoking are prohibited in the drying area. A separate pair
of gloves is worn when handling each sample. Care is exercised during the cleaning operation to
avoid contamination of samples. Only one sample at a time is dried to avoid cross contamination.
Weekly vacuuming or sweeping is performed to clean the floors of the drying room. Sweep EZ,
(a sweeping compound) is used at least once a week to control dust accumulation in the drying
nrp.a
area.
2.2.2 Equipment
Drying tables with nylon mesh surface
Kraft paper, 36-inch wide rolls
Rubber gloves, unpowdered
2.2.3 Procedure
Label a bulk sample processing data form for each sample to be air dried. Place two fresh sheets
of kraft paper, approximately 1 square meter in area, on the drying table. Wearing gloves, slowly
spread the sample on top of the paper, taking care not to lose any soil off the paper or contaminate
any adjacent samples. Disaggregate any large peds. Soils high in clay may harden nearly
irreversibly if allowed to dry without a preliminary disaggregation of medium and coarse peds.
Place an additional sheet of kraft paper loosely over the sample. Daily stir the soil sample to
facilitate drying. During the first few days replace the bottom sheet of paper in order to alleviate
excessive moisture accumulation. Note any observations of fungal or algal growth on the data form.
Allow the sample to air dry for a minimum of four days. Prior experience indicates that samples
dry to a constant moisture content (1-2.5%) within three days at the EMSL-LV preparation
laboratory.
2.2.4 Quality Control
When samples are received, labels are checked and recorded. Wearing gloves, the samples are
spread out on kraft paper, which is an effective barrier separating the samples from the PVC mesh
tables. A cover sheet of kraft paper is used to reduce potential contamination. When handling the
samples, gloves are always worn.
2.3 Initial Disaggregation and Sieving
2.3.1 Summary
When a bulk soil sample is air dry, it is disaggregated and sieved in order to remove large rock
fragments and to prepare the sample for crushing, pulverization, homogenization and subsampling.
-------
This procedure is accomplished in two steps: (1) disaggregation and sieving through a 20mm sieve
and, (2) crushing, pulverizing, and sieving through a 2mm sieve.
23.2 Equipment
Fumehood
Kraft paper
Plastic bags
Respirator
Rolling pin
Rubber stopper
Tyvek suite
2mm sieve
20mm sieve
233 Procedure
Place aim2 sheet of kraft paper on the sieving table under a vented fumehood. Place a 60 cm2
sheet of kraft paper on the larger piece of paper and spread a portion of one bulk sample within
the confines of the 60 cm2 sheet. Carefully examine the nature of the rock fragments within the
sample and determine the amount of pressure necessary in order to disaggregate the soil peds
without fracturing or crushing the fragments. Place another 60 cm2 sheet of kraft paper over the
sample and gently roll the rolling pin across the sample. Enough force should be applied to break
up the peds,'but not so much that weathered rock fragments are crushed. Place this crushed
sample in the 20mm mesh sieve and push the soil through the sieve with a rubber stopper onto the
kraft paper. Attempt to include any soil adhering to rock fragments. Place the sieved material in
a clean container and repeat the process until all of the soil of from one bulk sample is sieved. All
rock fragments and other material larger than 20mm is placed in a plastic bag and properly
discarded.
Crush the minus 20mm fraction (The Crushing procedure is described in section 2.4) then passed
through a 2mm sieve using the procedure described above.
23.4 Quality Control
The disaggregation and sieving areas should be covered with kraft paper and cleaned after each
sample has been sieved. When sieving, gloves must be worn, as well as an appropriate mask and
protective clothing. The laboratory manager will frequently check the sieving operation for proper
equipment and for adherence to protocol. A member of the EMSL-LV QA staff will visit the
preparation laboratory to ensure adherence to protocol.
2.4 Crushing
2.4.1 Summary
After soils are sieved through the 20mm sieve, the < 20mm material is passed through a rock
crusher. The intent of crushing is to further reduce the particle size to < 2mm.
-------
2.4.2 Equipment
Brush
Compressed air
Crusher
Gloves
Mask
Protective Clothing
Plastic bags
Scoop
2mm sieve
2.43 Procedure
With a scoop, place a portion of the minus soil fraction to the crusher opening. Turn the crusher
on. The crusher deposits the resulting crushed material into a collection bin at the bottom of the
machine. After the first scoop is crushed, shut the machine off and sieve the crushed material
through the 2mm sieve (described in Section 2.4). If all the material passes through this sieve, the
crushing plates are sufficiently close enough to continue processing. If not, adjust the plates and
repeat the procedure on the same sample until all the material passes through the 2mm sieve.
Once the collection bin is full, turn the machine off and deposit the material into a clean labeled
plastic bag. Repeat the operation until all soil from one bulk sample is crushed. Thoroughly clean
the machine with cdmpressed air and a brush between samples.
< .
2.4.4 Quality Control .
When crushing, gloves must be worn, as well as a mask and protective clothing. The machine
opening should be tightly fastened to minimize dust. The laboratory manager will frequently check
processing equipment for proper operations, for adherence to protocol including proper
maintenance. A member of the EMSL QA staff will visit the preparation laboratory to ensure
adherence to protocol.
2.5. Pulverizing
2.5.1 Summary
The routine soil samples that are analyzed by the cities are ground to a particle size of less than
0.25mm. Therefore, it is necessary to provide audit materials with the same particle size fraction.
The preparation laboratory pulverizes the minus 2mm soil fraction to a particle size of less than
0.25mm.
2.5.2 Equipment
Brush
Compressed air
Gloves
Mask
Protective Clothing
Plastic bags
-------
Pulverizer
Scoop
0.25mm sieve
2.53 procedure
With a scoop, place a portion of the minus 2nim soil fraction material into the pulverizer opening.
Turn the power on. The pulverizer grinds the soil and deposits it into a collection bin at the
bottom of the machine. After the first scoop is pulverized, shut the machine off and sieve the
material through the 0.25mm sieve. If all the material passes through this sieve, the grinding plates
are sufficiently close enough to continue pulverization. If not, adjust the plates and repeat the
procedure on the same sample until all the material passes through the 0.25mm sieve (described
in Section 3.6). Once the collection bin is full, turn the machine off and deposit the pulverized
material into a clean labeled container. Repeat the operation until all soil is pulverized.
Thoroughly clean the machine with compressed air and a brush.
2.4.4 Quality Control
When pulverizing, gloves must be worn, as well as a mask and protective clothing. The machine
opening should be tightly fastened to minimize dust. The laboratory manager will frequently check
processing equipment for proper operations, for adherence to protocol including proper
maintenance. A member of the EMSL QA staff will visit the preparation laboratory to ensure
adherence to protocol.
2.6 Final Sieving
2.6.1 Summary
* To ensure that the pulverized audit sample has a particle size < 0.25mm it is resieved through a
0.25mm sieve.
2.6.2 Equipment
Fumehood
Kraft paper
Paint brush
Plastic bags
0.25mm sieve
3X5 card
2.6.3 Procedure
r\
Place aim2 sheet of kraft paper on the sieving table under a vented fumehood. Place a 60 cm
sheet of kraft paper on the larger piece of paper. Place a portion of the soil material in the
0.25mm sieve and screen the material using a rocking motion. Use a paint brush or 3 X 5 card to
gently push the material through. Place any material > 0.25mm into a separate pile. Continue this
procedure until the complete sample is sieved. Save the material not passing through the .25mm
sieve for further pulverization.
-------
2.6.4 Quality Control
When sieving, gloves must be worn, as well as a mask and protective clothing. The laboratory
manager will frequently check the sieving processing equipment for proper operation and for
adherence to protocol. A member of the EMSL QA staff will visit the preparation laboratory to
ensure adherence to protocol.
2.7 Homogenization and Subsampling to 2kg Aliquots
2.7.1 Summary
Prior to splitting the 2kg aliquots into 20g aliquots, the bulk soil (minus 0.25mm fraction) is
homogenized using a combination of three techniques; drum-rolling, cone and quartering, and riffle-
splitting. After homogenizing, the bulk sample is split into 2kg aliquots using a riffle splitter.
2.7.2 Equipment
Drum homogenizer
Gloves
Kraft paper
Labels
Large riffle splitter
Mask
Protective clothing
Shovel .- "
Top loading balance
2-L sample bottles
2.73 Procedure
2.73.1 Drum homogenization/Cone and Quartering
Place all of the < 0.25mm fraction from one soil sample into the drum homogenizer. Slowly rotate
the drum for five minutes. Pour the entire sample onto piece of kraft paper so that the sample
takes on the shape of a cone. Homogenize the cone by dividing the cone into four equal quarters
by lines going clockwise from 1 to 4. Using a shovel, remove the first quarter to form a new cone.
The third, second and fourth quarters are piled sequentially over the first quarter. This procedure
is performed seven times in succession.
2.7.3.2 Riffle Splitting *
Position the two collecting bins under the large riffle splitter. Pour the entire sample evenly across
the baffles of the riffle splitter. Transfer the soil from each collecting bin into the distribution pan
and replace the receiving pans under the riffle splitter. Repeat this procedure five times in
succession.
2.73.3 Subsampling
After the homogenization, 2kg aliquots are obtained. If the cone and quartering technique is used,
-------
place a clean 2-L sample bottle at the bottom of the cone and, with an upward movement, collect
a sample weighing approximately 2000 grams (+/- 20 grams). If the riffle splitting technique is
used, place a clean 2-L sample bottle at one end of the collecting bin and move to the other end
to fill the bottle. The sample is labeled using the procedure described in Section 2.2. The first 2kg
aliquots for each audit concentration is identified with "01" and subsequent aliquots numbered
consecutively. The other information within the sample code will ensure a unique sample identity.
Repeat this procedure for the entire amount of homogenized audit sample. Store the audit samples
in cold storage until further processing.
2.7.4 Quality Control
When homogenizing, gloves must be worn, as well as a mask and protective clothing. Prepare
labels for the 2kg samples prior to the processing step in order to avoid mislabeling. The laboratory
manager will frequently check the homogenization operation for proper processing equipment and
for adherence to protocol. A member of the EMSL QA staff will visit the preparation laboratory
to ensure adherence to protocol.
2.8 Homogenization and Subsampling to lOOg and 20g Aliquots
2.8,1 Summary
Each 2kg aliquot prepared in section 2.7 is further homogenized in a medium sized riffle splitter
and split into lOOg aliquots. The lOOg aliquots are then homogenized in a small riffle splitter and
split into 20g aliquots. These two procedures are done simultaneously in order toe avoid the use
of intermediate sample containers and the possibility of mislabeling.
2.8.2 Equipment
Gloves
Fumehood
Laboratory containers (20g samples)
Open pan balance
Plastic bags
Riffle splitters, medium (24 chute 13-1/2" X 15-3/8") and small (32 chutes 6-5/8" X 9")
Scoop
2.83. Procedure
2.83.1 Homogenization and Subsampling to 100 grams
2.83.1.1 Initial Homogenization - Position the two receiving pans under the medium riffle splitter. Pour
the entire 2kg sample evenly across the baffles of the riffle splitter. Transfer the soil from each
receiving pan into the distribution pan and replace the receiving pans under the riffle splitter.
Repeat this procedure five times in succession.
2.83.1.2 Splitting to SOOg Aliquots - Pour the sample evenly across the baffles and place the soil from
one receiving pan aside. Transfer the soil in the other receiving pan to the distribution pan and
split once more. This should produce approximately a SOOg sample in each receiving pan. Place
these samples on separate sheets of kraft paper. Split the soil form the other receiving pan
-------
similarly. This produces a total of four 500g aliquots from each 2kg aliquot.
2.83.13 Splitting to lOOg Aliquots - Pour the 500g sample evenly across the baffles and place the soil
from one receiving pan into a plastic bag. Transfer the soil in the other receiving pan to the
distribution pan and continue splitting as necessary until approximately lOOg of soil occupies one
of the receiving pans. Place the entire contents of this pan into the distribution pan of the small
riffle splitter (see section below). Repeat the procedure until all of the 2kg aliquot is split into lOOg
aliquots.
2.83.2 Homogenization and Subsampling to 20 grams
2.83.2.1 Initial Homogenization - Position the two receiving pans under the small riffle splitter. Pour
the entire lOOg aliquot from the distribution pan evenly across the baffles of the riffle splitter.
Transfer the soil from each receiving pan into the distribution pan and replace the receiving pans
under the riffle splitter. Repeat this step five times in succession.
2.83.2.2 Splitting into 20g Aliquots - Pour a lOOg aliquots evenly across the baffles of the small riffle
splitter. Place the soil from one receiving pan into a plastic bag. Transfer the soil from other
receiving pan to the distribution pan and continue splitting as necessary until approximately 20g of
soil occupies one of the receiving pans. Place the entire contents of the pan into the pre-labeled
sample container provided by the analytical laboratories. Repeat the procedure until all of the
lOOg sample is split into five 20g aliquots.
2.8.4 Quality Control
When homogenizing and subsampling, gloves must be worn, as well as a mask and protective
clothing. The laboratory manager will frequently check the operation for proper use of equipment
and for adherence to protocol. A member of the EMSL QA staff will visit the preparation
laboratory to ensure adherence to protocol. As samples are characterized, precision estimates for
each audit sample type will be developed, if the pooled relative precision estimate (RSD) for an
audit sample Vhose concentration is above 10 times the detection limit (~ lOOppm) is greater than
ten percent, the preparation laboratory will combine all 20g aliquots, rehomogenize, then resplit
the sample.
-------
Section 3
Dust Audit Sample Preparation Procedures
3.1. Overview
Dust samples of different concentrations will be supplied to EMSL-LV from each city. From these
samples, EMSL-LV will provide three audit samples with Pb at low, mid, and high concentration
ranges and three calibration standards at similar concentrations. The bulk samples are air dried,
sieved, homogenized and split into 2 gram aliquots as outlined in Figure 4.1. Participating
laboratories supply EMSL-LV with sample containers, labels, and the appropriate labeling
techniques for the samples.
A random subsample of the audit samples will be characterized by EMSL-LV. Fifty samples at
each concentration range will be analyzed for Pb by XRF. A subset of these samples will be
analyzed by ICPES after nitric acid extraction. Characterization data will be supplied to the Lead
Abatement QA manager.
DUST SAMPLE
AIR DRY
SIEVE
TO .25MM
HOMOGENIZE &
SUBSAMPLE 100
GRAM ALIQUOTS
HOMOGENIZE S
SUBSAMPLE 2
GRAM ALIQUOTS
BATCHING S
SHIPMENT
Figure 3.1 Dust. Audit Sample Preparation Flow
-------
3.2 Sample Drying
Interior dust audit samples will be sent from the participating cities of Boston, Baltimore and
Cincinnati in one gallon containers. Upon arrival, remove the lid of each container and allow it to
air dry before further preparation. The samples are kept in the shipping container during air-drying
to prevent loss of sample.
33. Sieving to 0.25mm
33.1 Equipment
Fumehood
Kraft paper
Paint brush
0.25mm Sieve
3X5 index cards
33.2 Procedure
Place a 1m2 sheet of kraft paper onto the preparation table. On top of this sheet, place a 60cm2
sheet of kraft paper. Set a 0.25mm mesh sieve on top of the smaller sheet of kraft paper. Portions
of the dust sample are placed into the sieve and gently pushed through with either a paint brush
or a 3 X 5 card. Material greater than 0.25mm is placed in a plastic bag for proper disposal.
3.4 Homogenization and Subsampling to 2 Gram Aliqouts
Each bulk dust sample is homogenized in a medium sized riffle splitter and split into lOOg aliquots
and then these lOOg aliquots are homogenized in a mini riffle splitter and split into 2g aliquots.
3.4.1 Equipment
Fumehood
Gloves
Laboratory containers (2 gram samples)
Open pan balance
Plastic bags
Riffle splitter, medium (24 chute 13-1/2" X 15-3/8")
Riffle splitter, mini (14 chutes, 2-1/16" X 3-3/4")
Scoop
3.4.2 Procedure
3.4.2.1 Homogenization and Subsampling to 100 grams
Position the two receiving pans under the small riffle splitter. Pour the entire contents of the minus
0.25mm dust fraction evenly across the baffles of the riffle splitter. Transfer the dust from each
receiving pan into the distribution pan and replace the receiving pans under the riffle splitter.
Repeat this step five times in succession with the material in each receiving pan.
-------
Pour the sample evenly across the baffles and place the dust from one receiving pan into a plastic
bag. Transfer the soil in the other receiving pan to the distribution pan and splitting as necessary
until approximately lOOg of dust occupies one of the receiving pans. Place the entire contents of
this pan into the distribution pan of the mini riffle splitter (see section below). Repeat the
procedure until all of the dust sample is split into lOOg aliquots.
3.4.2.2 Homogenization and Subsampling to 2 Grams
Position the two receiving pans under the mini riffle splitter. Pour the lOOg dust aliquot evenly
across the baffles of the riffle splitter. Transfer the dust from each receiving pan into the
distribution pan and replace the receiving pans under the riffle splitter. Repeat this step five times
in succession with the material in each receiving pan.
3.4.2.2.1 Splitting to 25g Aliquots - Pour the lOOg aliquot evenly across the baffles and place the dust
from one receiving pan aside. Transfer the dust in the other receiving pan to the distribution pan
and split once more. This produces a 25g aliquot in each receiving pan. Place the 25g aliquots on
separate sheets of kraft paper. Similarly split the remaining dust to produce an additional total of
two 25g aliquots.
3.4.2,2.2 Splitting to 2g Subsamples - Pour the 25g aliquot evenly across the baffles of the mini riffle
splitter and place the soil from one receiving pan into a plastic bag. Transfer the soil in the other
receiving pan to the distribution pan and continue splitting as necessary until approximately 2g of
soil occupies one of the receiving pans. Place the entire contents of this pan into the pre-labeled
sample container provided by the analytical laboratories. Similarly split the dust set aside in the
plastic bag. Repeat the procedure until all of the 25g aliquots are split into 2g samples.
3.43 Quality Control
i When homogenizing and subsampling, gloves must be worn, as well as a mask and protective
clothing. The laboratory manager will frequently check the operation for proper use of equipment
and for adherence to protocol. A member of the EMSL QA staff will visit the preparation
laboratory to ensure adherence to protocol. As samples are characterized, precision estimates at
each concentration will be developed. If the pooled precision estimate for an audit sample whose
concentration is above 10 times the detection limit (~ lOOppm) is greater than ten percent relative
standard deviation, the preparation laboratory will resplit and rehomogenize the sample.
-------
Section 4
Handwipe Audit Sample Preparation
4.1. Summary
As part of the Superfund Lead Abatement program, children's hands are swabbed with handwipes
which are then analyzed for lead. As part of the quality control, handwipes audit samples are
included with the unknown handwipe samples for analysis. Handwipe audit samples are spiked with
lead at three different levels; 5/xg, 2Q/Lig, and 40/xg lead.
4.2 Equipment
Box of wet handwipes .
200 mg/L and 1000 mg/L lead solutions
ml pipette
Ziploc type plastic bags
Plastic gloves
43. Procedure
43.1 Reagents
• 1000 mg/L Pb - Certified standard obtained commercially.
• 200 mg/L Pb - Dilute 1000 mg/L Pb solution 1:5 with reagent water.
43.2 Spiking Procedure
• Unopened containers of wet-wipes are provided by the participating cities.
• Working in a laminar flow clean hood, wearing clean gloves, pull out 6 wet wipes from the same
container and place into a stack (i.e., one on top of the other). Using a micropipet, add the spike
to the center of the wet wipe stack (between the third and fourth wipe). The spike volumes are
given below;
- 5/xg spike - 25 /xL of 200 mg/L Pb standard
- 20/xg spike - 20/iL of 1000 mg/L Pb standard
- 40/ig spike - 40^tL of 1000 mg/L Pb standard
• Fold and crumple the wet wipe stack and place into a zip-lock bag. Seal and label the bag with
lab ID number. Record the lab ID and spike level into a lab notebook.
-------
Section 5
Urban Soil, Urban Dust, and Wet-Wipe
Audit Sample Characterization
S.I -• Sample Preparation
5.1.1 Reagents
Concentrated nitric acid (ACS Reagent grade)
Concentrated nitric acid (Double deionized)
Hydrofluoric acid (48% high purity)
Reagent water (ASTM type II)
5.1.2 Hot Nitric Acid (HNO3) Extraction
Place Ig sample (weighed to nearest 0.1 mg) or packet of wet wipes into a clean lOOmL beaker.
Add SOraL 7N HNO3 to soil or dust samples. Add 50mL IN HNO3 to wet wipe samples. Push
wet wipes down with glass stirring rod to ensure complete coverage. Cover with a watch glass and
heat gently at 95°C for 2 hours. Maintain at least 25mL volume in the beaker by adding 7N HNO3
(IN for wet wipe samples) as necessary. After digesting, cool and add lOmL of water. Filter
through Whatman No. 1 filter paper into a lOOmL volumetric flask. Rinse beaker and filter with
additional water. Dilute to volume with water.
5.13 Total Digestion of Urban Soil and Dust Samples
• Add 0.5g (weighed to nearest 0.1 mg) sample into a clean teflon microwave digestion vessel. Add
9mL of concentrated HNO3, and 4mL of 48% HF. Cap and seal the vessels. Weigh capped vessel
* to the nearest .Olg and place in microwave oven. A total of 12 vessels must be placed in oven.
' Use blanks if extra spaces must be filled. Heat at 520 Watts for 30 minutes. Let the samples cool
and irradiate again at the same setting.
• Cool. Weigh capped vessels. Rinse condensate from cap and vessel walls into vessel. Transfer
quantitatively to a lOOmL polypropylene volumetric flask. Dilute with reagent water to the mark.
* If not determined previously, determine percent solids as in Section 6.2..
5.1.4 Preparation of Loose Powder Samples for XRF Analysis
* Pour a Sg soil sample or 2g dust sample into a powder cup and seal with 3.6 /im mylar film.
5.2 Percent Solid Determination
Determine the percent solids in the soil or dust samples by drying a 5g aliquot at 105°C for 24
hours. Place a 5g sample (weighed to the nearest mg) in a tared aluminum weighing dish. Dry at
105°C for 24 hours. Cool in a desiccator. Reweight to the nearest mg.
Percent solids = {100 (wet wt. - dry wt.) /wet wt.}.
-------
5.3 Sample Analysis
53.1 Summary
Samples were analyzed by XRF to determine Pb concentrations and homogeneity. The XRF soil
audit concentrations were verified by ICP or GFAAS. From the fifty aliquots of each soil analyzed
by XRF, a subset of 7 aliquots were analyzed by ICP and GFAAS.
53.2 ICPAES and GFAAS Analysis
The acid digests are analyzed by either ICPAES or GFAAS depending on the lead concentration
in the digestate. Solutions containing Pb concentrations greater than 10 times the ICPAES IDL
are analyzed by ICPAES (IDL is about 50 ppb). Lower concentrations are measured by GFAAS.
The instruments are calibrated and the digestates analyzed. HF resistant components are used for
the total digest solutions. Quality control is described in Section 5.5.
533 XRF Analysis
Loose powder samples are analyzed by XRF. The analysis conditions for lead are: Ag secondary
target, X-ray tube voltage = 35 Kev, X-ray tube current = 3 mA, atmosphere = air, counting time
= 200 sec. live time. The lead L-beta peak/Ag compton peak ratio is calculated. The lead
concentration is determined from the ratio and the calibration curve (Ratio vs. Concentration).
Quality control is described in Section 6.5.
5.4 Instrument Calibration
5.4.1 ICPAES and GFAAS Analysis
The instruments are calibrated following the manufacturer's guidelines. A series of calibration
standards are analyzed and a calibration line calculated using linear regression of intensity vs.
standard concentration.
5.4.2 XRF Analysis
The XRF is calibrated by acquiring spectra from a series of urban soil standards with known lead
concentrations. Acquisition conditions are given in Section 5.3.3. The Pb L-beta peak and Ag
compton peak are measured from the spectra and the Pb LB peak/Ag Compton peak ratios are
calculated. A calibration line is calculated using linear regression of ratio vs. standard
concentration.
5.5 Quality Control
5.5.1 Sample Related Quality Control
The following QC samples are prepared for ICPEAS and GFAAS analysis
• Matrix Spike Sample - one sample per 20 will be spiked with lead prior to digestion.
• Reagent Blank Sample - One reagent blank will be prepared per group of 20 samples.
-------
• Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) - One LCS sample will be prepared and .analyzed per group
of 20 sample.s
5.5.2 Analysis Related Qualify Control
The following QC samples are analyzed along with routine samples:
5.5.2.1 ICPAES and FGAAS Analyses
Initial Calibration Verification (ICV) Standard - After calibration, the ICV is analyzed. The percent
recovery must be 90-110%. The ICV solution is a standard from a different source than the
calibration standards.
Initial Calibration Blank (ICB) - After analysis of the ICV, the ICB is analyzed. The measured
concentration must be less than 2 times the IDL.
Interference Check Solution (ICS) - An ICS solution is analyzed after the ICV and ICB are
analyzed. The ICS contains 500 ppm of major interferents (Mg, Ca, Fe, Al) and a known Pb
concentration. The % recovery of Pb must be 75-125%.
Detection Limit Sample (DL) - A DL sample is analyzed after the ICS solution. The concentration
. of the DL solution is twice the IDL.
Continuing Calibration Verification Standard (CCV) - A CCV is analyzed every .1.0 samples and
after the last sample. The CCV concentration is in the mid-calibration range. The % recovery
must be 90-110%. If not, the instrument must be recalibrated and all samples up to the last
acceptable CCV must be reanalyzed.
Continuing Calibration Blank Sample (CCB) - A CCB is analyzed after every CCV. The
concentration must be less than twice the IDL.
5.5.2.2 XRF Analyses
Reference Monitor (RM) - Prior to analysis, a reference monitor sample is measured. The
reference monitor intensity provides a standard measure of the x-ray flux that irradiates the samples
being analyzed. The reference monitor provides a method of standardizing and/or compensating
for changes in the x-ray tube flux.
High Initial Calibration Verification Standard (ICVH) - An ICVH sample is analyzed after the RM
and after the last sample in a run. The concentration of Pb ,is at the Jiigh end of the range oi
interest.
Low Initial Calibration Verification Sample (ICVL) - An ICVL is analyzed after the ICVH. The
concentration of Pb is at low end of the range of interest.
-------
Section 6
Audit Sample Window Generation
6.1. Soil, Dust, and Handwipe Audit Samples
At least 50 aliquots from each soil and dust are analyzed by XRF, wet wipes are analyzed by
ICPES. A biweight statistical procedure is used to calculate audit windows. The biweight approach
has an advantage over the classical approach in that it identifies outliers and weights them in a
manner that gives them less influence on the accuracy window.
After analysis, enter the data into the program, which then generates three estimates of prediction
intervals for single future observation from a univariate normal population (Figure 7.1).
(1) Classical - Based on all data Reference: Whitmore, G.A. "Prediction Limits for a Univariate
Normal Observation", The American Statistician, Vol. 40, No. 2, May 1986, pp. 141-143.
(2) W/O Outliers - Outliers Removed by Grubbs' Test Reference: Barnett, V. and Lewis, T.
"Outliers in Statistical Data", 2nd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1984, p. 167.
(3) Biweight - Robust Estimation Using Biweight Procedure Reference: Kafadar, K. "A Biweight
Approach to the One Sample Problem", Journal of the American Statistical Association, Vol.
77, No. 378, pp. 416-424.
PREDICTION INTERVAL SUMMARY REPORT
DATA FILE:
TYPE OF
ESTIMATOR
CLASSICAL
W/O OUTLIERS
BIWEIGHT
#OF
DATA
50
50
50
SAMPLE
MEAN
927.1480
927.1480
923.4212
SAMPLE
STD DEV
41.4193
41.4193
43.1311
95% INTERVAL
LOWER UPPER
843.0907
843.0907
835.8742
1011.2050
1011.2050
1011.9680
99% INTERVAL
LOWER UPPER
814.9757
814.9757
806.5920
1039.3200
1039.3200
1040.2500
Figure 7.1 Example of Audit Sample Prediction Interval Summary Report -
The program also performs the following:
1) Tests for normality using the Kolmogorov-Smirnov and the Anderson-Darling statistic
2) Presents a histogram of the data
3) Lists the data and the biweight weighting factors
The information is sent to the project QA manager for review before audit samples are sent to
laboratories for inclusion in sample batches'.
-------
Section 7
Safety
7.1 Laboratory Safety
Environmental samples invariably involve undesirable if not hazardous materials and must be
handled with respect. Special equipment and facilities are provided to prevent cross contamination
of space and other samples. Special training in the use of the above may be needed (Section 1.3.3).
Personnel engaged in handling hazardous samples undergo initial and periodic medical examinations
to insure that they have not contracted medical problems related to the materials with which they
are involved.
'7.1.1 Equipment and Supplies
Dust mask
Full face respirator
Laboratory coat
PVC gloves
Tyvek suits
7.1.2 Preparation Laboratory
Dedicated equipment and special facilities are used during sample preparation. The LESC
warehouse has two rooms dedicated to sample drying, sieving, homogenization, riffle splitting, and
sample aliquoting. During'each of the above procedures the following equipment is required: full
face respirator, tyvek suit, and PVC gloves.
7.13 Characterization Laboratory
The analytical laboratory requires personnel to: 1) work in a laminar hood and wear a dust mask
while splitting samples, 2) wear PVC gloves while handling samples.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STITHY
SEPTEMBER 1990
PARTICIPANT IDENTIFICATION, SIGN-UP AND ELIGIBILITY PROTOCOL
The following protocol describes the process by which children are identified,
eligibility criteria assessed, and children enrolled in the Lead Free Kids Study. A
flow chart describing the protocol and the eligibility and consent forms are
attached at the end of this document. Children can become ineligible for a variety
of reasons; a list of such reasons (and accompanying ineligibility codes) is also
attached at the end of this document.
I. Office of Environmental Affairs Screening Data
Potential participants will be identified from screening data sent from
health care providers (e.g. neighborhood health centers, hospital-based
outpatient departments, and health maintenance organizations) to the
Office of Environmental Affairs (OEA), the office through which the
Boston Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Project (BCLPPP) is
administered. Starting in January 1989 the Office of Environmental Affairs
began subsetting screening data so as to identify children with the following
characteristics:
A. born on or after August 1, 1985
B. resident of Dorchester, Roxbury, Jamaica Plain or Mattapan
C. blood lead level between 10 and 20ug/dl
D. no history of lead poisoning
II. Drive by Assessment
If a child meets all of the above criteria, then LFK staff drive by the
child's home. This procedure, which is referred to as a "drive-by"
assessment, is employed to determine if the following eligibility criteria are
met: ^.,
A. the child resides in a dwelling with eight or fewer residential units;
B. the cumulative amount of chipping paint on the exterior walls
(excluding trim, including porches) does not exceed 30% of the total
surface area;
C. there is a yard of at least ten square feet composed of dirt, grass, or a
combination thereof, which is accessible to a child; and
-------
D. the total amount of chipping exterior trim and/or wall paint does not
exceed 40% on any adjacent wall of an abutting building within 6 feet
of the premises and/or within 12 feet of the property line.
III. Preliminary Soil Sample
If all the above criteria are met then preliminary soil samples are taken.
(See Preliminary Soil Sampling and Analysis Protocol for details.)
IV. Family Interview
If the soil analysis indicates that at least 50% or two of the soil samples
' contain > 1500 ppm lead and/or the average of the soil samples is greater
than or equal to 1500 ppm lead, a home visit will be made by a team of
two case managers. The family will be interviewed to determine if**:
A. there are other children (besides the screened child) living in the
dwelling who are less than four years old;
B. the child and his/her family have resided in the dwelling for at least 3
months as of the baseline blood draw;
C. the child and his/her family have no definite plans to move within the
next three months;
D. the child is mobile* (this applies only to non-infants);
E. the child has no known history of lead poisoning;
F. the premises where the child lives is not scheduled to receive an
environmental intervention (i.e. deleading) during the eligibility phase
and/or project; and
G. the parents or guardians of the child are willing to participate.
* defined as not confined to a crib, bed, or wheelchair
** B-F are additional eligibility requirements
-------
V. Search for Other Children on Premises
If screened children live in multi-unit dwellings, case managers will contact
other residents in the building to ascertain if other children under four
years old reside on the premises. These children are referred to as "other
children" and the process by which they are identified and signed up is
described in this section. Attempts to identify other children will be made
by knocking on doors and interviewing other families in the building as well
as by asking the screened child's family to identify other children. For each
"other child" identified, the eligibility process will be started by interviewing
the families. The case manager will determine if the child meets the three
month residency criterion, his/her family has no plans to move within the
next three months, is mobile, has no known history of lead poisoning, and
his/her parents or guardians consent to participate. The case manager will
also determine that no environmental interventions are scheduled to take
place during the eligibility phase and/or project. OEA screening results will
be reviewed to determine if the other child has a history of lead poisoning.
VI. Landlord Recruitment
If a child meets all the above criteria then the landlord of the dwelling will
be contacted and his/her participation will be solicited and consent
obtained.
Landlords will be contacted in person or by a letter or telephone call. The
study will be described in writing and/or verbally. LFK staff will follow-up
with meetings and/or telephone calls to discuss further the project with
both on-premises and absentee landlords, and to see if landlord consent
can be obtained, (see Landlord Consent form).
VII. Consent
If all the above criteria are met then case managers will conduct a home
visit to obtain final family consent. If the family gives formal consent to
participate (i.e. signs attached IRB approved consent form), the child will
receive a pre-abatement blood lead test then be randomized into the study
or control groups.
VIII. Pre-abatement Blood
In fall 1989 a blood lead level will be performed by an LFK phlebotomist
to determine if the child's blood lead level has remained in the eligibility
range (7-24ug/dl). The results of the test will be forwarded to the child's
primary care provider and parents.
-------
Drafted June 1990
Revised August 1990
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
LEAD PAINT AND SITE INSPECTION PROTOCOL
LFK participants' homes will be inspected to provide information on the extent of
leaded paint to deleading contractors and the project epidemiologist. The contractors will
be given this information so that they can make informed estimates on the cost of interior
and exterior deleading. The project epidemiologist will use the measurements for scientific
purposes to estimate the contribution of leaded paint to participant children's blood and
hand lead levels.
The first part of this document describes how lead paint inspections willbe conducted
to gather information for the deleading contractors. The second part describes how this and
additional information will be used for scientific purposes.
Lead Paint Inspection
Lead paint inspections will be performed according to current Massachusetts
Department of Public Health requirements by registered inspectors. The following forms
will be used to record the needed information on all properties:
1. Adapted Massachusetts lead paint inspection forms
2. LFK interior deleading information form
3. LFK exterior deleading information form ,
Instructions for filling -out these forms are as follows:
Make sure the address of each property is recorded on each page of each form and
that the participant child's room is designated on the appropriate form. Also record which
machine (PGT or Microlead) was used to measure the amount of leaded paint. The sides
of the house will be labelled as follows: A - front, B - left, C - rear, and P - right. Window
and doors in each room will be numbered from left to right. Window measurements should
be taken from the header to the sill and from casing to casing. A list of definitions and
abbreviations that may be used on these forms is attached.
Lead Paint Measurements
Lead in paint will be measured using x-ray fluorescence (XRF). Two different brands
of XRF machines will be used to measure lead in paint for "the deleading contractors:
Princeton Gamma-Tech (PGT) XK-3 and Microlead. The two different brands will be used
because they are the only machines that are available to the study and both are needed to
conduct the inspections in a timely fashion. Only PGT XK-3 measurements will be used for
the scientific study data since the two machines are not sufficiently comparable for research
purposes.
-------
BOSTON LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
LEAD PAINT AND SITE INSPECTION PROTOCOL
Page 2
Differences between the machines are as follows: The possible measurements on the
PGT range from 0 to 10 mg/cm2 and those on the Microlead range from 0 to approximately
50 mg/cm2. In general, the Microlead XRF reads leaded paint many more inches below the
surface than the PGT does. When we tested the comparability of the two machines, we
observed that repeated Microlead readings of the LFK conference room windowsill were 2.5,
2.2, 2.2 and 2.9 and repeated PGT readings of the same spot were 0.2, 0.7, 1.4, and 0.6.
(Note: the first two readings were taken on one day and the second two readings were taken
two days later).
XRF Machine Calibration
Both machines will be calibrated twice a day: once in the morning and again in the
early afternoon. An XRF calibration form will be filled out each time a machine is
calibrated (see attached). Calibration will involve making two sets often readings. The first
set of ten readings will be done using a zero standard and the other set will be done using
known lead standards of various levels (i.e. 1.45, 3.5 mg/cm2).
XRK Machine Use in the Field
XRF readings of lead paint concentrations are read directly from the digital read-out
on the machine. If the reading is 2.0 mg/cm2 or less, three readings will be taken and the
average will be recorded on the lead paint inspection form. If the inspector believes that
there is lead present on a surface despite a negative or very low XRF reading, sodium
sulfide will be used to test for leaded paint. The results of both the XRF measurement and
the sodium sulfide test will be recorded on the inspection form.
XRF measurements will be taken on painted and on (non-vinyl) wallpapered surfaces.
The determination of what constitutes an appropriate surface will be made by the inspector.
Measurements will be taken on the interior and exterior of the participant's dwelling. The
interior is defined as the apartment or living quarters of the LFK participant. The exterior
is defined as the common hallways, stairs, entrances, porches, accessible basements as well
as the exterior walls of the building. The exterior may also include any other buildings (i.e.
garages) and fences on the property. Interior measurements will be taken on walls and
woodwork including baseboards, windowsill, etc. in each room of the participant's unit.
Ceiling measurements will be taken only if the paint on the ceiling is peeling.
-------
BOSTON LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
LEAD PAINT AND SITE INSPECTION PROTOCOL
PageS
Additional Deleading Information and Instructions
Besides taking the lead paint readings, the inspectors will record other pertinent
information/instructions for the deleading contractors. Examples of such instructions are:
1. In general, baseboards will be made intact and capped with quarter round moldings.
When lead painted decorative moldings are present, record the width that will be
needed for replacement.
2. When porch rails or other "items require replacement, specify materials and
workmanship common to the area. Also note that this will require further
negotiation with the landlord.
3. Indicate whether the door and window trim are decorative or fiat. Flat boards will
be replaced with #2 pine. Decorative moldings will be dipped off-site.
4. Ceilings will be tested for lead only if they are peeling. If peeling ceilings are not
accessible, note that they should be made intact on the comment sheet.
5. Lead painted basement windows wherever possible will be covered with plexiglass.
6. Measure rails and count ballisters on exterior porches.
7. Exterior window sills and wells will be covered with aluminum and caulked.
Lead Paint Measurements for Scientific Purposes
Since the Microlead and PGT XRF machines are not sufficiently comparable, only
the PGT measurements taken by the lead paint inspectors will be used for the project's
scientific data. Thus, only about 50% of the properties initially inspected will have
measurements useful to test the study hypothesis. Once the lead paint inspectors finish
gathering all the data needed for deleading, they will return to the properties where the
Microlead was used to take the measurements and will re-take six measurements using the
PGT XK-3.
The six measurements will re-taken in each of the following rooms since it is likely
that the participant child spends most of his/her time there: the child's bedroom, the kitchen,
and the living room. One measurement will be taken on the lower part of the wall and one
on the window sill (i.e. woodwork) in each'of these rooms. The calibration and
-------
BOSTON LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
LEAD PAINT AND SITE INSPECTION PROTOCOL
Page 4
measurement procedures described previously will also be followed during this round of
measurements. Special study data collection forms will be developed for recording these
data. These same data will be abstracted from the inspection forms for the properties that
were originally tested using the PGT.
Abbreviations and Definitions for Lead Paint Inspections
n/a = not accessible
cov = covered
rep = replace
y = yes
n = no , •
dip = off-site removal of lead from surface by an approved method
R & R = remove and replace (unless otherwise noted, the replacement material will be #2
pine)
neg = negative
pos = positive
upper walls = walls above five feet
lower walls = walls below five feet
mit = make intact
porch = the area extending from the house, the wall the porch is attached to is the exterior
of the house.
scrape = delead on-site
interior = the apartment or living quarters of only the LFK participant, excludes common
areas within the building.
exterior = the common hallways, stairs, entrances and porches as well as the exterior walls
of the building, and all other buildings and fences located on the property.
All other abbreviations are described on the individual forms.
-------
Summary of 1989 and 1990 Soil Removal Projects
Soil Abatement was conducted On 36 properties in the
Study group during the fall of 1989, and on 58 properties in
the Control groups during the fall of 1990. The .overall
goal of the work was the same during the two abatements,
however there are significant differences in how the work
was carried out. This outline begins with a description of
the gener.al goals and methods during the two years, which is
followed by a discription of what actually occurred in each
case.
Objectives of Soil Abatement
The objective of soil abatement was to significantly
reduce exposure to lead through soil on LFK project
properties. This was achieved by removing most or all pf
the lead-contaminated soil from project yards, then
replacing that soil with a layer of clean topspil and sod.
The initial plan was to remove six inches of soil, then test
the remaining soil at a six-inch depth, and continue to
remove soil until a level of under 500 ppm lead was
achieved.
-------
This approach called for on-site soil testing, to be
carried out with all of the workers and equipment standing '
by for the results of the analysis. After a pilot testing
of this method during the fall of 1989, it was decided that
this approach was far too time-consuming to be practical,
given the large number of properties to be abated. It was
eventually decided that lead-contaminated soil would be
removed to a set depth of six inches, and replaced with 8"
of clean topsoil. The objective remained to eliminate
childrens1 contact with contaminated soil. This was
accomplished through removal of most contaminated soil,
followed^by the addition of a thick protective layer of
clean soil over whatever remained.
Description of soil removal process, fall 1989
Soil was removed, to a depth of 6", from all unpaved
areas of the project properties, with the exception of
gardens. In garden areas soil was removed to a depth of
12". Immediately after excavation a layer of geotextile
fabric was put down over all excavated areas. This was done
because there was a possibility of some contaminated soil
remaining after excavation. The fabric is a non-woven
polyethlylene/polypropylene material which is water-
permeable and very durable.: It has the appearance of a
-------
thick gray felt. The geotextile served as a barrier between
the clean soil and any remaining contaminated soil, and
prevented mixing of the old and new soil.
Clean soil was spread to a depth of 8" over the
geotextile fabric. In garden areas 16" of new soil would be
spread. The clean soil was obtained by the contractor. It
was tested for lead and other metals, volatile organic
compounds, and other contaminants. Laboratory documentation
was given to LFK indicating that no lead was detected in the
soil, and that it all came from the same source. Where
there was sufficient sunlight to support grass, the soil was
covered with sod.
There were many yards where sod would not grow well due
to insufficient sunlight. There were also many unpaved
driveways and paths where the soil had to be abated, and
something other than new soil and sod was needed to cover
the geotextile fabric.
The solution for parts of the yard where grass would not
grow was to use bark mulch, which is the shredded tree bark
used for shrub beds and gardens in landscaping. In areas
where bark mulch was used, 6" of clean soil would be put
down, followed by 4" of bark mulch.
For driveways and heavily travelled walkways, gravel was
-------
used. During the fall of 1989 the geotextile fabric was
covered with 2" of soil, then 6" of gravel.
Site preparation
The site preparation started well before the abatements.
Homer Lopez, the abatement coordinator, attempted to meet
with all of the property owners prior to abatement. He had
mixed success, because he often found the owners difficult
to reach. Homer also had the assistance of one site
monitor. Many yards were found to have abandoned cars,
trash, and other debris which had to be removed before
abatement. This work was done in large part by ACP
Cleaning, Inc., the contractor for the interior loose paint
and dust abatements. Cars were generally moved off the area
to be abated. The procedure for having abandoned cars towed
and disposed of was too time-consuming, so this was not
pursued.
Health and Safety Plan
The health and safety plan served two purposes. First,
it contained measures to prevent contaminated soil from
being spilled outside the Work area, or from becoming
-------
airborne. Second, it protected the workers from lead
exposure and accidents while work was being done. The plan
was changed very little between the 1989 and ,1990 soil
abatements. The main difference was that respiratory
protection was listed as required in the 1989 plan. It was
found to be unnecessary after air monitoring was conducted
on the first site abated in 1989, and was abandoned for the
duration of 1989 and for 199 O.
The soil was prevented from becoming airborne through
frequent spraying with water during the excavation of the
property. This worked well in most instances, as evidenced
by air monitoring during the first few properties in the
1989 abatements. When the ground was very dry, as it was
during the first days of the 1990 abatements, the ground
needed to be watered for several hours the day before
abatement was to take place. Very dry soil will become
airborne even as a result of water being sprayed onto it
unless the water is given time to soak ;in.
Safety measures for preventing soil from being tracked or
spilled off-site consisted of establishing work areas, and
surrounding the areas with plastic dropcloths.
Decontamination areas were set up on the plastic, where
workers would wash off, then remove, their boots and tyvek
suits. .The decontamination area consisted of wading pools
filled with water, with scrub-brushes for the boots, and
-------
trash bags for the tyvek suits worn by the workers.
The waste water from the decontamination pools was poured
back into the area which was just abated, prior to the
geotextile fabric being put down. Equipment such as
shovels, rototillers, and Bobcat bulldozer blades and tires
were hosed off in a place where the wash water would drain
back into the work area.
Site Verification
Several different methods were use to verify that the
appropriate amount of soil had been taken out. One method
involved running a string between two reference points on
onjects such as the edge of a sidewalk or a fencepost. By
measuring down from the string to the soil surface before
and after excavation a determination could be made as to how
much soil was removed. This method was adequate for level
yards, but for any uneven terrain it was not practical.
The technique that was used for most of the sites also
involved using permanant features of the property as
reference points. Orange paint was sprayed onto fenceposts,
building foundations, and tree trunks at ground level, and
notes were made on existing slopes and hills before
excavation. in most yards this worked well, but it was
-------
necessarily approximate on very uneven yards. In general,
the contractor was urged to err on the side of taking out
too much soil.
-------
When the ground froze and heavy equipment was use for
excavation, it was often impossible to take out less than
12" of soil, because large thick slabs of frozen soil would
come up.
Soil Disposal
The ability to dispose of the lead-contaminated soil in a
cost-effective manner was critical to the success of the
project. During both years of soil removal this proved to
be a difficult problem. A disposal site had been selected
at Barry's Quarry in Hyde Park, Massachusetts. This was an
inactive granite quarry which was being filled in for use as
a cemetary. This site was ideal because it was very close
to the project sites, and was not an area where anyone would
be exposed to the soil. We began using this site in October
of 1989. The owners of the quarry had bulldozers operating
every day to change the grade of the property. The project
arranged for our soil to be placed in a designated area of
the site where it would be buried with un-contaminated soil
from other parts of the quarry each day.
On November 3, 1989, the quarry was closed to our use
temporarily, and we were left to scramble for an alternate
disposal site. The soil wa"s not considered a hazardous
-------
waste by the Environmental Protection Agency or by the
Massachusetts Department of Environmental Management.
Still, it turned out to be difficult to find an alternate
permanent disposal site. Most landfills in the area are
closed. The landfills which are open are unwilling to
accept lead-contaminated soil, because the operators of
these facilities fear that by accepting the soil they would
be exposing themselves to penalties under future
regulations. It is in the nature of the disposal industry
that material legally accepted by a landfill today might be
declared hazardous tomorrow, with potentially costly results
to the owner of the landfill.
The project resorted to using a temporary storage
facility until access to the quarry was regained. The
temporary disposal site was a parking lot at the Mattapan
Chronic Care Hospital in Mattapan, MA. Permission to use
the site was gained from the Commissioner of Health and
Hospitals. The Project had a trench cut in the pavement,
and installed a silt fence to prevent run-off. Plastic
drop-cloths were used to cover the soil and to prevent dust
being blown off the site. The parking lot was surrounded by
woods on two sides, and an abandoned building on another.
It was well within the grounds of the hospital, near a
little-travelled road. The combination of the precautions
taken to keep the soil in p/lace and the remote location made
-------
this a good temporary solution.
On December 2, 1990, permission was granted at a
community meeting to resume use of the quarry. Soil from 14
properties which had been stored at Mattapan were moved to
the quarry on December 7 and 8, 1989.
Overview of Fall 1989 Soil Removal
Several different abatement methods were used during the
1989 soil removal. The initial method was to loosen the
soil with rototillers, then vacuum it into a truck using an
industrial vacuum similar to what is used by municipalities
to pick up leaves. The second method used was to dig up
large areas with a Bobcat (brand-name) bulldozer, and use
shovels for areas with narrow access. The third method was
adopted for digging up properties after the ground has
frozen. This calls for jackhammers to loosen the soil and
backhoes to remove it. Paving parts of the property was
another option used after the ground froze. This is an
account of which properties were done with each method, with
comments of the effectiveness of each method.
For the first two weeks of soil abatement, the soil was
picked up using a truck-mounted (Supersucker), vaccuum. The
-------
soil first had to be loosened with rototillers. This method
was abandoned relatively quickly for a number of reasons.
The soil had to be gathered into piles, then fed into the
vaccuum. At best of times this meant handling each
shovelfull of soil twice. After heavy rains the soil would
be wet, and extra labor was needed to feed the soil into the
vaccuum. Rental of the vaccuum itself was extremely
expensive. The machine was so big that it could not move
around the property, so all the soil from the back yard
would have to be taken to the front to be fed into the
machine. The following properties were abated using this
method before it was abandoned.
2\4 Tupelo St. Dor. (double property)
7 Doris St. Dor.
5 Claridge Terr. Dor.
133 Seldon St. Dor.
17-19 Chilcott PI. J.P. (double property)
2A Thane St. Dor.
Most of the properties were excavated using the Bobcat
bulldozer combined with hand labor. The Bobcat was able to
lift the soil into a dump truck with a capacity of 10 cubic
yards. In areas of the yard which were done by hand, soil
was dug .out with shovels, then taken by wheelbarrow to a
point where the Bobcat cou^d scoop it up and place it in the
-------
truck. This is definitely the preferred method for doing
the excavation, because it can be adapted to almost any
property. We were forced to stop using this combination
when the ground froze in December of 1989. These are the
properties which were excavated using Bobcat and hand-labor.
27-29 Mt. Bowdoin St. Dor. (double property)
62 Armandine St. Dor.
366 Park St. Dor.,
75 Cheney St. Dor.
46 Chestnut Ave. J.P.
126 Bird St. Dor.
23 Rockdale St. Mat.
60 Waverly St. Rox
671 Columbia Rd. Dor.
40 Mozart St. J.P..
12 Homestead St. Dor.
42 Clarkson St. Dor.
47 Cameron St. Dor.
22 Darlington St. Dor.
27-29 Bowdoin St. Dor (double property)
78 Ballou St. Dor.
32 E. Cottage St. Dor
64 Idaho ,St. Mat.
-------
The last twelve properties in 1989 were abated during an
unusually severe cold spell that began in late November and
continued through December. The ground quickly froze to a
depth of over 14", which made it impossible to penetrate
using Bobcats or hand tools. Jackhammer crews and backhoes
were added to the work force. The work was very slow, and
it became difficult to remove exactly six inches of soil.
The backhoe would often remove a slab of frozen soil 12"
thick and 10 square feet in area. The workday was shortened
because the temperatures of -40 degrees Farenheit stressed
workers and equipment. -
During this period we offered some property owners the
option of having part or all of their property paved with
asphalt. We ended up paving one entire property and parts
of three others. This provided at least as permanent
encapsulation of soil as our normal procedure, and saved
quite a lot of labor in excavation. Since we could not
plant sod during this period, we settled for spreading grass
seed on the new soil, then reseeding as needed in the
spring. Decontamination procedures write cut back because
wato.r was not available. The properties abated in this way
were as follows.
50 Elmore St. Rox.
46 Brook Ave. Rox.
-------
52 Hewins St. Dor. (paved back yard, new soil in front)
45 Julian St. Dor. (paved driveway, new soil back and front)
67 Fayston St. Dor. (paved back yard, new soil in front)
124-126 Minden St. Rox. (entire area paved)(double property)
11 Dalrymple St. J.P.
26 Melbourne St. Dor.
34 Melbourne St. Dor.
406 Centre St. J.P.
3 Page St. Dor.
28 Charles St. Dor.
Fall 1990 Soil Removal
Description of abatement process, 1990
The general techniques used in the 1990 were similar to
those used during most of 1989. The contractor used a
Bobcat bulldozer to excavate large areas. Smaller areas
w.ere excavated by hand, and soil was wheelbarrowed to a
place where the Bobcat could scoop it up and lift it into a
-------
truck. On some occasions a rototiller would be used to
loosen the soil in preparation for hand digging.
There were a few important changes from 1989. In place
of gravel for driveways and walks, a better material, called
"crushed bank", was used. This is a mixture of ground stone
(or stone dust) and gravel. It forms a packed surface which
is not subject to being scattered, as gravel can be. When
this was used, a layer 8" deep would be spread over the
geotextile fabric, then packed down with a compacting
machine. It creates an attractive and durable gray gravel-
like surface. This was used extensively to resurface dirt
paths and driveways.
Another important change was more organizational than
material: We had a single contractor doing all of the work.
A variety of types of contractors bid on the project,
including landscapers, hazardous waste firms, and deleading
firms. The contract was awarded to Franklin Environmental
Inc., of Wrentham, MA. This company performs underground
storage tank removals, hazardous waste removal and hauling,
and asbestos work. Having one contractor made it much
easier to have the landscaping follow the excavation
promptly, and cleared lines of communication. .
-------
Preparations For Soil Abatement
The schedule for the soil abatement required that every
property be prepared for abatement well in advance. Based on
experience from 1989, it was clear that additional staff
would be needed to do advance work and monitor abatement. An
ad was placed in the Boston Globe for site monitors. Three
site monitors, Jack Bonjura, Gary Ameral, and Joe Grille
were were hired on August 27, 1990. They started visiting
properties to be abated and meeting with landlords. The
following is a list of items to be addressed during site
visits.
Note presence of:
Debris blocking access to yards
Locked gates
6 foot access for bobcat bulldozer
Dogs
Abandoned cars
Cars blocking access to yard
Bad traffic or busy intersections
Narrow streets
Access to outdoor spigot
Also obtain:
-------
Preferences of owner for sod, crushed bank, bark mulch
Plan for access to water if not available outside
Drop off letter explaining process to owner
If owner does not want soil removal, obtain signed
cancellation form
Health and Safety
There were two major changes in the health and safety
plan from 1989. One was that respirators were not required
at any time for workers, and hardhats were required for
workers when the Bobcat was in operation. Respiratory
protection had been required in 1989 until air monitoring
revealed that the dust generated by abatement was
negligible.
Procedures for monitoring\verifying soil removal
One of the most persistant problems with the soil removal
during the fall of 1989 was how to verify that 6" of soil
was removed from the site. Various methods were tried last
year, including spray-painting benchmarks on building
foundations, fence posts, and other permanent structures.
None of .these methods proved entirely satisfactory for
uneven ground.
-------
On the first property to be abated, we started off using
marked stakes in several parts of the yard. Most of the
stakes did not survive the first hours of the Bobcat moving
around the yard. We ended up using our prior estimate for
the number of cubic yards to be removed, and comparing this
with the number actually taken out. While this matched
quite well, it was clear that there had to be a more
substantive way to verify the depth of soil removed. We
decided to try using a transit level and taking measurements
before and after abatement. On August 13 we rented a transit
level and began using this for site verification at 52\54
Bowdoin Ave. Dorchester, using the following method.
First we would select a benchmark in a location where no
abatement was to take place, such as the sidewalk in front
of the house. We would place a measuring rod, marked in
tenths of a foot, on the benchmark and set up the level some
distance away. Once the transit level was set up, we would
note the elevation of the level using the measuring rod. We
would then spray orange paint on the benchmark for future
reference. We would then place the measuring rod on various
locations around the property and take readings of the
elevations before abatement. These elevations would be rioted
on the map of the property.
When excavation was nearly complete, we would again set
-------
up the transit level at the same elevation (to make the math
easy) using the benchmark. We would check the elevation of
the ground in the places measured before abatement. If the
surface was 0.5 ' lower than when we started, that area was
excavated to the proper depth. If further excavation was
needed it would be done immediately while the level was set
up. In this way we were able to assure that the proper
amount of soil was removed without making the contractor
return to a site and set up their equipment again.
This is definitely the best way to verify the depth of
soil removed. Unfortunatelyr we were not able to do this
with every site. In some cases there was no place to set up
the level. In other cases the site monitors were occupied
with other tasks and were not available to check: .a property.
(Two people are required to use the transit level.) We
finally settled on checking at least every fifth property
with the level, and using the estimated number of yards to
be removed on the others. These two methods agreed .extremely
well. Often our estimate was within one or two cubic yards
of the actual amount removed.
-------
Soil Disposal
We had planned to dispose of our soil in Barry's Quarry
in Hyde Park, MA., as we had done in 1989. Once again we
discoved in August that our disposal site was not accepting
material. It appeared that the site had been closed to
dumping due to a problem with an unstable slope of material
which was threatening to fall into the back of a shopping
center. We delayed the start of the project by one week
while we searched for alternative sites and worked to gain
access to Barry's Quarry. Franklin Environmental Services,
the contractor for the job, pushed it back another week.
The work finally began on September 10, 1990.
Jack Bon jura, one of the site monitors, obtained
tentative permission to use the Holbrook Rifle Club grounds
as a disposal site for our soil during a club meeting on
August 28, 1990. The Rifle Club needed soil to build up
berms behind their rifle ranges which had become worn down
over the years. The existing berms had large quantities of
lead in them from many years' accumulation of bullets being
fired into them. The site was away from homes and schools,
and was kept locked. It appeared to be an ideal disposal
site.
Preliminary estimates of .the cost of using Mattapan as a
-------
staging area and shipping soil to Holbrook indicated that it
would be extremely expensive. We tentatively budgeted
$30,000.00 for this purpose, and it was unclear whether this
would be sufficient. In the meantime, we continued to press
for the reopening of Barry's Quarry in Hyde Park.
We eventually received permission to use an area of the
site which was well away from the slope. We were told that
we could use the quarry on October 1, 199 Q. Tftis- year the
quarry owners did not have bulldozers operating on the site,
and the Project had to rent a bulldozer to cover the
contaminated soil. One of the site monitors was a liscensed
bulldozer operator, and he covered the soil, between 3 and 5
times per week.
While the quarry was closed, we once again used; a parking
lot in the Mattapan Chronic Care Hospital as a temporary
storage area. This involved repairing, the silt fence to
contain run-off from the site. This year, we used heavy-
duty tarps to cover the soil, and weighted them with tires
to keep them from blowing away. On, October 4, we, moved; the
soil from Mattapan to the quarry;. In the following weeks we
cleaned the Mattapan site and; had the-, trench in = the pavement
repaared.
-------
Overview of 1990 soil removal
During the fall of 1990 lead-contaminated soil was
removed from 58 residential properties in Dorchester,
Roxbury, Jamaica Plain and Mattapan.
The schedule for the fall 1990 soil removal included 63
separate sites. Two of these were considered "double
properties" because they were much larger than average. The
planned start date for this project was August 27, 1990. The
planned finish date was November 16, 1990. This meant that
an average of five properties per week had to be abated. The
original schedule called for the soil removal to be done
soon after the last blood sample was taken and after the
exterior deleading was complete. The schedule of five
properties per week was almost maintained, in spite of
several difficulties which caused delays at various points
during the project.
Three site monitors were employed to assist with the soil
removal. Their duties were meant to be limited to
contacting property owners in preparation for the soil
removal, and watching each site as work went on to ensure
that work was being done ac'cording to the specifications.
-------
When Barry's Quarry was openned to us, we needed to have a
bulldozer covering over the soil on a regular basis. One of
the site monitors, Gary Ameral, was a lisensced heavy
equipment operator. We rented a bulldozer, and Gary spent
much of his time at the quarry covering over the soil as it
arrived.
Soil removal began on September 10, 1990. The first day
the crew from Franklin consisted of four people. The
foreman was operating the Bobcat, and the other three
laborers were digging. It was a large site, and this was
obviously an inadequate number of people. Franklin quickly
rectified the situation, and the crew size ranged ,from 6 to
12 people, and averaged 8 or 9. This typically included a
foreman, who coordinated movement of materials and people, a
truck driver, a Bobcat operator, and about 5 laborers. The
contractor would work on as many as four sites at once.
Often four sites would be excavated in two to three days,
then they would all be landscaped in another two days.
The sites varied in size and difficulty. Some sites had
to be abated entirely by hand, because there was no access
for the Bobcat. This meant taking all of the soil out by
wheelbarrow, and bringing all of the clean soil back in by
wheelbarrow. Fortunately most sites were a combination of
areas that could be done by Bobcat and smaller areas to be
done by hand.
-------
There were only a few minor delays after the start date.
The last property was abated on December 11, 1990. The
average time it took to complete one site was about a day.
The largest sites took two to three days.
The following are the addresses of the properties which
were scheduled to be abated during the fall of 1990.
102 George St Rox.
79 Church St. Dor.
104 Devon St. Dor. Dropped out
73 Topliff St. Dor.
11 Emrose Terr. Dor.
30 Holborn St. Dor.
1 Lynnville Terr.Dor.
20 Minot St. Dor.
15 Morse St. Dor.
36 Theodore St. Dor.
68 Clarkwood St. Mat.
31 Hiawatha Rd. Mat.
11 Landor Rd. Mat.
79 Barry St Dor.
-------
15 Bellflower St. Dor.
70 Bloomfield St. Dor.
7 Capen St. Dor.
95 Dakota St. Dor.
54 East St. Dor.
43 Hutchings St. Rox.
12 Jerome St. Dor.
11 Homes Ave. Dor.
13 'Ridgewood St. Dor.
142 Spencer St. Dor.
6 Winter St. Dor.
200 Boylston St. J.P.
6 Hosmer St. Mat. Dropped out
52 Bowdoin Ave. Dor.
10 Erie PI. Rox.
74 School St. Rox.
99 Adams St. Dor.
7 Kenberma Rd. Dor.
10 Gannett St. Dor.
53 Woolson St. Mat.
39 Woodbine St. Rox.
28 Ballou Ave. Dor.
117 Hancock St. Dor.
37 Standish St. Dor.
33 Thetford Ave. Dor.
578 Warren St. Dor.
24 Algonquin St. Dor.
-------
47 Aspinwall Rd. Dor.
46 Clarkson St. Dor.
6 Dahlgren St. Dor.
8 Elwyn Rd. Dor.
20 Fairmount St. Dor.
20 Faulkner St. Dor.
26 Fernboro St. Dor. Dropped out
37 Humphreys St. Dor.
14 Inwood St. Dor.
10 Johnston Rd. Dor.
28 Mt Ida Rd. Dor.
24 Salcombe St. Dor.
83 Sumner St. Dor.
130 Talbot Ave. Dor.
43 Wilcock St. Dor.
64 Williams St. J.P.
26 Temple St. Mat.
16 Rockland St. Rox.
1745 Dorchester Ave. Dor.
3 Trull St. Dor.
-------
-------
APPENDIX B
LEAD FREE KIDS DEMONSTRATION PROJECT
SOIL SAMPLING AND REMOVAL
SAFETY PLAN
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
MARCH 1989
-------
II
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS 1
B. DIRECTIONS TO THE HOSPITAL 1
C. INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT BACKGROUND 1
D. LEAD HAZARDS 2
E. PURPOSE OF PLAN 2
F. APPLICABILITY 2
G. RESPONSIBILITIES .... 2
1. Field Supervisor/Safety Officer 2
H. SAFETY PROCEDURES AND LEVEL OF PROTECTION ... 3
1. Training • 3
2. General Safety Rules and Equipment ... 4
3. Site Access 5
4. Designation of Work Zones 5
5. Personnel Protection . 5
6. Selection of the Level of Personnel Protection . 7
7. Alternative Levels of Protection . . . . . .7
I. DECONTAMINATION PROTOCOL . 7
J. HEAT STRESS 8
1. Prevention 9
2. Recognition and Treatment 9
K. EMERGENCY CONTINGENCY PLAN 10
1. Procedures for Handling Emergency Incidents . . 10
L. SIGNATURES H
M. APPROVAL PAGE 12
-------
Ill
A. EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS
In the event of a medical emergency, the Field Supervisor or
designee will notify the appropriate authority. The following
list of phone numbers will be completed and distributed to all
supervisory personnel.
1. Fire
2. Ambulance
3. Hospital
4. Lead-Free Kids Project Contact:
Natalie Zaremba (617) 424-5970
5. EPA Contact: David Mclntyre (617) 860-4363
EPA 24 hour hotline (617) 223-7265
6. Poison Information:.
7. Site Abatement Contractor:
B. DIRECTIONS TO THE HOSPITAL
The LFK Project will distribute to all supervisory personnel
as part of this Safety Plan a base map of the City of Boston with
area hospitals identified. It is the responsibility of the
Field Supervisor to identify the nearest hospital and determine
the most timely route between the work site and the hospital.
C. INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT BACKGROUND
The Boston Lead-in-Soil Demonstration (Lead Free Kids (LFK)
Project is a major epidemiological study authorized under the
1986 SARA Amendments to determine if the removal of lead
contaminated soil from inner city neighborhoods is an effective
preventive treatment for lead poisoning in young children. The
project will involve measurement of blood lead levels of
participating children, removal of approximately six inches of
lead contaminated soil from their properties, and continued
measurement of blood lead levels over a one year period to see if
they decline. Further information is available from the project
office at 20 Church St 3rd Floor, Boston, MA, 02116 or by calling
(617)426-8686.
-------
IV
D. LEAD HAZARDS
Exposure of humans to lead occurs predominantly through
ingestion or inhalation of lead dust and/or fumes. Acute
exposure is most common in children with history of pica
(mouthing of non-food items). Acute exposure symptoms include
anorexia, vomiting, malaise, and convulsions due to increased
intercranial pressure. Chronic exposure in children results in
weight loss, weakness, anemia, permanent learning disabilities,
and permanent brain damage. Lead poisoning in adults is usually
occupational due to inhalation of lead dust or fumes. Exposure
can result in toxic effects to the brain, central and peripheral
nervous system, gastrointestinal tract, kidneys, and
heraatopoietic system. Peripheral neuropathy also results from
lead poisoning.
E. PURPOSE OF PLAN
The purpose of this plan is to assign responsibilities to
field personnel relative to safety and site security, establish
personnel safety and protection standards, state mandatory safety
operating procedures relative to physical and chemical hazards
encountered on the properties, distinguish various zones of
contamination, establish decontamination procedures, and provide
for contingencies which may arise during the course of this
project.
F. APPLICABILITY
This Plan addresses the safety procedures that will be
followed by any and all soil abatement personnel involved in this
project. All contractor supervisory personnel or other personnel
specified by LFK who enter the work sites shall read and sign
this safety plan. It does not supersede any Federal OSHA or
state and local regulations but it is in addition to them. In
the event of a conflict between this Plan and a regulation, the
more stringent of the two will be enforced. The Plan is in
accordance with, and refers to, the terminology used in the
Office of Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR), Standard
Operating Safety Guides.
G. RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Field Supervisor/Safety Officer
During this project, the primary Field Supervisor
responsibilities relative to safety include the following:
a. to,ensure that all personnel allowed to enter the work site
are aware of the potential hazards associated with lead in soil;
-------
V
b. to ensure that said personnel are aware of the provisions of
this plan and are instructed in the safety practices defined in
the plan, including its emergency procedures;
c. to ensure that the appropriate safety equipment is available
and properly utilized by all personnel on site;
d. to direct the safety monitoring efforts of the Site Safety
Officer; and •
e. to correct any work practices or conditions under his
control that may result in exposure to hazardous substances or
injury to personnel.
In accordance with EPA's Occupational Health and Safety Manual as
ordered by the Executive Order 12196: "The Safety Officer is
responsible for implementing the safety plan on the site".
During this Project, the primary Safety Officer responsibilities
include the following:
a. monitor compliance of workers relative to pre-established
personnel protection levels (i.e., use of necessary clothing and
equipment to ensure the safety of personnel); and
b. evaluate weather, lead, and other hazard information, and if
necessary, modify work plans and personnel protection levels to
maintain personnel safety.
The Field Supervisor/Safety Officer for this project is
John B. Hoskins (Bart) , or designated LFK staff
H. SAFETY PROCEDURES AND LEVEL OF PROTECTION
1. Training
Personnel will have either formal training or on-the job
training for those tasks they are assigned to perform on site.
-------
VI
2. General Safety Rules and Equipment
a. Do not work alone when performing tasks in areas that
require protective clothing unless the work will be of short
duration and another person has been informed of your location,
or while performing any task that could be potentially
incapacitating.
b. There will be no eating, drinking, or smoking in the
Exclusion Zones (see below).
c. A first-aid kit will be on-scene at all times during
operational hours.
d. Parking of vehicles should be in accordance with City of
Boston ordinance.
e. No work will be performed at properties during hours of
darkness unless adequate lighting is provided.
f. All personnel shall use caution and wear hard hats when
working near heavy equipment in compliance with OSHA 26 CFR 1926
Subpart 0.
g. No unauthorized personnel will be allowed on site during
sampling/construction activities.
h. Overnight storage of soils in dumpsters shall require
dumpsters to be secured.
i. All equipment will be secured at the end of day to prevent
injury to the public.
j. Any steep changes in grade shall be properly flagged or
marked to alert the public.
k. Any excavations deeper than 18 inches will be filled at the
day's end.
1. Soils being removed from the Exclusion Zone (see below),
and/or present in the Clean Zone accessway will be kept wetted
during abatement to minimize off-site migration of particles.
Soils inadvertently spilled or carried into the accessway,
sidewalk, or area outside of dumpster shall be cleaned up daily.
-------
VII
3. Site Access
Site access must be controlled to eliminate the risk of
spreading contaminants and to protect the public. Access will be
the responsibility of the ranking supervisory person on site
(Field Supervisor/Safety Officer, etc.)
4. Designation of Work Zones
Generally, each site will be divided into two zones. However,
specific situations may arise in which a single site may have
multiple zones due to its layout:
a. The Exclusion Zone (EZ) shall be that area which is known to
be or has a potential for becoming contaminated, during the
sampling phase, the entire site shall be considered the EZ and
treated as such. In addition, the soil dumpster, which will be
located on the street, will be considered part of the EZ.
b. The Clean Zone (CZ) shall be any area which is not
contaminated due to abatement activity.
Should travel through a portion of the CZ be required to access
the EZ, special care must be taken to minimize contamination to
this accessway. Any contaminated soil which inadvertently is
deposited on the accessway (or other clean areas) through
accidental spillage, or on the tires of equipment, etc., shall be
removed from the accessway and deposited in the soil dumpster.
Any soil inadvertently deposited on the sidewalk or outside of
the dumpster, shall be collected and deposited in to the
dumpster. That area deemed Clean Zone Which will not be used as
access shall be flagged or otherwise marked, and not entered.
5. Personnel Protection
Personnel protective equipment and safety requirements must be
appropriate to protect against the known or potential hazards of
a site. Prior to sampling and analysis on this project, it is
assumed that lead from the weathering of lead-bearing paint is
present in the soil and is the sole contaminant at the
properties. There has been no indication that other contaminants
have been deposited. Protective equipment has been selected
based on the concentrations and possible routes of personnel
exposure to lead contaminated soils, and on physical (earth
moving, etc.) hazards likely to be encountered.
The main route of exposure to site workers other than to be in
direct contact with the soil is through dust.
-------
VIII
The typical, nonhazardous particulates which are present in
ambient air, such as soils, etc., are considered nuisance dusts.
According to the American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists (ACGIH), nuisance particulates (also known as nuisance
dusts) are those particulates which, when inhaled in excessive
amounts, have little adverse effect on lungs and do not produce
significant disease or toxic effects when exposures are kept
under reasonable control. The lung tissue reaction caused by
inhalation of nuisance dusts has the following characteristics:
the structure of the air space remains intact;
scar tissue is not formed to significant extent; and
the tissue reaction is potentially reversible.
Ten (10) mg/m3 of total dust with less than 1 percent quartz is
the recommended threshold limit for substances considered
nuisance dusts.
Although 10 m9/m3 of dust in air is typical of a normal
indoor work area, it will not be reached in typical outdoor
ambient air situations. Using it for out door estimates therefor
provides a safety margin. Also, excavated soils will be
moistened throughout the excavation process, thus minimizing
particulates in air.
By knowing the concentration of soil lead at a property and
estimating the airborne dust level, it is possible to calculate
the concentration of lead-bearing dusts which could be present.
At residential properties in Boston which were previously sampled
and analyzed, the average concentration of lead in soils was 4000
ppra or less. (An anomolously high value of 16,000 ppm was
detected at one site but will not be used in these calculations
because the soil lead concentrations on this project will be
known prior to abatement, allowing appropriate adjustments to be
made if necessary).
The 1986-1987 ACGIH time-weighted average (TWA) value
(allowable value) for worker exposure to lead dust and fumes
during a ten-hours work day is 0.15 mg/m3, or 150 ug/m3.
If 10 mg/m3 of dust is presumed to be present in the air at
the Lead Free Kids sites, multiplying this by 4,000 ppm, or 4
ug/mg, gives 40 ug/m . This is less than one third of the TWA
value of 150 ug/m3 per 10 hour day recommended by the ACGIH.
6. Selection of the Level of Personnel Protection
-------
IX
selected as the entry level of protection for this project.
Samplers operating prior to abatement may use street clothes.
Subsequent information may result in changing the originally
specified level. The following equipment shall be used in this
level:
Personnel Protective Equipment - Level D
Coveralls or work clothes. Workers shall not work in street
clothes; •
Leather work boots - with steel toes and shank;
Overboots, unless exempted by the Safety Officer; and
Hard hats (optional when no earth moving equipment is in use).
Criteria of Use
no significant indication of airborne health hazards present;
work functions preclude splashes, immersion, or unexpected
inhalation of any hazardous substance; and
none of the criteria for using level of protection A,B, or C is
met. ,
7. Alternative Levels of Protection
The site safety Officer may determine if alternate levels of
protection are necessitated under adverse site conditions.
Should this occur, the protocol will follow procedures outlined
in U.S. EPA Standard Operating Safety Guides.
I. DECONTAMINATION PROTOCOL
The decontamination procedure shall be communicated to employees
and implemented before any employees or equipment may enter areas
on site (EZ) where potential for exposure to hazardous substances
exists.
The decontamination procedures shall be monitored by the Field
Supervisor/Safety Officer.
All equipment or supplies used for decontamination shall be
decontaminated or disposed of properly.
-------
Protective clothing and equipment shall be decontaminated,
cleaned, laundered, maintained or replaced as needed to maintain
their effectiveness.
Commercial laundries or cleaning establishments that
decontaminate protective clothing or equipment should be informed
of the potentially harmful effects of exposures to lead.
The decontamination protocol will be adhered to by all personnel
exiting the EZ.
Decontamination Steps for Personnel;
I.* Employees whose clothing becomes soiled shall brush off
excess soil while in the EZ.
2. Proceed through the boot brush-off area (at the edge of the
EZ.)
3. Wash hands.
4. Change clothes prior to departing for home.
Decon Steps for Equipment;
1. Equipment decontamination shall be accomplished by rinsing
equipment with water in the EZ to remove soil particles. Care
should be taken to ensure that the rinse water does not enter the
Clean Zone.
2. Soil deposits resulting from equipment decontamination shall
not be left on the surface. They shall either be removed to the
dumpster or covered by replacement soil.
J. HEAT STRESS
It is the duty of the Safety Officer, or his designee, to see
that heat stress does not occur in site personnel. As a result,
full cooperation by all such personnel will be given at all
times. All personnel will be familiar with, and abide by, the
following information so that the problem of heat stress does not
arise. Instances of uncooperativeness will be reported to
contractor and LFK management for resolution.
Following the guidelines for prevention and monitoring given
below will greatly minimize the possibility of heat stress.
However, personnel will be aware of the symptoms of the various
forms of heat stress, and be able to readily carry out
treatments, also noted below.
-------
XI
1. Prevention
a. Provide plenty of liquids. Available at temperatures above
85F will be a 0.1 percent solution of salt and water, a 50
percent solution of fruit punch/juice or the like in water, plain
water to be taken with salted foods such as pretzels, potato
chips, or the like, or other suitable noncarbonated liquids.
b. Work in pairs. Activities requiring vigorous physical
exertion in unshaded areas on days when the temperature exceeds
85F should not be accomplished alone.
c. Adjustment of the work schedule. As is practical, the most
labor intensive tasks should be carried out during the coolest
part of the day.
2. Recognition and Treatment
Any personnel who observes any of the following forms of heat
stress, either in themselves or in another worker, will report
this information to the Field Supervisor/Safety Officer or
ranking site person as soon as possible.
a. Heat Rash (or Prickly Heat)
Cause: Continuous exposure to hot and humid air; aggravated by
chafing clothing.
Symptoms: Eruption of red pimples around sweat ducts accompanied
by intense itching and tingling.
b Heat Cramps (or Heat Prostration)
Cause: Profuse perspiration accompanied by inadequate
replenishment of body water and electrolytes.
Symptoms: Sudden development of pain and/or muscle spasms in the
abdominal region.
Treatment: Remove the worker to the Clean Zone. Decrease body
temperature and allow a period of rest in a cool location.
c. Heat Exhaustion - SERIOUS
Cause: Over-exertion in a hot environment and profuse
persperation accompanied by inadequate replenishment of body
water and electrolytes.
Symptoms: Muscular weakness, staggering gait, nausea, dizziness,
shallow breathing.
-------
XII
Treatment: (Perform the following while simultaneously making
arrangements for transport to a medical facility.) Remove the
worker to the clean zone. Lay the worker down on his or her
back, in a cool place, and raise the feet 6 to 12 inches. Loosen
all clothing. If conscious, provide sips of a salt water
solution of one teaspoon in 12 ounces. Transport the worker to
a medical facility.
d. Heat Stroke - EXTREMELY SERIOUS
Cause: Same as heat exhaustion
Symptoms: No Perspiration, dry mouth, pain in the head,
dizziness, nausea.
Treatment: (Perform the following while making arrangements for
transport to a medical facility.) Remove the worker to the Clean
Zone. Lie the worker down in a cool place and raise the head and
shoulders slightly. Cool without chilling. Apply ice bags or
cold wet cloths to the head. Sponge bare skin with cool water or
rubbing alcohol. If possible, place the worker in a tub of cool
water. Do not give stimulants. Transport to a medical facility.
K. EMERGENCY CONTINGENCY PLAN
1. Procedures for Handling Emergency Incidents
The Field Supervisor shall identify, to the extent possible, all
hazardous conditions present at each of the properties entered.
Based on the hazardous conditions present, the Field Supervisor
shall assure that the personal protective equipment worn is
appropriate for the hazards to be encountered. No provisions
have been made for entering sites that require a level of
protection of "C" or greater. Should observations indicate an
entry to the site requiring greater than Level "D", entry will
not be made.
When activities are judged by the Safety Officer/Field Supervisor
to be unsafe and/or to involve an imminent danger condition, then
he/she will suspend or terminate those activities. The Safety
Officer/Field Supervisor will immediately inform the LFK
management of any actions taken to correct these hazards during
emergency operations.
-------
XIII
L. Signatures
Contractor supervisory personnel working on-site in any
capacity and any other personnel ordered to by the Field
Supervisor/Safety Officer are required to read this Safety Plan
and verify that they understand and will comply with its contents
by signing below.
NAME & ORGANIZATION DATE
1.
2 .
3. '_
4.
5. - " -
6. ; '
7.
8. . ; ;
9. i
10. _^
1.1. ' >
12.
13.
14. •
15.
16. -
17. • • '
18.
19. , __^
20.
-------
XIV
M.
APPROVAL PAGE
I approve this Safety Plan for the Lead in Soils Project in
Boston, Massachusetts. It adequately provides for the health and
safety of persons who will or may be affected by soil sampling
and abatement operations.
David Mclntyre
Project Manager
Environmental Services Division
U.S. EPA Region I
Date
John L. Christian
Vice President and General Manager
Trustees of Health and Hospitals
of the City of Boston, Inc.
Date
-------
April 10, 1991
LFK
LOOSE PAINT
AND
DUST ABATEMENT
PROJECT SUMMARY
Loose paint and dust abatement was performed between
October 5, 1989 and January 1990. A total of approximately
129 households were involved. 89 units received loose paint
and dust abatements. 40 units received loose paint only.
Pre/post sampling was done in eight units that received only
loose paint abatement arid in fourteen units that received
both loose paint and dust abatement.
It became apparent early on that the processes involved
in the interior abatements were going to be more time
consuming and complicated than one would expect. Also, after
close examination of the exterior pilot project, it was
decided that the benefits to be gained did not justify the
cost and there were interior revisions being made that would
require additional expenditures. Cancellations and
postponements of the interior work, resulting in the need to
reschedule, were common. The LFK Staff attempted several
different strategies to limit the number of cancellations
but little improvement was realized. All scheduled work was
reconfirmed twice and attempts were made to have "backups"
that could be used to fill openings in schelules made by
cancellations. (see attached memos describing cancellations
and associated fees)
Occupants were required to be out of their homes during
abatement activities. Many families attempted to cancel
because they had no where to go during the several hours it
took to perform the abatement. Incentives were offered to
Participant families to provide entertainment or an activity
for them to partake in. Transportation was also provided by
LFK. Families were offered lunch at McDonalds and
arrangements were made to provide access to the Children's
Museum, the New-England Aquarium, The Tropical Rain Forrest
exhibit at the Franklin Park Zoo, or admission to the Museum
of Science.
Two LFK case managers supervised all on-site abatement
activities and used documentation forms to record progress.
ACP Cleaning Inc. was the Contractor that performed all
interior abatement activities. Their multi-lingual staff
-------
was extremely helpful in translating and communicating with
many participant families.
Twenty-two units were sampled before and after the
abatement processes took place.
The project coordinator collected all samples. 44 site
visits were made to accomplish this. Each site visit took
aprox one hour.
The total number of samples collected was 132. Cost of
analysis was $15 each. Materials for sample collection were
$2.00 each.
Comparisons of pre-post samples:
Analysis of samples was reported in micrograms per sqare
foot.
What follows combines results from both processes, loose
paint (8 units) and loose paint/dust (14 units)
Each sample set included a one sq ft area on the floor, a
measured window sill and a measured window well.
66 pre- samples and 66 post samples were taken: 22 sets of
pre samples and 22 sets of post samples.
Twelve post samples showed little or no change (18%)
Ten post samples showed an increase in pb content (most of
these increases were slight) the average increase was 100
ug/sq ft (15%)
Forty-four post samples showed a significant reduction in
lead content (average reduction was 2787ug/sq ft)(67%)
Two thirds of the post sample results showed a
significant inprovement due to the methods involved. (can
this be compared with the deleading final sampling results
to show any real comparison of methods?)
Loose paint and dust abatement appears to be a valid means
of reducing the readily available lead hazard in a child's
living environment.
attachments :
specifications
site documentation form
cancellation memos
-------
Cost Report - Lead Free Kids
February 25. 1991
Cost of Intcrior/Erterior Abatements
Development: The abatement procedures were developed by the
Project Investigators and the Project Administrator as part of the
initial Project planning. Their time was not tracked on this
development. Trustees assisted the Project with the bidding process
and securing a contractor.
..Erterior Abatement-
Abatement work - 8 units e $528/unit $4,224
-the work was discontinued due to
the small amount of benefit and the
need to utilize additional funds on the
interior work.
Pilot cost: $ 525
( Interior Abatement:
Interior Dust and Loose Paint Abatement:
Abatement work - 84 units @ $ 873 $-73,352
4 units <* $1.748 $ 6,992
1 units <* $1,310 $ 1.3 J 0
Total $81,634
Pilot Cost: $ 873
Cancellations (time & materials)
9 units e4S73 $ 7.857
Interior Loose Paint AbElement Only:
Abatement work - 32 units <» $ 499 $ 15.968
8 units
-------
Preparation lime: 407.25 hours «» $20/hour $ 8,145
Participants were expected to prepare their units
for work to commence on interior abatements.
This routinely did not occur, therefore, after a
short time the Project paid the contractor to
prepare the unit at a labor charge of $20/hour.
This work entailed moving all items to the middle
of the room and making abatement preparations
possible. These two activities were distinct.
Monitors:
Case managment staff monitored all interior abatement work.
Check lists for compliance were maintained on all work.
"One full-time Interior Abatement Coordinator oversaw every
detail of the work from August 1989 - January 1990
€415.832
Total Direct Costs for Interior/Eiterior Contract and management-* 144.958
-------
April 10, 1991
LEAD FREE KIDS
DELEADING PROJECT
final report
Summary
Deleading was originally offered to 125 households.
Thirty of these households either moved or refused to have
an inspection performed. Refusals of inspections were
generally due to the legal obligation to delead the owner
would be under after an inspection detected lead paint.
(the dates of the offers and refusals are not easily
retrieved from files - refusals occurred throughout the
project - deleading was first offered to participants upon
recruitment.)
The 95 remaining units were given full inspections for
lead paint. Six of these units had been previously deleaded
and 32 refused deleading after inspection (when faced with
the move and disruption). 7 refused deleading after bids
went out. The reasons for refusal included 1) unwillingness
to prepare for the move, 2) disruption to lifestyle, 3)
children were in school and transportation would be
-------
A total of 92 deleading operations at 50 locations were
accomplished within a five month period under the LFK
program. Work started on August 20, 1990. All of the work
that could be considered actual "deleading" was finished by
December 31, 1990, but punch list items and other loose ends
brought the project completion date to February 14, 1991.
Forty-five deleading compliance letters were issued at the
program's end.
The vast majority of deleading involved a single unit
within buildings having two or more living units. However,
only four of the addresses involved deleading of 2 units
within the same building. Four of the participants families
were from single family houses.
There were three addresses that were non-owner occupied.
LFK offered to pay up to $ 2000.00 per unit for these. One
owner, who had two units at the same address, chose to hire
his own deleading contractor to perform the work. LFK paid
$4,000 directly to the contractor and monitored the
deleading activities in the same manner as the rest of the
project. The remaining two non-owner occupied addresses
involved the LFK contractors.
One non-owner occupied address was not issued a deleading
compliance letter because only the 'building'.s exterior was
-------
deleaded under the LFK program. Although the LFK family's
unit had been previously deleaded, it was done under an
older version of the law and was only to four feet. The law
does not permit issuance of a certificate for exterior
deleading only and does not provide for grandfathering of
work performed under the old law.
In one dwelling, (the only household where no compliance
certificate was issued although both interior and exterior
deleading was completed) the children's access to the
basement was prevented due to a locked door on initial
inspection. During the final inspection this door was found
to be open and was used as an entrance to office space that
had been recently opened up by the owners. The LFK
inspectors would not issue a compliance letter because this
allowed children access to an area that had not been
previously inspected. The owners must now have this area
inspected, and deleaded if necessary, in order to obtain a
compliance letter. Unfortunately, Lead Free Kids will not
be involved in any further inspection or deleading
activities so this responsibility is up to the owners. This
was the only unit that was deleaded for which LFK could not
issue a letter of compliance. The total number of
compliance letters was 45.
Weekly progress meetings that were held at the LFK office
were extremely helpful. Contractors, inspectors and the
-------
deleading coordinator made up the core of this meeting and
whenever necessary, other members of the LFK staff would
attend to bring up issues or problems that required
attention. This forum was used to update all changes in
field activities, schedules moving issues etc., and to keep
inspectors, contractors, and the project coordinator
informed of other changes that were required to make things
flow in the order that was expected. Many problems were
resolved and avoided as a result of these meetings.
EXTERIOR DELEADING;
Exterior deleading work involved four separate deleading
contracts addressing 46 exterior deleading operations
addresses. This work included all common interior areas
as well as other buildings on the properties. Exterior
window sills were considered part of the exterior work
except in the LFK participant unit(s) where they were
addressed from the interior of the apartment. Deleading
compliance letters were issued for only 42 of the 46 .
exterior addresses . The owners and occupants at 4 of the
addresses declined to have interior deleading done and the
law prohibits issuance of compliance certificates for
exterior deleading work only.
-------
Exterior deleading ranged from 1 day to 41 days. 1156
days were involved in the exterior operations at 46 sites.
The average exterior deleading time was 25 days. These
figures include all of the work activities performed on the
exteriors, including non-hazardous finish work.
All four of the exterior contracts were completed within
the scheduled time frame that was prepared by LFK in order
to provide sufficient time to accomplish the soil abatement
following exterior deleading but before the ground started
to freeze.
Exterior deleading work did not require occupants to move
or relocate. All work was performed without interruptions
to'any of the building's occupants except for requiring
alternate access when stairways were being worked on.
No exterior deleading took place when a property was
undergoing soil removal or landscaping. It was the
responsibility of the contractor to check the soil abatement
schedule to make sure exterior deleading work did not
interrupt the soil work.
Lead painted surfaces above five feet were freed of
loose or peeling lead paint and given a primer coat of
paint. Priming of any new construction and application of
-------
finish coats of paint were the owner's responsibility.
Common hallways, inside multi-unit buildings were
considered part of the' exterior. The contractor was
responsible to inform other building occupants of the work
activities occurring in these areas and to make sure
alternate access rules were observed, HEPA exhaust units
were installed at the entrance to the building on the first
floor. Containment barriers were set up to make sure that
the work area was isolated and that no contamination could
be spread outside of the work area. A warning sign, as
required by the Massachusetts Lead Law, was affixed to.the
outer flap of the containment area entrance. Work in the
common hallways/staircases began on the top floor and
proceeded down to the first floor level. Oeleading was
performed according to the methods developed specifically
for the LFK Project and were monitored by the program's;
inspection team to insure compliance.
INTERIOR OELEADING;
Interior deleading involved the inside of the living
units of the program participants only, (common areas within
the building were excluded) Exterior window sills of the
LFK participant units were included in the interior
-------
deleading. The unit's occupants and all of their belongings
had to be relocated for the duration of the interior
deleading work. A moving contractor was hired by LFK to
remove the occupant's belongings and furniture prior to the
deleading contractor's arrival at the site. All belongings
were bombed to exterminate insects and placed into storage
for the duration of the deleading. Damages caused as a
result of the movers were amended in some way prior to final
release of a 15% retainer .
The moving contractor billed additional charges for items
that remained in storage for over 7 days at a rate of $6.00
per household per day. Additional storage ranged from 1
day per household to 43 days. 41 households were moved
under the moving/storage contract, (five households did not
require moving assistance.) 391 extra storage days were
charged totaling $2,346. Extra storage time averaged 9.5
days per household.
If a site was not prepared on the scheduled start date
it was to be eliminated from the deleading project. This
rule was bent about as far as possible on several occasions.
Case managers and contractors occasionally would be helping
families pack as the moving truck arrived. In a five
instances, extra charges were incurred when it was necessary
to cancel moving due to the occupants being unprepared. The
cost for these cancellations was $1,800. There was only one
-------
last minute cancellation required by LFK that was not re-
schedule because the occupants absolutely would not get
things packed so they could be moved (46 Clarkson St. apt.
f2). The other four cancellations were rescheduled. No
compensation was made to the deleading contractor in cases
where sites were eliminated prior to the scheduled start
date. The moving contractor did receive compensation for
costs incurred when a move was cancelled or postponed at
the site.
The total cost of moving and storage (including
additional storage costs and cancellation fees) was
$33,666.00.
Interior deleading ranged from 3 days to 58 days. 716 days
were involved in the deleading of 46 interior sites. The
average deleading time was 15.6 days. This time involves
only the actual hazardous deleading work that required
occupants to be out of their homes.
Interior deleading work included 46 households that were
addressed under 4 separate contracts. A total of 45
compliance letters were issued for these. Most work was
started according to schedule, but in several instances work
was not completed according to schedule. Some of these time
overruns were unavoidable. No penalties were assessed
against contractors if the' explanations for schedule delays
-------
were reasonable. However, there were cases where these
delays were avoidable and penalties in the form of
liquidated damages of $ 1000.00 were assessed six times.
All of the penalties were assessed against the same
contractor and only after other attempts by the LFK staff to
rectify problems were exhausted. It should be stressed that
these penalties were used as a last resort and only when it
was absolutely necessary to do so to maintain the projects
best interests. Alterations of time schedules were rarely
permitted, and only with approval of the deleading
coordinator and were avoided whenever possible.
Interior deleading involved the removal of lead paint
from chewable surfaces below five feet, doors and windows
within the living unit. Owners had the option to have items
that had ornamental detail taken off site to have the lead
paint removed by a process called dipping. However, the
dipping process did cause some of the older deteriorated
materials to separate or dissolve, but this kind of damage
was minimal. Items that had little or no ornamental detail
were replaced with #2 pine. When doors were dipped, the
door jamb was scraped free of lead paint to a height of five
feet on site. This was the only general allowance for dry
scraping when working on interiors. Dry scraping or the use
of chemical solvents was allowed only when there was an
architectural or structural reason for not being able to
remove the surface from the site or when it was required for
-------
10
some reason to satisfy the requirements of the Massachusetts
Lead Law. Since the LFK deleading coordinator believes dry
scraping is an extremely hazardous process, this type of
deleading was kept to an absolute minimum whenever possible.
When new doors were installed the pre-hung/hollow-core type
was used. This eliminated the need for scraping jambs.
Dipping presented some minor problems as far as damage
goes. The majority of the materials that were dipped were
returned in. very good condition even though many of the
items appeared to be very old and in poor condition. This
process turned out to be even more successful than was
originally expected.
All items deleaded off site and replaced, and items that
were deleaded on site were given a coat of primer paint by
the deleading contractor. This was done to make sure that
any fine film, dust or residue left on the surface was
sealed in.
New materials were not painted by the contractor.
Painting of new construction was the responsibility of the
property owner.
Deleading, not painting or home improvement, was the
purpose, of the Lead Free Kids deleading program. There was
an enormous task to be undertaken with limited deleading
-------
11
funds. We were able to devise a strategy for deleading that
would accomplish the task without compromise to safety.
However, replacement materials used in the project were not
top quality and some finish work, such as painting new
materials, was left for the owners to take care of. Making
the surfaces above five feet intact involved priming the
repaired surfaces only. The entire wall surface required
painting by the owner after deleading was completed. The
contractors addressed peeling and chipped areas only, and
then primed just these areas. Wherever finish painting was
needed it was the responsibility of the property owner.
TEMPORARY HOUSING
The ability of participants to find short term housing
presented a major obstacle. If LFK was to provide housing,
it would have to be confirmed that it had been deleaded or
LFK would have to delead it. Community relations found that
deleaded units were in extremely short supply in Boston and
were not available for short term rental. We looked into
the possibility of deleading several units in exchange for
use as temporary housing for participant families when their
units were deleaded. This option of deleading several units
in exchange for use as temporary housing was later ruled out
because.of insurance issues, liability and other legal
reasons. Finally, the policy decided on was to urge
-------
12
participants to find their own alternate housing. LFK would
pay for lodging only after families had demonstrated a
sincere effort, and were unable, to find a place to stay.
The LFK staff provided participants with a list of
hotels/guest houses that had agreed to provide lodging. The
families had to make arrangements for their stay and LFK
set up purchase orders to handle payment.
Seven families were provided with temporary lodging while
deleading was being performed. Their stays ranged from one
night to 19 nights. A total of 78 nights of lodging were
provided for by LFK. The total cost of lodging was $11,612.
The average amount of time of a stay was 11 days.
DAMAGE CONTROL
Pre-existing damage was recorded prior to commencement of
deleading. The contractor was responsible to give a written
pre-existing damage report to the LFK site representative
before beginning work. Damage that was pre existing but
uncovered after the work had started was brought to the
attention of the LFK site representative and was recorded in
the Inspector's daily log..
The LFK staff inspectors were on each site daily,
throughout deleading activities to assure that the deleading
-------
13
activities were done safely and with a minimum amount of
damage. However, due to the nature of the work involved
some damage was inevitable. This was understood by the LFK
participant families and owners beforehand, and it was
understood that certain corrections would be the
responsibility of the property owner.
In order to avoid damage and excess ripping the
contractor was required to cut a seam between door and
window casings and wallpapered surfaces before removing
them, to limit damage. By requiring this there was only one
case where wallpaper was torn during the removal of a window
casing and because the owner was aware of possible damage
and it was pointed out that there was a possibility that
this would occur there was no conflict.
Owners were required to remove telephone and electrical
cords that came into contact with lead painted surfaces that
were addressed before the scheduled deleading start date.
If lines were left in place the contractor would take
appropriate action to safely work around these areas.
However, there were several cases where phone lines were cut
or broken due to there being left in place. The contractors
were not held responsible for repairs of these lines except
when there was obvious lack of consideration taken when
removing the lines.
-------
,14
Any damage to walls was corrected by the contractor by
filling with joint compound, again all painting was the
property owner's responsibility.
Any damage that occurred through neglect or carelessness
of work crews was corrected by the party responsible. In
cases where there was a dispute as to where responsibility
lies the LFK site monitors' and deleading coordinator would
determine what course of action, ."if any was appropriate.
All work sites were strictly monitored by an on site LFK
Representative who would interrupt or redirect work for
reasons of safety or to request corrections according to the
specifications.
CLEARANCE SAMPLING
Clearance sampling was required in two rooms per floor of
each interior unit and in the common hallway areas for the
exterior contracts. These were required to meet the lead
levels indicated in the Massachusetts Lead Law before the
unit was considered complete. Three samples were taken .in
each room from the floor, window sill and "window well. Jin
order to reduce the down time involved in preparation of the
samples, equipment was obtained by LFK to initiate the
sample preparation by adding hydrochloric acid into the
samples and rocking them for 10 minutes starting the 1.5 hour
-------
15
digestion period. Analysis was performed by the Lead Lab at
Boston City Hospital using atomic absorption
spectrophotomotry (spectroscopy).
By starting the digestion of clearance samples at the LFK
office, at least one day per unit was reduced from the turn
around time involved in preparation and analysis. Each time
re-sampling was required, an additional day was saved. (75
days may have been eliminated from the sample preparation
process by beginning digestion at the LFK office.)
The original plan was to do clearance sampling only due
to cost restraints, as the deleading project progressed it
became possible to do some additional sampling that would
allow some pre-deleading sampling to be preformed that would
provide some information of the pre-existing conditions.
Pre deleading sampling was performed at 17 household
interiors.
Clearance sampling performed at the 46 household
interiors presented the following information: 32 (70%) of
the households were found to have acceptable lead dust
levels upon initial clearance sampling. 14 (30%) of the
households were found to have unacceptable lead dust levels
and required a second cleaning and an additional set of
samples'was taken. 2 (4% of the total households and 14 %
of the households that didn't pass initial clearance
-------
16
sampling) required an additional cleaning before acceptable
lead levels were determined.
The incident of final wipe sample failure was very high.
All deleading contractors working for LFK were monitored
during deleading activities and wipe samples were not taken
unless areas were visibly clean of dust and dirt, according
to the regulations and project specifications. This, along
with limiting dry scraping to areas where it was absolutely
necessary should have provided a work area that was as lead
dust free as possible. ( Work that is not monitored, where
dry scraping is done, and final sampling is not performed
may be presenting serious lead dust hazards. These
situations should be investigated to determine if they are
causing more problems than they are curing.)
Clearance sampling was preformed in conjunction with
final inspection activities. An estimate of time spent in
sample collection and analysis is about l hour per 6
samples. This includes collection, digestion and transport.
The total increased time was approximately 123 hours to
handle 738 samples. If this sampling was to be done
separately from other responsibilities the time involved
would take about three times as long.
-------
17
COST SUMMARY
WIPE SAMPLES
A total of 738 samples were taken (including pre and post
interior samples, exterior samples and blanks) and analyzed.
(5 samples were not used in assembly of data). At $14.50 per
sample, total analytical cost was $10,701.
Materials for sampling cost about $2.00 per sample
(guesstimate) resulting in a total expense of $1476.00
There is no breakdown of the inspector's time involved in
sample collection and preparation.
INSPECTIONS
Inspectors were involved in three separate phases of work
activities; 1) Development of the inspection process
April - June
$l,800/wk X 10 weeks $18,000
2) Lead paint inspections
June - August
$2,000/wk X 12 weeks $24,000
3) Monitoring of deleading
September - February 14, '91
$2,000/wk X 24 weeks $48,000
-------
18
Total inspection/monitoring $90,000
The inspection staff consisted of three inspectors who
worked through the project, one inspection assistant who
worked from April through July, and one intern inspector who
worked as a monitor from September through early December.
Only the three inspectors who were present throughout the
project incurred any expenses other than travel. The total
amount of misc. expenses was $913.51.
LAB EQUIPMENT: $997. (acid dispenser/centrifuge shaker)
DELEADING CONTRACTS
46 exterior deleadings were performed at a total cost of
$262,278.
46 interior deleadings were performed at a total cost of.
$343,242.
The combined total of interior and exterior deleading
came to $605,520.
MOVING AND STORAGE
41 moves X 720 $29,52.0
5 cancellations X 360 $i,soo
extra storage '$2,346
-------
19
total $33,666
CONTRACTORS
The following contractors working on the Lead Free Kids
Project were Licensed by the State of Massachusetts to
engage in deleading activities:
Action Deleading
Point West Plaza
21 Torrey Street
Brockton, MA 02401 1-800-649-5323
projects B&G
Paint By Numbers
P.O. Box 128
N. Easton, MA 02356 (508) 230-3777
Project A
A. Escalada Painting Co.
633 Ferry Street
Marshfield, MA 02050 (617) 965-6868
Projects C,D&E
Tri-State Restoration
16 Hazel Drive
Hampstead, NH 03841 (603) 329-5626
-------
20
Projects F&H
Contractor hired by owner of 40 mozart st:
Tolan and Sons Deleading
44 Coburn Street
Framingham, MA 01701 (508) 879-1382
subcontractor to action deleading:
Webster Environmental
161 Granite Ave.
Dorchester, MA 02124 (617) 265-&004
-------
21
DEVELOPMENT OF
THE
DELEADING PLAN
PRE-DELEADING PLANNING
Planning of deleading activities began in January, 1990
as the loose paint and dust abatement work came to a close.
At this time it was expected that over 100 units would be
involved and because of the enormous task that was ahead
advice was sought from as many sources possible. All
deleading contractors licensed to work in Massachusetts were
invited to attend a pre-request for bids "brainstorming"
meeting which took place on February 14, 1990. Mark Farfel
and Susan Guyeaux, who had been involved in research and
development of deleading procedures in Baltimore, were also
asked to come to Boston and provide suggestions. Our
objective was to lay out tasks and preliminary
specifications and get feedback from local contractors and
use this information to put together the best project design
-------
22
possible. Although many issues were settled as a result of
this meeting, many more were raised.
It was apparent that no single contractor could handle a
project of this size. In fact, several contractors would be
required to preform the work.
The most obvious problem was to schedule deleading around
the soil abatement project and not cause the soil work to
extend into cold weather months when the ground would
freeze. It was also necessary to delead the exteriors of
buildings before soil removal to prevent possible re-
contamination from deleading. These problems lead to
developing separate interior and exterior contracts that
could be performed independent of each other and prevent
delays that could interfere with the soil abatement. It was
decided that a total of eight contracts would be needed,
four interior and four exterior. This would satisfy the
soil abatement needs and allow medium sized, as well as
larger deleading companies to bid on the project.
Requests for bids were put out in three phases due to the
time involved in preparing lead paint inspections and bid
documents. Each phase ended up in competitive negotiations
due to budget restraints.
-------
23
DIVISION OF WORK
Exterior work included the removal of lead paint from
chewable surfaces below five feet on the siding , porches,
rails, stairs windows and doorways of the building's common
areas as well as the exterior surface and required that
loose paint above five feet be made intact. In some cases
where deteriorated materials existed or when it was too
difficult or hazardous to attempt to remove the lead paint
from a surface, the item was removed and replaced with new
materials similar to materials and workmanship of other like
items in the neighborhood or consistent with replacement
materials the owner had used. Columns with chewable surfaces
were be covered or scraped to a height of 5 feet.
Interior deleading required that more attention be paid to
keeping the hazards involved in deleading to a minimum by
avoiding dust generating methods whenever possible.
Replacement and off site dipping was the general rule, but
some use of dry scraping and other hazard generating methods
were unavoidable.
DEVELOPMENT OF INSPECTION PROCEDURES
Originally, an inspector from the Office of Environmental
-------
24
Affairs was going to perform limited inspections and these
would provide information on which bids would be based.
Several problems arose from this plan. Because these
inspections would be performed by a "code enforcement
inspector", the law required every unit to be deleaded.
Trial limited inspections, performed later, showed that
these would not be useful in preparing a deleading plan.
After meetings with the Dept of Public Health it was
determined that it was necessary for LFK to hire private
inspectors who were not bound by code enforcement inspection
requirements. The inspections reports performed by LFK
would be filed with the Lead paint Poisoning Prevention
Program but would not be perused by the state to force
deleading. This allowed LFK to obtain information necessary
to the program without putting participant families or
owners in legal jeopardy.
In April 1990 private inspectors were hired. Inspection
procedures were developed that were consistent with LFK
needs and legal requirements. It was expected at the time
that the inspectors would perform initial inspections only.
LFK case managers would then be trained by an industrial
hygiene consulting firm to monitor deleading operations.
Final deleading compliance letters would be. issued by the
OEA inspector after work was completed.
-------
25
The Department of Labor and Industries refused to grant
a waiver of their deleading regulations that would allow on
site monitoring (even though there was no provision in the
regulation for monitoring). The only possible way to
perform on-site safety monitoring, and be in compliance with
the law was to keep the inspection staff intact throughout
the deleading project. The final compliance letters would
then be issued by the inspector who had performed the
initial inspection.
Inspections were performed between June and August, 1990.
Monitoring of deleading activities took place between August
and the end of December.
attachments:
1 Deleading info forms(see Comm relations
section in quarterly report)
2 Inspection protocol
3 Specifications
4 Sampling protocol
-------
Cost Report - Lead Free Kids
February 25, 1991
Cost of Interventions:
Deleading:
Developmenl.Inspeclion and Monitoring:
Three-four full-lime temporary staff were hired from April
1990 through approximately February 15, 1991 to help LFK develop
an appropriate inspection plan that complied with state regulations.
was sensitive to the Project participants, supplied the research
component with accurate data and could develop a safe deleading
operation where indicated and desired. These same individuals
carried out the inspections, monitored the deleadings and issued the
compliance certificates.
Approximate costs for staffing:
April - June 1990 for development
$l,800/weekX 10 weeks $18,000
lune - August 1990 for inspections
$2,000/weekX 12 weeks $24,000
September 1990 - February 15,1991 $48.000
Total salary cost approx. $90,000
"One full-time Deleading Coordinator $40,748
Inspection/Monitoring Costs:
Equipment - '
Portable XRF $ 4,147
Respirators -
4 PAPT Respirators ea$546/each $ 2,186 '•','•
Deleading Contracts:
Interior Contracts:
Paint By Numbers- 11 units $66.700
Action Deleading - 22 units $ 190,542
( 2 interior contract minus $6,000 in
liquidated damages)
A.Escalada- 11 units $ 83,000
Toland & Sons - 2 units $ 3.000
Total Interior Deleading Costs . $343,242
-------
Exterior Contracts:
A. Escalada - 23 properties $124,963
( 2 exterior contracts)
Tri-State Restorations - 22 properties $ 136,315
( 2 exterior contracts)
Toland & Sons - 1 property $ 1.000
Total Exterior Deleading Costs $ 262.278
Dust Wipes: Dust wipe analysis necessary to allow
occupants to re-enter their homes
clear of lead dust hazard -738®$ 14.5 $10.701
Materials 738* $2 $ 1.476
Laboratory Start-up for Analysis - equipment $ 997
Total Development, Deleading and Analysis Costs $755.775
Moving and Storage:
41 moves and the storage of possessions $ 33.666
- this figure includes standard moves
and storage at $720/move plus 5
cancellations which charged time and
materials and extended storage when
indicated by the deleading operations
-this also includes 391 extra days for
storage at a cost of $2,346 in excess of the storage
included in the move agreement
.- see Billing Record for Relocation
Specialists for detail.
" Community Relations and Case Management staff oversaw
every detail of moving and storage - monitor the packing, move, unpacking,
scheduling details, collection of keys and distribution to deleaders and back
to owners, etc.
Alternate Housing:
on 7 occasions families absolutely could $11,612
not find suitable alternate housing
and the Project arranged and paid
for housing in local guest accommodations
- this represents 78 nights of alternate housing
** Community Relations staffhandled all details of alternate
housing!!!!
-------
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS COMMUNITY RELATIONS PLAN
AND REVISIONS FOR 1989
-------
Objective 1: To provide the public with information about
the LFK Project, the effects of lead exposure, and the rate
of lead poisoning.
TECHNIQUES:
-Publish generic brochure (brief) - English/Spanish.
-Publish generic brochure (brief) - French/Portuguese.
-Publish generic brochure - English.
-Publish Lead Poisoning pamphlet /fact sheet-
-English/Spanish.
-Publish Lead and the Law pamphlet/fact sheet -
-English/Spanish.
EXPLANATION:
-Based on discussions among project management staff,
a decision was made to create a parents' brochure in
English. This brochure was translated into Spanish,
Portuguese Creole, and Haitian Creole. These
translations have proven effective, as many Lead Free
Kids participants do not speak English. (Attachment
A)
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct briefing meetings with community public
officials.
-Conduct briefing meetings with community service
agency.heads.
-Conduct briefing meetings with CDC/neighborhood
associations. (Attachment 1A)
EXPLANATION:
-In order to alert the broader Boston community about
the Lead Free Kids Project, briefing meetings were
held with community public officials, community
service agency heads, and neighborhood associations.
These organizations.are located in the LFK target
areas: Roxbury, Dorchester, Mattapan, and Jamaica
Plain. During 1989> meetings were held with the
following:.
MAY 1989
-5/5/89 - Roxbury Police Dept.-Deputy Superintendent.
-5/7/89 - World Health Day - State House.
-5/23/89 -Cross Cultural Workshop - Boston City
Hospital.
-5/31/89 -Phyllis Cater, Dir., Member Services,
Neighborhood Health Plan.
-------
JUNE 1989
-6/1/89 - Long School Health Fair.
-6/2/89 - Fields Corner Health Center.
-6/12/89 - Upham's Corner Health Center.
-6/15/89 - Roxbury Community College.
-6/22/89 - Bowdoin Street Health Center.
-6/24/89 - University of Massachusetts, Boston -
"Future of our Urban Environment" conference.
JULY 1989
-7/12/89 - Dorchester House Community Health Center.
-7/14/89 - Dimock Street Health Center.
-7/29/89 - Charles Turner - Episcopal City Mission.
AUGUST 1989
-8/9/89 - Marcus Mitchell of Metropolitan Council for
Educational Opportunities, Inc. (METCO)
OCTOBER 1989
-10/27/89 Frank O'Brien - Office of the Mayor.
NOVEMBER 1989
-11/10/89 - A-l Plough.
-11/16/89 - Roslindale Councilman, Thomas Menino.
-11/20/89 - Roslindale Community Meeting.
-11/28/89 - Reginald Nunnally - Boston Housing
Partnership.
DECEMBER 1989
-12/8/89 - Upham's Corner Health Center.
-12/13/89 - Boston Housing Partnership.
-12/21/89 - Boston School Department.
TECHNIQUES:
-Send introductory letter and project information to
daycare centers and churches and follow-up with
briefing meetings.
-Send follow-up letter to community individuals and
organizations
-------
EXPLANATION:
-The Community Relations Department contacted daycare
centers in Dorchester and Roxbury but was unable to
follow-up with any meetings or presentations about the
project in 1989. Sign up meetings are incompatible
with the current project design. Instead letter will
be mailed out and follow up telephone calls ..made to
schedule dates for presentations about the project
during 1990. Churches were not contacted in 1989, but
will be in 1990.(See CR Plan for 1990 Attachment C).
TECHNIQUES
-Conduct "LFK Sunday" at key churches in Roxbury,
Dorchester, Mattapan, and Jamaica Plain.
EXPLANATIONS:
-The Community Relations Department was unable to
conduct "LFK Sunday" at churches during 1989. A
decision regarding "LFK Sunday" will be made in 1990,
after consulting with Rev. Thomas of Charles St. AME,
and Minister Don Muhammad of Mosque #11. These two
clergymen are on the Community Advisory Committee of
the LFK Project.
TECHNIQUES:
-Community Relations Department will develop a 20 - 30
minute slide presentation to disseminate information
about lead poisoning. This slide show will be
presented to health centers, community centers, day
care centers and churches.
EXPLANATION:
-The CRD did not develop a slide show in 1989.
This will be done in 1990. (See CRP 1990 p.l)
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct/facilitate TV commentary/news spots and radio
talk shows to discuss the LFK project.
Produce/facilitate newspaper/magazine articles.
-Publish/distribute 1st LFK Newsletter introducing
project and providing background information.
EXPLANATION:
—Based on project needs and current project focus a
decision was made not to conduct TV spots or to
publish articles and newsletters.
TECHNIQUES:
-Develop fact sheets for project staff as needed to
ensure consistent communication with public
-------
Objective 2: To encourage name recognition and gain broad
public exposure for LFK
TECHNIQUES:
-Purchase window decals (5000)
-Purchase LFK T shirts (325)
-Purchase buttons (10000)
-Purchase stickers (10000)
-Purchase balloons (10000)
EXPLANATION:
-These items were obtained and made available for
distribution in early 1989. All participant family
members received an item. (Attachment B)
TECHNIQUES:
-Produce/distribute radio PSA. "
EXPLANATIONS:
-Because recruitment procedures for the LFK Project
were different from those of the first LFK project, it
was determined that extensive public exposure would
not be necessary.
TECHNIQUES: .
-Produce poster.
EXPLANATION:
-Posters were not made because:
(1) cost
(2) lack of need
TECHNIQUES:
-Utilize the media to augment name recognition.
EXPLANATION:
-It was decided that the project would not be enhanced
in the Boston area by utilizing the media.
Objective 3: To encourage parents with children under 6
from the LFK areas to participate in the Project and to
recruit project participants.
TECHNIQUES:
-Produce a parent brochure (English/Spanish).
-Produce a parent brochure (French/Portuguese).
EXPLANATION:
-A parent brochure was produced in May 1989 in
Spanish/English. The same information in the brochure
was produced in Haitian Creole and Cape Verdean Creole.
(See Attachment A).
-------
TECHNIQUES:
-Produce a lead poisoning pamphlet/fact sheet
(French/Portuguese)
-Produce a lead poisoning pamphlet/fact sheet
(English/Spanish)
EXPLANATION:
-Fact sheets were produced and distributed in English,
Spanish, Haitian & Cape Verdean Creole about the
project, its advantages to participants and benefits
that are part of participating.
TECHNIQUES: -
-Distribute PR materials to project participants (T
shirts, buttons, etc).
EXPLANATION:
-As participants signed up they received T shirts,
buttons,-balloons and decals (See Attachment B).
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct special events at key periods, such as blood
drawing.
EXPLANATION:
-Due to the nature of the project and procedures for
participation it was not necessary or appropriate to
make sign-up, blood drawing, etc., special events.
TECHNIQUES:
-Solicit a special prize, such as a gift certificate
for the LFK child - furniture, educational toy, etc to
be used in a lottery for participants.
EXPLANATION:
-During the last week in July, a letter was mailed to:
Star Market, Stop & Shop, Purity Supreme, Bradlee's,
Filene's, Jordan Marsh, and Edward's Food Warehouse
Follow-up calls were made on 8/2/89. The letter and
telephone call requested gift certificates, discounts,
and donations. These merchants, along with McDonald's
responded positively. These incentives are designed
to facilitate participant retention. Participant
families began receiving monthly gift certificates in
1/90. (Attachment C)
-------
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct door to door recruitment through nursing
-Conduct door to door flyering
-Conduct briefing meetings and sign-up meetings in
conjunction with community agencies such as day
care/social service agencies
EXPLANATION:
-Not done - change in recruitment procedures/project
needs.
TECHNIQUES:
-Participate in health fairs, community days and other
opportunities to publicize project. (Attachment Ba)
EXPLANATION:
-LFK was publicized at: 5/7/89 World Health Day - State
House,-Boston; 6/2/89 King School Health Fair; 6/7/89
Black Agenda, Roxbury Community College; 6/24/89 U Mass
Boston, "Future of our Urban Environment"; 10/14/89
Upham's Corner Fair.
OBJECTIVE 4: To retain participation of registered families
•in the LFK Project.
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct special recognition events at key period, such
as Parent sign-up.
EXPLANATION:
-Since participant sign-up was ongoing this was not
applicable to current project protocols. Special
events are projected for 1990 as incentives to project
retention. For example, picnics and photo sessions
with local politicians/dignitaries. (See CRD Plan for
1990 - Retention Activities Section)
TECHNIQUES:
-Blood Screening.
-Post Blood Screening recognition event.
EXPLANATION:
-Not applicable to current project procedures.
TECHNIQUES:
-Solicit special giveaways such as gift certificates
to be used in a lottery for participants.
-------
EXPLANATION:
-Planned for 1990 - not done In 1989 due to time
constraints and Community Relations focus on
recruitment of landlords. (See CRD plan for 1990 -
Retention Activities Section)
TECHNIQUES:
-Initiate family project, such as LFK Cookbook
EXPLANATION:"
-Will not be done as part of project.
TECHNIQUES:
-Maintain high profile for project stressing its
importance through the use of the media, by maintaining
support of community agencies/leaders, and by
maintaining the CAC
EXPLANATION:
-This was accomplished in 1989 mainly through CAC
meetings held in March, May, and September 1989. See
list of CRD meetings under Objective 1 . (See also
CRP 1990 -Education/Awareness Section),
OBJECTIVE 5: To encourage property owners on target streets
to participate in the Project and to recruit
Project participants.
TECHNIQUES:
-Produce a property owner brochure English/Spanish.
-Produce a property owner brochure French/Portuguese.
-Produce a lead and law pamphlet/fact sheet English/
Spanish.
EXPLANATION:
-A fact sheet was produced in English/Spanish and
translated into Haitian and Cape Verdean Creole for
property owners highlighting the benefits in the LFK
project. '
TECHNIQUES:
-Produce a lead and law pamphlet/fact sheet
(French/Portuguese).
EXPLANATION:
-This was not done - too costly and not necessary for
our participant population. Materials were available
from OEA that had useful information on the lead law.
These were distributed to participants.
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct door to door•recruitment
-Conduct door to door flyering
-------
EXPLANATION:
-Not appropriate to current project protocols.
TECHNIQUES:
-Identify absentee property owners, mail project
information with introductory letter, F/U with meeting
or telephone call.
EXPLANATION:
-Landlord recruitment began in May and ended on
December 8, 1989..
TECHNIQUES:
-Solicit a home improvement service/item as lottery
prize for participants.
EXPLANATION:
-The CRD will attempt to secure a large item, such as
vacuum cleaner, to be distributed to participants at
the end of the project.
TECHNIQUES:
-Provide window decals for participants
EXPLANATION:
-Window decals were distributed to participants.
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct special events at key periods of the project
-sign-up testing
-soil abatement
-post abatement
-soil abatement 2nd group
EXPLANATION:
-Due to the nature of the project and procedures for
participation it was not necessary or appropriate to
conduct special events.
TECHNIQUES:
-Sponsor/Facilitate some home/neighborhood
beautification project/contest (create window boxes,
clean lots and plant flowers, etc.).
EXPLANATION:
-Not done/may consider.
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct briefing meeting and sign-up in conjunction
with neighborhood groups and real estate groups,
property owner groups, etc.
-------
EXPLANATION: „
-Not done/change in project protocols.
TECHNIQUES:
-Issue a press release and hold a press conference when
project is announced.
-Issue press releases at program milestones,
-Distribute fact sheets, newsletters, updates to press
EXPLANATION:
-After extensive conversations with Trustees Public
Relations Department, it was determined that it was in
the best interest of the project not to publicize each
milestone with extensive media coverage. Instead, a
press release was released to announce that the project
had signed a contract with AOHS. This was in New
Hampshire newspapers - not in Boston area papers.
TECHNIQUES:
-Sponsor special events which encourage press
coverage.
-Kick-off
-Parent sign-up
-Property owner sign-up
-Announcement of community project
-Soil abatement/blood drawings
-Sponsor special interviews with reporters for
articles,TV spots etc.
EXPLANATION:
-Not done - project protocols and sign up procedures
are different from those of the initial LFK project.
OBJECTIVE 7: To provide the public with ongoing project
information and with information regarding outcomes of
the project.
TECHNIQUES:
-Publish newsletter
-Publish/facilitate newspaper/magazine articles
EXPLANATION':
-Not done/may not be appropriate to our participant
population.
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct F/U briefing meetings with public officials,
clergy, community service agency heads, health centers,
CDC/neighborhood groups (some of these will be group
meetings).
-------
EXPLANATION:
-See list of meetings under Objective 1. (Also
Attachment D).
TECHNIQUES:
-Sponsor conference to present outcome and discuss next
steps.
EXPLANATION:
-Not done due to time constraints and project focus.
TECHNIQUES: ' . .
-Utilize media to provide updates to public.
EXPLANATION:
-Will consider utilizing media as project progresses.
TECHNIQUES^:
-Sponsor special meetings with collaborating health
centers to share information; target nurses and
others directly working with LFK clients.
EXPLANATION:
-Meetings with Community Health Centers conducted on:
6/2/89,Fields Corner Health Center; 6/12/89 Upham's
Corner Health Center; 6/22/89 Bowdoin Street Health '
Center; 7/12/89 Dorchester House Health Center;
7/14/89 Dimock St. Health Center; 12/8/89 Uphams
Corner Health Center. More meetings are scheduled for
1990. See CRD Plan for 1990.
OBJECTIVE 8: To provide health centers and hospital primary
care clinics with information about LFK and develop
collaborative relationships.
TECHNIQUES:
-Produce targeted correspondence for key health care
professionals (Ex Director, Pediatrics.)
-Conduct additional briefing meetings to discuss
details of project implementation.
EXPLANATION:
-See last explanation under Objective 7.
OBJECTIVE 9: To involve the public in advising the project
in implementing LFK and in supporting expanded lead
poisoning services and prevention efforts.
TECHNIQUES:
-Convene CAC
-------
EXPLANATION:
-CAC meetings were held on: 5/23/89, Planning
Committee - meeting with Ron Jones, Wornie Reed, &
Paul Bracy; 5/24/89 - CAC meeting; 9/18/89 - planning
meeting; 9/29/89 - CAC meeting. (See CAC Advisory Board
Membership List)
TECHNIQUES:
-Develop a lead poisoning agenda for the community.
EXPLANATION:
-The vehicle for developing a lead.poisoning agenda is
the CAC. (Attachment D).
TECHNIQUES:
-Convene LFK Community Relations Project meeting with
EPA staff.
EXPLANATION:
-Not done/time constraints, will plan for 1990.
OBJECTIVE 10: To prepare LFK staff for interactions with
the community.
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct briefing meetings, trainings and role playing
sessions with field staff prior to specific
interactions with community (recruitment,
presentations).
EXPLANATION:
-Began April 1989 - and as needed.(Attachment E)
OBJECTIVE 11: To be prepared to aggressively and
effectively address any community relations concerns
which may develop as the program progresses.
TECHNIQUES:
-Institute a referral protocol for office staff.
EXPLANATION:
-Done.
TECHNIQUES:
-Utilize the CAC to hold meetings as warranted to
respond to concerns.
EXPLANATION: '
-Under discussion among CAC (Meetings were held at:
Roslindale Community Meeting 11/20 9-10pm)
-------
TECHNIQUES:
-Develop a community relations concerns sub-plan.
EXPLANATION:
-Not done- will consider if appropriate.
OBJECTIVE 12: To provide updates on the progress of the
community relations aspects of LFK to EPA and other
interested parties.
TECHNIQUES:
-Convene LFK Community Relations Project Team meeting
with EPA.
EXPLANATION:
-Not Done in 1989, but will plan for 1990.
TECHNIQUES:-
-Provide CRP implementation updates at Lead Team
meetings.
EXPLANATION: .
-Updates given at weekly staff meetings.
TECHNIQUES:
-Publish revised plan as needed.
OBJECTIVE 13: To complete preparation activities necessary
for the implementation of the CRP.
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct interviews with key individuals who can offer
suggestions on CRP.
EXPLANATION:
-As needed .
TECHNIQUES:
-Conduct interview with key individuals at BCLPPP and
other agencies who are currently, have been or will-be
involved in lead services and prevention activities to
ensure clear communications.
EXPLANATION:
-CRD took case managers to the lead clinic at BCH on
June 12, 1989.
-------
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS COMMUNITY RELATIONS
AND RETENTION PLAN FOR 1990
-------
The Community Relations Department will prepare slide
presentations, (slide presentation courtesy of the Office of
Environmental Affairs) for community organizations such as
daycare centers, churches, neighborhood centers, and health
centers. The presentations will explain the Lead Free Kids
program and its impact on Roxbury, Dorchester, Mattapan, and
Jamaica Plain and will be done as a slide show (see
attachment A). The narrative for the slide show addresses
the problem of lead in the Boston area and explains the
sources of lead (paint, dust, soil, etc.) and its impact on
the environment and people. Some data indicating the
effects of exposure to lead in children and pregnant women
is.also provided. The accompanying slides show the
Emergency Lead Poisoning areas, statistics indicating the
disastrous effects of lead poisoning, lead paint chips and
other photos.
The target community organizations are in Roxbury,
Dorchester, Mattapan, and Jamaica Plain and are receiving
the most attention, because they are the areas most
adversely affected by lead contamination. The slide show,
which will be shown two - three times a week for the next
four - five months, is a valuable medium through which
crucial, little- known information can be disseminated.
Attached is a list of all the organizations contacted. Some
presentations have already been made to (Upham's Corner
Health Center on 12/8/89 and Bowdoin St. Health Center on
7/27/89.)
The first group of organizations to be contacted is
community health centers. On January 3, 1990, a letter
(Attachment B) requesting time for a slide show presentation
was mailed out to nine centers in Roxbury, Dorchester, and
Jamaica Plain. Follow-up calls were made by the CRD on
January 12, 1990. Appointments have been scheduled for the
month of February (beginning with the Codman Square Health
Center on 1/6/90 at IrOOpm). Enclosed is the list of
Community Health Centers and a copy of the letter that was
sent. The goal is to make presentations at three centers
per week. At this rate the Community Relations Department
will complete presentations at CHC's by the third week in
February.
-------
The second round of presentations will be made to
community daycare centers located in Roxbury, Dorchester,
and Jamaica Plain. There are 32 daycare centers, all of
which were contacted by telephone between January 16th and
January 19th. These initial telephone calls were made to
ascertain the name of the center director, and to briefly
discuss the LFK project. Letters requesting time for
presentations will be mailed out by the end of January.
Presentations will be made 3 times per week over'a ten-week
period, commencing the first week in February and
continuing through the first week in May. Attached is
the list of daycare centers and the letter sent out by the
C.R.D. (Attachment C).
-------
The third round of presentations will be made to
churches in Roxbury, Dorchester, Mattapan, and Jamaica
Plain. As the. primary institution serving the minority
community in these areas, the church is in a good position
to disseminate information on lead poisoning. Churches will
be sent a letter and information about lead poisoning
beginning mid-February. Like the health and daycare
centers, these letters will be followed by telephone calls.
Appointments will be scheduled for March, April, May, and
June with the' Thirty churches (See list, Attachment D) .
Presentations vill be scheduled at the larger churches,
since they have Monday-Friday business hours. The target
churches will be: Resurrection Lutheran Church, Eliot
Congregational Church, Charles Street AME Church, Mohammad's
Mosque $11, Holy Tabernacle Church, Twelfth Baptist Church.
St. Mark Congregational Church,. St. Francis deSalles
Catholic Church, Mission Church, and the Presbytarian Church
of Roxbury. The Rev. Thomas of Charles.St. AME Church and
Minister Muhammed of the Mosque are membeirs of the Community
Advisory Committee. Their assistance in contacting churches
and arranging presentations will facilitate the process.
In recognition of the cultural and linguistic diversity
of LFK participant families, presentations will be made in
March to-ethnic community centers. These centers and
directors are:
Luis Prado,
Executive Director
Alianza Hispana
409 Dudley Street
Roxbury, MA 02119
(617) 427-7175
Charles Victor
League of Haitian
Families
16a Mass. Ave.
Roxbury, MA 02119
(617) 266-3363
James Talero '
Executive Director
Oficina Hispana
de la Comunidad
125 Amory St.- Bldg.
Roxbury, MA 02119
(617) 522-2222
-------
RETENTION ACTIVITIES/ALTERNATIVE HOUSING
In addition to landlord recruitment and education/
awareness activities, a primary focus of the Community
Relations Department is participant retention. LFK is by
nature a very intrusive project. As a result, it is
critical that incentives be provided for participants to
continue. Retention will be particularly important as the
deleading phase begins. The plan to retain participants
began in July 1989 when the CRD contacted local merchants in
order to secure department store gift certificates,
supermarket discounts and gift certificates, and donations
of toys.
The following stores were contacted during the months
of July and August: Star Market, Stop & Shop, Purity
Supreme , Robell's Department Store, Ames Dept. Store,
Bradlee's, Filene's, Edward's Food House, McDonald's, and
Jordan Marsh. All responded positively. Attached are
copies of the letter that was mailed to area merchants and
the gift certificate selection form. (Attachment E)
Each month, participant families will receive a $25.
coupon/gift certificate to the store of their choice. At .
the end of the project in December 1990, LFK will give each
participant family a large gift such as a vacuum cleaner.
In addition to the monthly gift certificates, the CRD
plans to hold monthly lotteries beginning in May and ending
in November. At the beginning of each month, participant
families will be notified of the "prize of the month."
Prizes will include tickets to events in Boston (comedy
acts, movies, plays, special museum exhibitions, concerts,
and dinners to selected restaurants). Family names will be
placed in a container, and a drawing will be held by LFK to
choose the winning family.
During the months of June, July, August, and September
CRD will plan events which focus exclusively on the 156
children in the project. Each week, a group of ten-fifteen
children will be taken to the following places: Franklin
Park Zoo, Jamaica Pond, Arnold Arboretum, Blue Hills, the
Boston Harbor Islands (George's, Castle and Thompson), The
Aquarium, the Museum of Fine Arts, the Museum of Science,
Plumb Beach, etc. By the end of September, all 156 children
will have gone on an LFK field trip.
-------
In August 1990, an LFK picnic will be held at Franklin
Park, and LFK participant families will be invited to
attend. There will be food and games with prizes for the
children, musical groups from Boston will be invited to
perform, and public officials will attend. The event will
be called "LFK Family Appreciation Day" and planning for the
event will begin immediately.
From September,.1990 until the end of the project in
December, 1990 (deleading phase), the CRD will combine
participant retention activities with another project —
assisting participant families in leaving their houses
during deleading. To ensure that the deleading phase begins
and proceeds smoothly, the CRD will mail out letters
reminding participant families when deleading will occur.
These letters will be followed up with telephone calls and
visits to allay any concerns families may have about leaving
their houses.
The CRD will facilitate the moving process by providing
boxes for belongings, masking tape, bags, etc. The LFK
staff recognize that not all participant families have
access to temporary housing. To respond to the needs of
these families, the CRD is researching alternative housing.
Groups and organizations which the CRD has contacted
include: Urban Edge Housing, the Boston Housing Authority/
Relocation Associates, John Cruz Construction Co., and other
private organizations. The CRD is negotiating for reduced
or free housing (20-30 units) in exchange for free
deleading. To make the participants' stay as comfortable as
possible the CRD is researching and pricing second hand
furniture at places such as Morgan Memorial Goodwill and the
MIT Furniture Exchange.
In December, 1990 LFK will hold a "Grand Prize" drawing
for a 1- week free trip (LFK family will go) to Disney World
in Orlando, Florida. The CRD is currently researching this
trip and will approach: Pan Am, US Air, Piedmont, American
Airlines, United Airlines, Holiday Inn, Viscount Hotel, etc.
The trip will take several months of careful planning
beginning at the end of January and continuing through early
December. If the trip is found to be unfeasible, the CRD
will hold a December Xmas drawing for a color TV, Stereo, or
VCR.
-------
EDUCATION/AWARENESS
The Community Advisory Committee (CAC) has been formed
to facilitate the dissemination of information about LFK and
lead poisoning to organizations accessible by the
CAC.membership. The CAC is drawn from a broad range of
public officials, academics, and agency heads. Among its
members are: State Representative Nelson Merced, Boston City
Councilman Charles Yancey, Paul Bracy, an official in the
Department, of Public Health , and Wornic Reed, PhD,
Director of the Trotter Institute at the University of
Massachusetts. These community leaders have affiliations
through their places of employment, social organizations,
etc.
CAC members are currently involved in mobilizing their
networks to establish a commitment to lead poisoning
prevention. In addition, CAC members have been in the
process of heightening sensitivity to the lead problem, by
motivating their organizations to place lead on their agenda
as a priority. The fruit of these efforts is becoming
apparent as evidenced by the appearance of lead poisoning in
Boston on the agenda of a statewide conference convened on
6/6/89. attended by several hundred community members and
leaders. ,
The CAC is scheduled to meet every other month with the
CRD to provide members with updated information on the LFK
project and to be informed of their progress in executing
the plan. Due to landlord recruitment and retention
activities during the summer and fall of 1989, the CRD was
unable to convene CAC meetings on a regular basis. In 1990,
this will be a priority, and meetings will be scheduled on a
monthly basis until the project ends in December 1990.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY FAMILY INVERVIEW
-1-
FAHID LFK_NUM
LFK_NUM
LFK_NUM
1. RECORD INTERVIEWER'S (YOUR) FIRST AND LAST NAME
FIRST: : LAST:
2. RECORD INTERVIEWEE'S (PARENT, GUARDIAN, ETC.) FIRST AND LAST NAME
FIRST: ' LAST:.
3. RECORD DATE OF FAMILY INTERVIEW. __/__/__
Month Day Year
4. RECORD STARTING TIME OF FAMILY INTERVIEW. ____:__ AM / PM
THE LFK INTERVIEW CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS. THE FIRST PART IS THE
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD INTERVIEW. THE SECOND PART IS A CHILD SPECIFIC
INTERVIEW. IF THERE IS MORE THAN ONE LFK CHILD IN A HOUSEHOLD, REPEAT THE
CHILD INTERVIEW FOR EACH LFK CHILD. THERE IS NO NEED TO REPEAT THE
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD INTERVIEW.
-------
FAMID _2-
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD SECTION
First, I'm going to ask you some questions about your household and family and
then I'll ask you about (CHILD'S NAME/CHILDREN'S NAME) who (Is/are)
participating In the Lead Free Kids study.
CENSUS
(NOTE: A PERSON "LIVES" IN THE HOME IF HE/SHE SPENDS THE NIGHT AT LEAST 50% OF
THE TIME.)
100. Including yourself, how many people are living in your home?
persons
101. How many of the people living in your home are 18 years or older?
persons
* . " -
102. How many are less than 18 years of age?
persons
(REMEMBER NUMBER OF PERSONS MENTIONNED IN Q'S 101 AND 102 SHOULD ADD UP TO THE
NUMBER OF PERSONS MENTIONNED IN Q 100.)
103. How many children under 5 years of age live in your home?
children
SMOKING
200 A. How many people in your household currently smoke cigarettes?
persons
IF NONE, SKIP TO 250 A. IF ONE OR MORE PERSONS, ASK QUESTIONS 200 B.- 200 D.
CONSECUTIVELY FOR ONE PERSON, THEN REPEAT FOR ANY OTHER.
-------
FAMID -3-
Smoker #1 Smoker #2 .Smoker #3
200 B. What (Is/are) the first
name(s) of the (person/
people) who smoke(s)?
200 C. How many cigarettes (does
SMOKER Il/#2,l3/do you) smoke
a day?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
200 D. How many years total
..(has SMOKER #l,i?2,#3/have you)
smoked? .
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
PETS
Now, just a few questions about your household.
250 A. Do you have any dogs in your household?
1 No (Go to question 251 A)
2 Yes
9 Unknown (Go to question 251 A)
250 B. Does the dog go in and out of the house or does it never come inside?
1 Goes in and out
2 Never comes inside
9 Unknown
251 A. Do you have any cats in your household?
1 No (Go to question 261 A)
2 Yes
9 Unknown (Go to question 261 A)
-------
FAHID -4-
251 B. Does the cat never go outside, never come inside, or does it go in and out of
the house?
1 Never goes outside
2 Never comes inside
3 Goes in and out
9 Unknown
HOUSEKEEPING
261 A. Do you use an electric vacuum cleaner to clean the floors and carpets in your
home?
1 Yes
2 No ......(Go to Question 300 A)
9 Unknown...(Go to Question 300 A)
261 B. About how often do you vacuum? Would you say more than once a week, about
once a week, or less than once a week?
1 More than once a week
2 Once a week
3 Less than once a week
9 Unknown
261 C. About how often do you change or empty out the vacuum cleaner bag? Would you
say often, sometimes or never?
1 Often
2 Sometimes
3 Never
9 Unknown
-------
FAMID
LEAD WORK
300 A. Now I'm going to ask you about jobs that you and other members of your
household have held. I want you to tell me, as best you can, if any member of your
household has worked in any of these jobs in the last year. These jobs may involve
exposure to lead. I want you to include anyone who was living here this year even
1f they aren't here now. In the past year (FEBRUARY 1989 TO TODAY), has anyone in
your household worked in a job that included ...:(READ LIST)
(REMEMBER TO REPEAT "IN THE PAST YEAR.... " EVERY SO OFTEN)
a. Battery work . 1. Autobody work
b. Metal work
c. Oil refining
d. Painting
e. Demolition
f. Welding
g. themical processing
h. Plumbing
i. Sandblasting
j. Glass Work
k. Window replacement
m. Road stripe painting
n. Metal recycling
o. Radiator repair
p. Shooting ,guns
q. 'Lead smelting
r. Foundry work
s. Mechanical work, that is a mechanic
t. 'Paint-pigment, zinc or copper work
U. Deleading
v. Any other lead handling work
RECORD "YES" IF R ANSWERS TO ANY ONE OF
THESE JOBS, CIRCLE LETTER(S) THAT APPLIES
AND CONTINUE WITH QUESTIONS 300 B.- 300 D.
RECORD "NO" IF R ANSWERS TO NONE OF THESE
CATEGORIES AND CONTINUE THE INTERVIEW WITH 350.
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 350)
-------
FAMID
-6-
ASK Q 300 B.- 300 D. CONSECUTIVELY FOR ONE ITEM, THEN REPEAT FOR ANY OTHER.
300 B. LIST SEPARATELY
EACH OF THE ITEMS
CIRCLED.
300 C. Does the person
doing
usually change
out of his or her
clothes and leave
them at work?
1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes
2 No 2 No 2 No 2 No 2 No
9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown
300 D. Does the person
usually shower
before coining
home from work?
1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes
2 No 2 No 2 No 2 No 2 No
9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown
HOBBIES
350. Now I'm going to ask you about hobbies or activities. I'm interested in
hobbies and activities that any people may do in your house or right around
your house whether or not they live with you. In the last year (FEBRUARY 1989
TO TODAY), has anyone around your house been involved in ?
(READ LIST BELOW.)
A. Remodeling or repairing your house
or apartment
B. Painting parts of your house or
furniture in your house
C. Painting pictures with artists' paints
D. Painting bicycles or cars
E. Working with stained glass
F. Making fishing sinkers, bullets
or anything else with lead
1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
1 Yes
1 Yes
1 Yes
1 Yes
2 No
2 No
2 No
2 No
3 Unknown
3 Unknown
3 Unknown
3 Unknown
-------
FAMID -7-
350. HOBBIES (CONTINUED) In the last year (FEBRUARY 1989 TO TODAY), has
anyone around your house bBen involved in ? (READ LIST)
G. Soldering electronic parts 1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
H. Soldering pipes or doing plumbing 1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
I. Making lead-glazed pottery 1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
3. Making jewelry 1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS
375 A, To the best of your knowledge, was your house or apartment building
built before World War II, that' is, before 1940?
1 Yes ' !
2 No
9 Unknown (Go to question 376 A)
375 B. In what jrear was it built?
Year (FILL IN "9999" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
376 A. Since you have been living here, have you or anyone else ever removed
or sanded paint from the walls or woodwork inside your house?
1 Yes
2 No.., (Go to question 377 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 377 A)
376 B. What month and year was the last time this work was done?
Month Year 19 (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
-------
FAMID -8-
377 A. Since you have been living here, have you or anyone else ever removed
or sanded paint from any part of the outside of your house?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 390)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 390)
377 B. What month and year was the last time this work was done?
Month Year 1 9 __ _ (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
FOOD PREPARATION
390. Do you have any pottery or ceramics that might have come from a foreign
country that you use for cooking or serving food?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
391. Do you have any pottery or ceramics that might be hand-made that you use
for cooking or serving food?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
392. Is any of your family's food stored in the original cans after they are
opened, for example, canned fruit juice?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
-------
FAMID -9-
DEMOGRAPHICS
400. What is your relationship to (CHILD'S NAME)-?
*
1 Mother (include stepmother) ...(Go to Question 402)
2 Father (include stepfather) (Go to Question 402)
3 Female Guardian (non relative) (Go to Question 402)
4 Hale Guardian (non relative) (Go to Question 402)
5 Sister
6 Brother
7 Other Relative
8 Friend of the family or baby sitter
IF R IS A SISTER, BROTHER, OTHER RELATIVE, FRIEND OR BABY SITTER, ASK Q 401,
401. Do you consider yourself (CHILD'S NAME) guardian?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
NOTE: QUESTIONS 402 to 411 REFER TO THE PARENTS OR GUARDIANS OF THE LFK
CHILD(REN).
402. Do (you/CHILD'S NAME parents or guardians) own or rent (your/their)
(apartment/house)?
1 Rent
2 Own
9 Unknown
-------
FAMID -10-
403. What 1s (your/CHIID'S NAME parent's/guardian's) current marital status?
Are (you/they) (READ ALL CHOICES LISTED BELOW.)
1 Married
2 Single but living together
3 Never Married
4 Divorced
5 Separated
6 Widowed
404. INTERVIEWER CHECK: IS R CHILD'S MOTHER OR FEMALE GUARDIAN?
1 ( ) YES Ask Questions 407A-409
2 ( ) NO ...Ask Questions 405-406
405. Does (CHILD'S NAME) mother or female guardian live with (him/her)?
1 Yes (Go to Question 407 A)
2 No
9 Unknown
406. About how often does (CHILD'S NAME) see his mother or female guardian?
1 Never (Go to Question 409)
2 Less than once a year (Go to Question 409)
3 A few times a year (Go to Question 409)
4 About once a month
5 At least once a week
-------
FAHID -11-
407 A. Which of the following groups best describes (your/her) occupational
status? (Are you/is she) (READ ALL CHOICES LISTED BELOW.)
1 Unemployed..(Go to Question 408)
2 Homemaker...(Go to Question 408)
3 Employed part time, that is, less than 20 hours a week
4 Employed full time, that is, 20 or more hours a week
5 Something else such as disabled (Go to Question 408)
4Q7 B. What is (your/her) job title?
407 C. What are (your/her) job duties?
407 D. What sort of business or industry (do you/does she) work in? That
is, what does the place where (you work/she works) make or do?
408. What is the highest grade in school that (you/she) completed?
(IF HIGH SCHOOL OR COLLEGE: Did (you/she) graduate?)
1 Less than 8th grade
2 Eighth grade
3 1-3 years high school
4 High school graduate
5 Vocational school or other non-college post
6 1-3 college
7 A college degree
8 Graduate work
9 Unknown
-------
FAMID
-12-
410. Does (your/CHILD'S NAME) family use the WIC (WOMEN, INFANTS AND
CHILDREN) program?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
411 A. What kind of medical insurance or health care coverage does
(your/CHILD'S NAME) family have? Do (you/they) have.
ALL CHOICES BELOW.)
a. Private insurance,
for example, Blue Cross/Blue Shield
.? (READ
1 Yes 2 No 9 Unknown
b. Hedicaid
1 Yes 2 No 9 Unknown
c. A health maintenance organization (HMO) 1 Yes 2 No 9 Unknown
plan, for example, Harvard Community Health
411 B. Is there any other kind of medical or health insurance that I have not
mentioned that either your family or (CHILD'S NAME) has?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 500)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 500)
411 C. What is it?
-------
FAMID
-13-
BIRTH MOTHER'S CHARACTERISTICS
Now, I'm going to ask you some questions about (you/CHILD'S NAME birth
mother).
500 A. Has a doctor ever told (you/CHILD'S NAME birth mother) that (you/she)
(have/has) high blood pressure?
1 Yes
2 No...(Go to Question 501)
9 Unknown...(Go to Question 501)
500 B. Did the high blood pressure occur only during pregnancy?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
501. Has a doctor ever told (you/CHILD'S NAME birth mother) that (you/she)
(have/has) asthma?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
502. How tall (are you/is CHILD'S NAME birth mother)?
feet Jnches (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
503. How much (do you/does CHILD'S NAME birth mother) weigh ?
Pounds (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
-------
FAMID -14-
PLANS TO MOVE
And now just a few more questions about your household.
550. In what month and year did (your/CHILD'S NAME) family move to this
address?
1 9 (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
(MONTH) (YEAR)
551 A. Do (you/they) have definite plans to move within the next few months?
1 Yes
2 No ....(Go to Question 552 A)
9 Unknown....(Go to Question 552 A)
551 B. Where do (you/they) expect to be living? (GET STREET AND TOWN IF
POSSIBLE) ;
552 A. Whether or not (you/they) plan to move, it is important for us to be
able to stay in touch with (you/them) over the next year. Will you give us
the name of a friend or relative whom we can contact if we ever have trouble
reaching (you/them)?
1 Yes... RECORD NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF CONTACT BELOW
2 No
B. What is the person's name?
C. What is (his/her) address?
(GET STREET AND TOWN)
D. What is (his/her) telephone number? ( '.) -
We've just completed the family interview. Now, I need to record the time and
then we'll be ready to start the child interview(s).
553. RECORD THE ENDING TIME OF THE FAMILY INTERVIEW. : AM / PM
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY CHILD INVERVIEW
-1-
FAHID LFKJfUM
1. RECORD INTERVIEWER'S (YOUR) FIRST AND LAST NAME
FIRST: LAST:.
2. RECORD INTERVIEWEE'S (PARENT, GUARDIAN, ETC.) FIRST AND LAST NAME
FIRST: .. LAST:.
3. RECORD LFK CHILD'S FIRST AND LAST NAME:
FIRST LAST:.
4. RECORD DATE OF CHILD INTERVIEW. /_ /
Month Day Year
5. RECORD STARTING TIME OF CHILD INTERVIEW. : AM / PM
6. HEIGHT . centimeters
7. Weight . kilograms
8. Blood Pressure / mmHg
-------
LFK NUM
-2-
CHILD'S ACTIVITIES DURING PAST SUMMER
Now, I am going to ask how (CHILD'S NAME) spent (his/her) time this past summer (JUNE, JULY
AUGUST 1989). I know that it's already winter but I want you to tell me, as best you can,
about (CHILD'S NAME) activities this past summer. I am particularly interested in the amount
of time (CHILD'S NAME) spent outdoors.
600 A. This past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly, that is at least once a week, spend
time away from home at a (READ a).
600 A.
a. Day care
center or
family day
care
1 Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
600 B.
Was the
(READ a)
in Roxbury,
Dorchester,
Mattapan,
or Jamaica
Plain?
I Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
600 C.
This past
summer, how
many days
a week did
(he/she)
usually go
there?
600 D.
This past
summer, how
many hours
a day did
(he/she)
usually
spend there?
600 E.
This past
summer when
it was sunny,
how many
hours a
day did
(he/she)
usually
spend
outdoors
there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
1 One day
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
-------
LFKJJUM
-3-
600 A. This past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly, that is at least once a week, spend
time away from home at a (READ b-c).
600 E.
This past
summer when
it was sunny,
how many
hours a
day did
(he/she)
usually
spend
outdoors
there?
b. Nursery
or
pre-school
c. Baby Sitters'
Homes
100 A.
1 Yes — ^
2 No
3 Unknown
2 No
3 Unknown
600 B. 600 C. 600 D.
Was the This past This past
(READ b,c) summer, how summer, ho
in Roxbury, many days many hours
Dorchester, a week did a day did
Mattapan, (he/she) (he/she)
or Jamaica usually go usually
Plain? there? spend ther
, 1 Yes 1
2 No 2
3 Unknown 3
4
5
6
7
9
r 1 Yes 1
2 No 2
3 Unknown 3
(FILL IN DK IF
One dav
Two days
Three days
Four days
Five days
Six days
Everyday
Unknown
One dav
Two days
Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
-------
LFK NUM
-4-
Homes
e. Friends'
Homes
This past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME), regularly that is at least once
iy from home at a (READ d-e) .
600 A. 600 B. 600 C. 600 D.
Was the This past This past
(READ d,e) summer, how summer, how
in Roxbury, many days many hours
Dorchester, a week did a day did
Mattapan, (he/she) (he/she)
or Jamaica usually go usually
Plain? there? spend there?
ives' 1 Yes ^ 1 Yes 1
2 No 2 No 2
3 Unknown 3 Unknown 3
4
5
6
7
9
ds' 1 Yes > 1 Yes '1
2 No 2 No 2
3 Unknown 3 Unknown 3
4
5
6
7
(FILL IN DK IF R 1
One day
Two days
Three days
Four days
Five days
Six days
Everyday
Unknown
One day
Two days
Three days
Four days
Five days
Six days
Everyday
600 E.
This past
summer when
it was sunny,
how many
hours a
day did
(he/she)
usually
spend
outdoors
there?
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM
-5-
600 A. This past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly, that is at least once a week, spend
time away from home at a (READ f).
600 E.
This past
summer when
it was sunny,
how many
hours a
day did
(he/she)
usually
spend
outdoors
there?
f. Camp
600 A.
600 B.
Was the
(READ f)
in Roxbury,
Dorchester,
Mattapan,
or Jamaica
Plain?
600 C.
This past
summer, how
many days
a week did
(he/she)
usually go
there?
600 D.
This past
summer, how
many hours
a day did
(he/she)
usually
spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R 1
1 Yes J
2 No
3 Unknown
k I Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
•
1 One day
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM
601 A. Were there any other places like these that I have not mentioned where (CHILD'S
NAME) regularly, that is at least once a week, spent time away from home this past summer?
1 Yes
2 No ..(Go to question 602 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 602 A)
601 B. What was the place?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
601 C. Was it in Roxbury, Dorchester, Mattapan, or Jamaica Plain?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
601 D. This past summer, how many days a week did (he/she) usually go there?
1 One day a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
601 E. This past summer, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW) '_ :
601 F. This past summer when it was sunny, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend
outdoors there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
-------
LFK_NUM -7-
602 A. This past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly, that is at least once a week,
visit a park or playground with you or anyone else?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 603 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 603 A)
602 B. What is the name of the park or playground? (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW.
IF THERE IS MORE THAN ONE PARK, GET INFORMATION ON EACH ONE.)
602 C. What street and neighborhood is it in? (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
602 D. This past summer, how many days a week did (he/she) usually go there?
1 Once a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
602 E. This past summer, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF' R DOESN'T KNOW)
603 A. This past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly play in any empty lots in your
neighborhood? , ...-,.•-•
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 604 A)
9 Unknown.(Go to question 604 A)
-------
LFK NUM -8-
603 B. What street is the lot on?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
603 C. This past summer, how many days a week did (he/she) usually go there?
1 One day a week
2 Two days
3 "Three days
4 Four days •
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
603 D. This past summer, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
Now, I am going to ask you some questions about how (CHILD'S NAME) spent (his/her)
time in and around your home this past summer. (IF R IS IN THE STUDY GROUP ADD: I
would like to know about (CHILD'S NAME) activities in and around your home before
the soil was removed.)
604 A. In a typical sunny week this past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) spend any time
playing outdoors in your home's yard?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 605 A)
9 Unknown (Go to question 605 A)
-------
LFKNUM
-9-
604 B. About how many days a week did (he/she) usually play there?
1 Once a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
604 C. On average, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
604 D. Where did (he/she) usually play in your home's yard? Did (he/she) play in
your _? (READ LIST. IF MORE THAN ONE, CIRCLE ALL THAT APPLY.
USE SHOW CARD.)
1 Back yard
2 Left side of the yard when you face the house
3 Right side of the yard when you face the house
4 Front yard
7 Some other place in your yard (SPECIFY) [
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM -10-
604 E. (Was this area/Were these areas) where (he/she) played grassy? Concrete or
asphalt? Plain dirt or soil? A sandbox? Or some other surface?
(IF MORE THAN ONE, CIRCLE ALL THAT APPLY. USE SHOW CARD.)
1 Grassy
2 Concrete or asphalt
3 Dirt or soil
4 Sandbox
7 Other (SPECIFY)
9 Unknown
605 A. In a typical sunny week this past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) spend any time
playing outside in other areas around the house such as the porch, sidewalk or
street?
1 Yes
2 No.. ...(Go to question 606 A)
9 Unknown (Go to question 606 A)
605 B. How many days a week did (he/she) usually play there?
1 Once a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
605 C. This past summer, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend on the
porch, sidewalk, or street?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
-------
LFK_NUM -11-
SKIP QUESTIONS 606 AND 607 IF CHILD NEVER PLAYED OUTSIDE THIS PAST SUMMER.
606 A. This past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) ever take a baby bottle with (him/her)
when (he/she) played outdoors?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 607 A)
9 Unknown (Go to Question 607 A)
606 B. About how'often did (he/she) do this? Would you say at least once a day, at
least once a week but not everyday, a few times a month, or once a month or less?
(USE SHOW CARD.)
1 At least once per day
2 At least once per week but not everyday
3 A few times a month
4 Once per month or less
9 Unknown
607 A. This past summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) ever eat food when (he/she) played
outside?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 608)
9 Unknown (Go to Question 608)
607 B. About how often did (he/she) do this? Would you say at least once a day, at
least once a week but not everyday, a few times a month, or once a month or less?
1 At least once per day
2 At least once per week but not everyday
3 A few times a month
4 Once per month or less
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM . . -12-
608. This past summer when (CHILD'S NAME) was inside at home, did (he/she) play or
sit on the floor a lot of the time, some of the time or almost never?
1 A lot of the time
2 Some of the time
3 Almost never (Go to question 700)
9 Unknown (Go to question 700)
609. About how many hours on an average day do you think (CHILD'S NAME) usually sat
or played on the floor at home?
Hours a day playing (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
on floor at home
MOUTHING BEHAVIOR
Children often put things other than food in their mouths such as toys or fingers.
Its very natural for them to do this and doesn't necessarily hurt them. Now, I'm
going to ask you some questions about things that (CHILD'S NAME) may put in
(his/her) mouth.
700. Does (CHILD'S NAME) use a pacifier?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
*
701. How often does (CHILD'S NAME) suck (his/her) thumb or fingers? Would you say
often, sometimes, rarely, or never?
A,
I Often
2 Sometimes
3 Rarely
4 Never
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM -13-
702. Children often explore with their mouths by tasting and touching things with
their tongues. Have you ever seen (CHILD'S NAME) put (his/her) mouth or tongue on a
windowsill when (he/she) is looking out?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
703. Have you ever seen (CHILD'S NAME) pick at a windowsill with (his/her) fingers
while looking out?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
704 A. Have you ever-seen (CHILD'S NAME) put paint chips in (his/her) mouth?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 705)
9 Unknown ...(Go to Question 705)
704 B. How often does (CHILD'S NAME) do this? Would you say usually, sometimes, or
never?
1 Usually
2 Sometimes
3 Never
9 Unknown
705. Have you ever seen (CHILD'S NAME) eat dirt or sand? V
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown ,
-------
LFK_NUM
706 A. Does (CHILD'S NAME) have a favorite blanket or stuffed toy?
1 Yes
2 No ....... (Go to Question 707 A)
9 Unknown.. (Go to Question 707 A)
706 B. Does (he/she) carry this around during the day?
, 1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
706 C. How often does (he/she) put this in (his/her) mouth? Is it usually,
sometimes, or never?
1 Usually
2 Sometimes
3 Never
9 Unknown
707 A. Are there any other things that I have not mentioned that you have
seen (CHILD'S NAME) put in (his/her) mouth?
1 Yes
2 No. ....... (Go to Question 750)
9 Unknown. ..(Go to Question 750)
707 B. What are these? (LIST ALL MENTIONNED BELOW.)
-------
LFK_NUM -15-
HAND WASHING
Very few children like to wash their hands and it is often difficult for a
parent to make them. Fortunately, there are no rules about how many times a
day a child's hands should be washed. Now, I'm going to ask you some
questions about washing (CHILD'S NAME) hands. (USE SHOW CARD.)
750. Are (CHILD'S NAME) hands almost always, sometimes or almost never washed
before eating meals?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
751. Are (his/her) hands almost always, sometimes or almost never washed after
eating meals?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
752. What about eating snacks? Are (CHILD'S NAME) hands almost always,
sometimes or almost never washed before eating snacks?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes :
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
753. Are (his/her) hands almost always, sometimes or almost never washed after
eating snacks?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
-------
LFK_NUM ' -16-
754. What about playing outdoors? Are (his/her) hands almost always,
sometimes or almost never washed after playing outdoors?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
755. What about bedtime? Are (his/her) hands almost always, sometimes or
almost never washed before bed?
1 Almost Always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
CHILD'S HEALTH
Now I am going to ask you a few questions about (CHILD'S NAME) medical care
and health.
800 A. What is the name of the clinic or hospital where (CHILD'S NAME) usually
gets (his/her) medical care?
800 B. What is (his/her) doctor's name?
IF R DOESN'T KNOW USUAL PLACE OF MEDICAL CARE, ASK:
801. Where was the last place that (CHILD'S NAME) received medical care?
802. Has a doctor ever told (you/CHILD'S NAME parent) that (CHILD'S NAME) has
any of the following problems?
A. Asthma 1 Yes 2 No 9 Unknown
B. Seizures 1 Yes 2 No 9 Unknown
C. G6PD Deficiency 1 Yes, 2 No 9 Unknown
D. Failure to thrive 1 Yes 2 No 9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM -17-
803 A. Has (CHILD'S NAME) been tested for sickle cell?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 804 A)
9 Unknown.(Go to question 804 A)
803 B. Was the result negative or positive?
1 Positive
2 Negative (Go to question 804 A)
9 Unknown (Go to question 804 A)
803 C. Was it positive for sickle cell trait?
1 Yes (Go to question 804 A)
2 No
9 Unknown
803 D. Was it positive for sickle cell disease?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
804 A. Has a doctor ever told (you/CHILD'S NAME parent) that (CHILD'S NAME)
had anemia or low blood iron?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 805 A)
9 Unknown.(Go to question 805 A) ,
804 B. In what year (were you/was CHILD'S NAME parent or guardian) told that
(CHILD'S NAME) had anemia or low blood iron?
19 (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
-------
LFK_NUM -18-
804 C. Is (he/she) presently being treated for anemia or low blood iron?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
805 A. Has (CHILD'S NAME) ever received medical care for lead poisoning?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 806 A)
9 Unknown...(Go to Question 806 A)
805 B. Did (CHILD'S NAME) stay in the hospital overnight for this care?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
806 A. Are there any other medical problems that (CHILD'S NAME) has that I
have not mentionned?
1 Yes
2 No... (Go to Question 850)
9 Unknown (Go to Question 850)
806 B. What are they?
-------
LFK_NUM ' -19-
CHILD'S DIET
Now, I'm going to ask you about (CHILD'S NAMEJ's diet and eating habits.
850. Does (CHILD'S NAME) eat any vegetables from your garden or any other
garden in your neighborhood?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
851. About how often does (CHILD'S NAME) eat food with (his/her) fingers?
Mould you say a lot of the time, some of the time, or almost never?
1 A lot of the time
2 Some of the time
3 Almost never
9 Unknown
852. Is (CHILD'S NAME) currently being breast fed?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
-------
-20-
have some things to show you that might help you answer the next set of
ns about foods that (CHILD'S NAME) may eat. (TAKE OUT SHOW CARDS, FOOD LISTS
ELS, CUPS, BOWLS AND EXPLAIN THEIR USE TO R.)
I'm going to ask you about some canned foods (CHILD'S NAME) may eat. Please
if, in the past six months, (he/she) has ever eaten any of these canned
853 A.
In the past
six months,
did (he/she)
ever drink
(READ a,b)?
853 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
drink at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
853 C.
How often did
(he/she)
drink (READ a,b)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
ed Milk 1 Yes 1
2 No 2
9 Unknown 3
4
9
(IF EVERYDAY) How many
ed liquid 1 Yes 1
ula
2 No 2
9 Unknown 3
4
9
- (IF EVERYDAY) How many
< 1/2 cup
1/2 cup
1 cup
>1 cup
Unknown
times a day?
< 1/2 cup
1/2 cup
1 cup
>1 cup
Unknown
times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday ^
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
< I/month
Unknown
Everyday
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
< I/month
Unknown
-------
-21-
853 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ c,d)?
c. Canned meats and 1 Yes
fish including tuna 2 No
fish 9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
d. Canned fruits 1 Yes
and vegetables 2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
853 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
1 < 1/2 cup
2 1/2 cup
3 1 cup
4 >1 cup
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1 < 1/2 cup
2 1/2 cup
3 1 cup
4 >1 cup
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
853 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ c,d)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Everyday ^^
2 5-6/week ^
3 2-4/week \
4 I/week 1
5 1-3/month I
6
-------
LFK NUM
-22-
e. Canned juices
f. Canned soups
853 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever (eat/drink)
(READ e,f)?
853 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
(eat/drink) at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
853 C.
How often did
(he/she) (eat/
drink) (READ e,f)
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1
2
9
(IF
1
2
9
(IF
Yes
No
Unknown
EVERYDAY)
Yes
No
Unknown
EVERYDAY)
1
2
3
4
9
How many
1
2
3
4
9
How many
< 1/2 cup
1/2 cup
1 cup
>1 cup
Unknown
times a day?
< 1/2 cup
1/2 cup
1 cup
>1 cup
Unknown
times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday ^
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
< I/month
Unknown
1
Everyday *x
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
-23-
853 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ g,h)?
g. Canned spaghetti 1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
h. Canned beans 1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
853 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
1 < 1/2 cup
2 1/2 cup
3 1 cup
4 >1 cup
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1 < 1/2 cup
2 1/2 cup
3 1 cup
4 >1 cup
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
853 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ g,h)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Everyday ^
2 5-6/week \
3 2-4/week \
4 I/week
5 1-3/month 1
6
-------
LFK NUM
-24-
Now I'm going to ask you about other foods that (CHILD'S NAME) may eat that are not
canned. Please tell me if in the past six months (he/she) has ever eaten any of
these other non-canned foods.
a. Milk
b. Milk on
cold or
hot cereals
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever drink
(READ a,b)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
drink at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
drink (READ a,b)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 < 1/2 cup (<4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1 < 1/2 cup (<4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday •
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFK_NUH
-25-
c. Powdered
Milk
l. Ice Cream,
or Sherbet
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever (eat/drink)
(READ c,d)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
(eat/drink) at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she) (eat/
drink) (READ c,d)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week, .
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 < 1/2 cup (<4oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
•
How many times a day?
1 1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday *x
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFK MUM
-26-
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ e,f)?
e. Pudding or 1 Yes
custard 2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
f. Cottage cheese 1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
1 1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1 < 1/2 cup (<4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ e,f)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Everyday -^x.
i
2 5-6/week
3 2-4/week
4 I/week
5 1-3/month
6
-------
LFK_NUM
-27-
g. Any other
cheeses
h. Beef liver
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ g)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1 slice,
1 slice, 2 slices,
or more than
2 slices?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ g)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
Everyday
1 < slice (<1 oz) 1
2 1 slice (1 oz) 2 5-6/week
3 2 slices (2 oz) 3 2-4/week
4 >2 slices (>2 oz) 4 I/week
9 Unknown 5
6
9
1-3/month
1 cup (>8 oz) 4
9 Unknown 5
*
6
9
rurovnOYI Hnw manv
a dav?
-------
LTK_NUM
-28-
i. Pork
or ham
j. Lunch meats
like bologna
or salami
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ i,j)?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
1 < 1/2 cup
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup
9 Unknown
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ i,j)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
(IF EVERYDAY) How many times a day?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY) How many times a day?
(< 4oz)
oz)
•2)
8oz)
(<4 oz)
oz)
z>
oz)
ay?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday «i^
5-6/week \
2-4/week \
I/week I
1-3/month I
-------
LFKJNUH
-29-
k. Any other red.
meat (including
hamburgers,
meat!oaf,
steak,
roast beef)
1. Beans
(such as
kidney, navy,
soy, or pinto
beans)
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ k,l)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ k,l)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 < 1/2 cup (<4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1 < 1/2 cup (< 4oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday -^
5 -6/ week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFK NUM
-30-
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ m,n)?
fish 1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
ther fish 1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
1 1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1 < 1/2 cup (<4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4, >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ m,n)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Everyday *x^
2 5-6/week
3 2-4/week
4 I/week
5 1-3/month
6
-------
LFKJWM
-31-
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ o,p)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 eup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
854 G.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ o,p)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
o. Leafy green 1 Yes
vegetables 2 No
(such as 9 Unknown
spinach,
lettuce,
broccoli,
mustard and
collard greens, (IF EVERYD/
kale
(NOT GREEN BEANS OR PEAS)
p. Nuts
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
1 < 1/2 cup(<4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
my times a day?
1 < 1/2 cup (<4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (> 8oz)
9 Unknown
my times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday "*
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFK MUM
-32-
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ q,r)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ q,r)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or-less than once
a month?
q. Cold cereals
r. Spaghetti
or macaroni
1
2
9
(IF
1
2
9
(IF
Yes
No
Unknown
EVERYDAY)
Yes
No
Unknown
EVERYDAY)
1 < 1/2 cup (<4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1 1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday ^
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFKJ1UM
-33-
s. Peanut butter
t. Hot dogs
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ s)?
854 8.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than one
tablespoon,
one tablespoon,
two tablespoons,
or more than
two tablespoons?
1 < 1 tablespoon
2 1 tablespoon
3 2 tablespoons
4 >2 tablespoons
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY) How many times a day?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ t)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than one
hot dog,
one hot dog,
or more than
one hot dog?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ s)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ t)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Yes 1 <1 hot dog (<3 oz) 1 Everyday
2 No 21 hot dog (3 oz) 2 5-6/week
9 Unknown 3 >1 hot dog (>3 oz) 3 2-4/week
9 Unknown 4 I/week
5 1-3/month
6
-------
LFK NUM
-34-
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ u,v)?
u. White bread 1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
- •
(IF EVERYDAY) How
v. Whole wheat, 1 Yes
rye, other 2 No
dark bread 9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY) How
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it less
than 1 slice,
1 slice,
2 slices,
or more than
2 slices?
1 <1 Slice
2 1 Slice
• 3 2 Slices
4 >2 slices
9 Unknown
many times a day?
1 <1 slice
2 1 slice
3 2 slices
4 >2 slices
9 Unknown
many times a day?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she) eat
(READ u,v)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Everyday — ^
2 5-6/week
3 2-4/week
4 I/week
5 1-3/month
6
-------
LFK_NUM
-35-
w. White rolls
854 A.
In the past
six months,
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ w)?
854 B,
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it less
than 1 roll,
1 roll, 2 rolls,
or more than
2 rolls?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she) eat
(READ w)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY
1
2
3
4
9
) How many
< 1 Roll
1 Roll
2 Rolls
>2 Rolls
Unknown
times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday "^
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFK NUM
-36-
854 A.
In the past
six months,
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ x,y)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it less
than 1 cracker,
1 cracker,
2 crackers,
3 crackers,
or more than
three crackers?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she) eat
(READ x,y)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
x. White crackers 1 Yes
like Sal tines 2 No
y. Whole wheat,
rye, other
dark cracker
(like Wheat Thins)
1
2
9
(IF
1
2
9
IS)
(IF
Yes
No
Unknown
EVERYDAY)
Yes
No
Unknown
EVERYDAY)
1
2
3
4
5
9
How many
1
2
3
4
5
9
How many
< 1 cracker
1 cracker
2 crackers
3 crackers
>3 crackers
Unknown
times a day?
< 1 cracker
1 cracker
2 crackers
3 crackers
>3 crackers
Unknown
times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday «*•>
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
< I/month
Unknown
Everyday *•%
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFK_NUM
z. Cakes
aa. Cookies
854 A.
In the past
six months,
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ z)?
-37-
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it less
than 1 slice,
1 slice,
or more than
1 slice?
854 A.
In the past
six months,
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ aa)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it less
than 1 cookie,
1 cookie,
2 cookies,
3 cookies, or
more than
3 cookies?
1 <1 Cookie
2 1 Cookie
3 2 Cookies
4 3 Cookies
5 >3 Cookies
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY) How many times a day?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
854 C.
How often did
(he/she) eat
(READ z)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Yes 1 <1 Slice (<3 oz) 1
2 No 21 slice (3 oz) 2
9 Unknown 3 >1 Slice (>3 oz) 3
9 Unknown 4
5
6
9
(IF EVERYDAY) How many times a day?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she) eat
(READ aa)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFK NUM
-38-
bb. Donuts
cc. Eggs
854 A.
In the past
six months,
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ bb)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat) at a
time? Was it less
than 1 donut,
1 donut, or
more than 1
donut?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she) eat
(READ bb)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 < 1 Donut
2 1 Donut
3 > 1 Donut
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday — •*,
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
-------
LFOUM
-39-
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ dd,ee)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ dd.ee)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
dd. Baby
fruits or
vegetables
(like Beech Nuts
or Gerbers)
ee. Baby Heats
(like Beech Nuts
or Gerbers)
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
(IF EVERYDAY)
1 < 1/2 cup (< 4 oz)
2 1/2 cup (4 oz)
3 1 cup (8 oz)
4 >1 cup (>8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1 1 cup (> 8 oz)
9 Unknown
How many times a day?
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Everyday •*
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
< I/month
Unknown
i
Everyday — •*
5-6/week
2-4/week
I/week
1-3/month
< I/month
Unknown
-------
LFK NUM
-40-
854 A.
In the past
six months
did (he/she)
ever eat
(READ ff)?
854 B.
How much did
(he/she) usually
eat at a
time? Was it
less than 1/2 cup,
1/2 cup, 1 cup,
or more than
1 cup?
854 C.
How often did
(he/she)
eat (READ ff)?
Was it everyday,
5-6 times a week,
2-4 times a week,
once a week,
1-3 times a month,
or less than once
a month?
ff. Baby Cereals
(like Beech Nuts
or Gerbers)
1 Yes 1 < 1/2 cup (<4 oz) 1
2 No 2 1/2 cup (4 oz) 2
9 Unknown 3 1 cup (8 oz) 3
4 >1 cup (>8 oz) 4
9 Unknown 5
6
9
(IF EVERYDAY) How many times a day?
-------
LFK_NUH -41-
855 A. Do you buy any canned foods that you think have been imported from another
country?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 856 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to Question 856 A)
855 B. Does (CHILD'S NAME) eat any of these imported foods?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
856 A. Does (CHILD'S NAME) drink plain tap water?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 857)
9 Unknown..(Go to Question 857)
856 B. On an average day, about how many 8 ounce glasses of tap water does (he/she)
drink? (SHOW 8 OZ CUP.)
8 oz. glasses per day (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
857. Do you put ice cubes made from tap water into any of (CHILD'S NAME) drinks?
m
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM -42-
858. Do you use tap water to mix with powdered foods that (he/she) might
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
859. Do you use tap water to mix into powdered or frozen drinks like
Kool-Aid or orange juice that (he/she) might drink?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
860. Do you ever mix tap water with any other juices that (CHILD'S NAME)
drinks?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
861. Do you use tap water when you cook (CHILD'S NAME) foods?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
862 A. Does (CHILD'S NAME) take any vitamins?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 863)
9 Unknown..(Go to Question 863)
-------
LFK_NUM
-43-
862 B. What is the name of the vitamin?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
862 C. How often does (he/she) take the vitamins? Would you say every
day, almost every day, about once a week, or less than once a week?
1 Every day
2 Almost every day
3 Once a week
4 Less than once a week
9 Unknown
863. Does (CHILD'S NAME) take an iron supplement? (OR: Do the vitamins
contain iron?)
1 Yes • *
2 No
9 Unknown
ASK TO SEE BOTTLE IF RESPONDENT IS UNCLEAR ABOUT IRON OR VITAMIN DOSE OR
SAYS THAT THE CHILD TAKES A MULTIVITAMIN.
-------
LFK_NUM -44-
FATHER OR MALE GUARDIAN CHARACTERISTICS
Now I have a few questions about (CHILD'S NAME) father or male guardian.
900. INTERVIEWER CHECK: IS R CHILD'S FATHER OR MALE GUARDIAN?
1 ( ) YES (Ask Questions 903A-905)
2 ( ) No (Ask Questions 901-902)
901. Does (CHILD'S NAME) father or male guardian live here with (him/her)?
1 Yes (Go to Question 903)
2 No
9 Unknown
902. How often does (CHILD'S NAME) see his father or male guardian?
1 Never (Go to Question 905)
2 Less than once a year...(Go to Question 905)
3 A few times a year (Go to Question 905)
4 About once a week
5 At least once a week
903 A. Which of the following best describes (your/his) occupational
status? (READ ALL CHOICES BELOW.)
1 Unemployed (Go to Question 904)
3 Employed part-time, that is, less than 20 hours a week
4 Employed full-time, that is, 20 or more hours a week
5 Something else such as disabled ...(Go to Question 904)
-------
LFK_NUM «.- -45-
.»
903 B. What is (your/his.) job title?
903 C. What are (your/his) job duties?
903 D. What sort of business or industry is the place where (you/he)
works? That is, what does the place where (you/he) works make or do?
904. What is the highest grade in school that (you/he) completed?
(IF HIGH SCHOOL OR COLLEGE: Did (you/he) graduate?)
1 Less than 8th grade
2 Eighth grade
3 1-3 years high school
4 High school graduate
5 Vocational school or-'other non-college post
6 1-3 college
7 A college degree
8 Graduate work
9 Unknown
905. What is (your/his) age?
-------
LFK_NUM - -46-
906, Has a doctor ever told (you/CHIID'S NAME birth father) that (you/he)
(have/has) high blood pressure?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
907. Has a doctor ever told (you/CHILD'S NAME birth father) that (you/he)
(have/has) asthma?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
908. How tall (are you/is CHILD'S NAME birth father)?
feet inches (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
909. How much (do you/does CHILD'S NAME birth father) weigh?
Pounds (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW]
-------
LFK_NUM -47-
CHILD'S BACKGROUND
950. Which of the following best describes (CHILD'S NAME) background --
Black not of Hispanic origin, White not of Hispanic origin, Hispanic,
Asian, Native American, or something else?
1 Black not of Hispanic origin
2 White not of Hispanic origin
3 Hispanic
4 Asian
5. Native American
8 Other
9 Unknown
951. From what country did (your/CHILD'S: NAME mother's) family come before
coming to the U.S.? (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
952. From what country did (your/CHILD'S NAME father's) family come before
coming to the U.S.? (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
953 A. Are there any languages besides English that are regularly spoken
in (your/CHILD'S NAME) household?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 1000)
9 Unknown..(Go to Question 1000)
-------
LFK_NUM -48-
953 B. What are they?
1 Spanish
2 Portugese
3 Creole/French
4 Other (Specify)
9 Unknown
IF NO MORE LFK CHILDREN, SAY: This completes the interview. Thank you
very much for cooperation and time. We really appreciate your help.
IF THERE ARE MORE LFK CHILDREN IN THE HOUSEHOLD, SAY: Now, I'm going to
ask you the same questions about (OTHER LFK CHILD'S NAME).
1000. RECORD THE ENDING TIME OF THE CHILD INTERVIEW. : AM / PM
1001. PLEASE SIGN BELOW.
Interviewer's Signature
FILL IN 1002 AFTER YOU LEAVE.
1002. The quality of this interview is:
1 Reliable
2 Some doubt
3 Unreli able Explai n:
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY FOLLOW-UP FAMILY INVERVIEW
-1-
FAMID LFK_NUM
LFK_NUM
LFK NUM
1. RECORD INTERVIEWER'S (YOUR) FIRST AND LAST NAME
FIRST: LAST:
2. RECORD INTERVIEWEE'S (PARENT, GUARDIAN, ETC.) FIRST AND LAST NAME
FIRST: LAST:.
3. RECORD DATE OF FOLLOW-UP FAMILY INTERVIEW. / /
Month Day Year
4. RECORD STARTING TIME OF FOLLOW-UP FAMILY INTERVIEW. : AM/PM
THE LFK FOLLOW-UP INTERVIEW CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS. THE FIRST PART IS THE
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD INTERVIEW. THE SECOND PART IS A CHILD SPECIFIC
INTERVIEW. IF THERE IS MORE THAN ONE LFK CHILD IN A HOUSEHOLD, REPEAT THE
CHILD INTERVIEW FOR EACH LFK CHILD. THERE IS NO NEED TO REPEAT THE
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD INTERVIEW.
-------
FAMID
-2-
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD SECTION
First, I'm going to ask you some questions about your household and family and
then I'll ask you about (CHILD'S NAME/CHILDREN'S NAME) who (is/are)
participating in the Lead Free Kids study.
SMOKING
200 A. How many people in your household currently smoke cigarettes?
persons
IF NONE, SKIP TO 250 A. IF ONE OR MORE PERSONS, ASK QUESTIONS 200 B.- 200 0
CONSECUTIVELY FOR ONE PERSON, THEN REPEAT FOR ANY OTHER.
200 B. What (is/are) the first
name(s) of the (person/
people) who smoke(s)?
200 C. How many cigarettes (does
SMOKER #l/#2,#3/do you) smoke
a day? , .-
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN^T KNOW)
200 D. How many years total
(has SMOKER #l,#2',#3/have you)
smoked?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)"
Smoker #1
Smoker #2
Smoker #3
PETS
250 A. Do you have any dogs in your household?
1 No ......(Go to question 251 A)
2 Yes
9 Unknown (Go to question 251 A)
-------
FAMID -3-
250 B. Does the dog go in and out of the house or does it never come inside?
1 Goes in and out
2 Never comes inside
9 Unknown
251 A. Do you have any cats in your household?
1 No (Go to question 261 A)
2 Yes
9 Unknown (Go to question 261 A)
251 B. Does the cat never go outside, never come inside, or does it go in and out of
the house?
1 Never goes outside
2 Never comes inside
3 Goes in and out
9 Unknown
HOUSEKEEPING
261 A. Do you use an electric vacuum cleaner to clean the floors and carpets in your
home?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 262)
9 Unknown...(Go to Question 262)
-------
FAMID •__ -4-
261 B. About how often do you vacuum? Would you say more than once a week, about
once a week, or less than once a week?
1 More than once a week
2 Once a week
3 Less than once a week
9 Unknown
261 C. About how often do you change or empty out the vacuum cleaner bag? Would you
say often, sometimes or never?
1 Often
2 Sometimes
3 Never
9 Unknown
262. Compared to when (CHILD'S NAME) first joined the Lead Free Kids Study, would
you say that (CHILD'S NAME/your) house is now cleaned more often, less often or
about the same amount?
1 More often
2 Less often
3 About the same
9 Unknown
-------
-5-
LEAD WORK
300 A. Now I'm going to ask you about jobs that you and other members of your
household have held. I want you to tell me, as best you can, if any member of your
household has worked in any of these jobs in the last year. These jobs may involve
exposure to lead. I want you to include anyone who was living here this year even
1f they aren't here now. In the past year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY), has anyone in
your household worked in a job that included ...(READ LIST)
(REMEMBER TO REPEAT "IN THE PAST YEAR.... " EVERY SO OFTEN)
a. Battery work 1. Autobody work
b. Metal work
c. Oil refining
d. Painting
e. Demolition
f. Welding
g. Chemical processing
h. Plumbing
i. Sandblasting
j. Glass Work
k. Window replacement
m. Road stripe painting
n. Metal recycling
o. Radiator repair
p. Shooting guns
q. Lead smelting
r. Foundry work
s. Mechanical work, that is a mechanic
t. Paint-pigment, zinc or copper work
u. Deleading
v. Any other lead handling work
RECORD "YES" IF R ANSWERS TO ANY ONE OF
THESE JOBS, CIRCLE LETTER(S) THAT APPLIES
AND CONTINUE WITH QUESTIONS 300 B.- 300 D.
RECORD "NO" IF R ANSWERS TO NONE OF THESE -
CATEGORIES AND CONTINUE THE INTERVIEW WITH 350.
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 350)
-------
FAMID
-6-
ASK Q 300 B.- 300 D. CONSECUTIVELY FOR ONE ITEM, THEN REPEAT FOR ANY OTHER.
300 B. LIST SEPARATELY
EACH OF THE ITEMS
CIRCLED.
#1
#2
#5
300 C. Does the person
doing _/
usually change
out of his or her
clothes and leave
them at work?
1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes
2 No 2 No 2 No 2 No 2 No
9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown
300 D. Does the person
usually shower
before coming
home from work?
1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes
2 No 2 No 2 No 2 No 2 No
9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown 9 Unknown
HOBBIES
350. Now I'm going to ask you about hobbies or activities. I'm interested in
hobbies and activities that any people may do in your house or right around
your house whether or not they live with you. In the last year (AUGUST 1989
TO TODAY), has anyone around your house been involved in ?
(READ LIST BELOW.) ""
A. Remodeling or repairing your house
or apartment
B. Painting parts of your house or
furniture in your house
C. Painting pictures with artists' paints
D. Painting bicycles or cars
E. Working with stained glass
F. Making fishing sinkers, bullets
or anything else with lead
1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
1 Yes
1 Yes
1 Yes
1 Yes
2 No
2 No
2 No
2 No
3 Unknown
3 Unknown
3 Unknown
3 Unknown
-------
FAMID -7-
350. HOBBIES (CONTINUED) In the last year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY), has anyone
around your house been involved in ? (READ LIST)
G. Soldering electronic parts 1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
H. Soldering pipes or doing plumbing 1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
I. Making lead-glazed pottery 1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
<3. Making jewelry 1 Yes 2 No 3 Unknown
MOVED
360 A. (Have/Has) (you/CHILD'S NAME family) moved from the original apartment
or house where (your/CHILD'S NAME) family lived when (you/they) first joined
the Lead Free Kids Project? (MOST FAMILIES FIRST JOINED THE PROJECT LAST
SUMMER AND FALL.)
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 376 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 376 A)
360 B. What is the exact month, day and year that (you/they) moved?
I i (FILL IN 99 IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
Month / Day / Year
RENOVATIONS, DELEADING
Now, I have a few questions about renovations and deleading that might have
been done in your (apartment/house).
IF MOVED, SAY: These questions apply to the original premises, house or
apartment where (your/CHILD'S NAME) family lived at the start of the project.
376 A. In the past year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY), have you or anyone else
removed or sanded paint from the walls or woodwork inside your house?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 377 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 377 A)
-------
FAMID -8-
376 B. What month was the last time this work was done?
Month (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
377 A. In the past year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY), have you or anyone else
removed or sanded paint from any part of the outside of your house?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 378 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 378 A)
377 B. What month was the last time this work was done?
Month (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
378 A. In the past year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY), was the outside of your house
deleaded?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 379 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 379 A)
378 B. What month was the last time this work was done?
Month (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
379 A. In the past year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY), was the inside of your house
deleaded?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 380 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 380 A)
379 B. What month was the last time this work was done?
Month (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
-------
FAHID . -9-
379 C. Did (your/CHILD'S NAME'S) family move off the premises while the
interior deleading was being done?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
379 D. Who did the deleading? Was it done by yourselves or a contractor?
1 Yourselves (Go to question 380 A)
2 Contractor
3 Don't Know
379 E. What was the name of the contractor?
379 F. Was the contractor a certified deleader?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
380 A. In the past year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY), have you or anyone else
renovated or remodeled the inside of your house?
(RENOVATIONS MIGHT INCLUDE REMODELLING THE KITCHEN, BATHROOM, PLASTERING,
KNOCKING DOWN WALLS, ETC. PAINTING OR WALLPAPERING ALONE WOULD NOT COUNT.)
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 381 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 381 A)
380 B. Please describe, as best you can, what renovations were done on the
inside of the house.
380 C. What month was the last time this work was done?
Month (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
-------
FAMID -10-
381 A. In the past year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY), have you or anyone else
renovated or remodeled the outside of your house?
(RENOVATIONS MIGHT INCLUDE CHANGES IN STRUCTURE, ADDITIONS, ETC.)
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 382 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 382 A)
381 B. Please describe, as best you can, what renovations were done on the
outside of the house.
381 C. What month was the last time this work was done?
Month (FILL IN "99" IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
382 A. (IF PARTICIPANT HAS MOVED SAY: The next few questions are also about
the house/apartment (you/CHILD'S NAME family) lived in at the start of the
study.)
. In the past year (AUGUST 1989 TO TODAY) did any of your next door neighbors
remove or sand paint from any part of the outside of their house?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 383)
9 Unknown (Go to question 383)
382 B. Which neighbor was it? When facing the front of your house, was it the
neighbor to the left of your house, to the right of your house, in back of
your house, or somewhere else? (DIRECTIONS SHOULD BE DETERMINED WHEN FACING
THE FRONT OF THE PARTICIPANT'S HOME)
1 To the left
2 To the right
3 In back
4 Somewhere else SPECIFY:
9 Unknown
-------
FAMID
-11-
383. THIS QUESTION IS ONLY FOR FAMILIES THAT HAVE MOVED. GO TO QUESTION 390
IF THE FAMILY HAS NOT MOVED.
Since you have moved to your new (house/apartment), have you or anyone else
sanded paint on the inside or outside of your new place? Renovated the inside
or outside? Deleaded the inside or outside?
A. Sanded Paint
B. Renovated
_C. Deleaded
1
1
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
2
2
No
No
No
3
3
3
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
LEAD KNOWLEDGE
Now, just a few questions about your thoughts on lead.
390. Compared to when (CHILD'S NAME) first joined the Lead Free Kids Study,
would you say that your knowledge about the places where lead is found in and
around the home has increased or stayed about the same?
1 Increased
2 Stayed about the same
9 Unknown
391. Compared to when (CHILD'S NAME) first joined the Lead Free Kids Study,
would you say that your knowledge about the child health problems associated
with lead has increased or stayed about the same?
1 Increased
2 Stayed about the same
9 Unknown
392. Compared to when (CHILD'S NAME) first joined the Lead Free Kids Study,
would you say that your opinion about how dangerous lead is to health has
increased, decreased, or stayed about the same?
1 Increased
2 Decreased
3 Stayed about the same
9 Unknown
-------
FAMID -12-
We've just completed the family interview. Now, I need to record the time and
then we'll be ready to start the child interview(s).
400. RECORD THE ENDING TIME OF THE FOLLOW-UP FAMILY INTERVIEW.
:J AM / PM
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY CHILD FOLLOW-UP INTERVIEW
-1-
FAMID LFK_NUM
1. RECORD INTERVIEWER'S (YOUR) FIRST AND LAST NAME
FIRST: LAST:.
2. RECORD INTERVIEWEE'S (PARENT, GUARDIAN, ETC.) FIRST AND LAST NAME
FIRST: LAST:
3. RECORD LFK CHILD'S FIRST AND LAST NAME:
FIRST LAST:
4. RECORD DATE OF FOLLOW-UP CHILD INTERVIEW. / /
Month Day Year
5. RECORD STARTING TIME OF FOLLOW-UP CHILD INTERVIEW. : AM/PM
-------
LFK NUM
-2-
CHILD'S ACTIVITIES DURING THIS SUMMER
Now, I am going to ask how (CHILD'S NAME) spent (his/her) time this summer (JUNE, JULY,
AUGUST 1990). I am particularly interested in the amount of time (CHILD'S NAME) spent
outdoors.
600 A. This summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly, that is at least once a week, spend time
away from home at a (READ a).
600 E.
This past
summer when
it was sunny,
how many
hours a
day did
(he/she)
usually
spend
outdoors
there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DO!
a. Day care
center or
family day
care
iOO A.
1 Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
600 B.
Was the
(READ a)
in Roxbury,
Dorchester,
Mattapan,
or Jamaica
Plain?
1 Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
600 C. 600 D.
This past This past
summer, how summer, how
many days many hours
a week did a day did
(he/she) (he/she)
usually go usually
there? spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R 1
1 One day
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
-------
LFK HUM
-3-
b. Nur
or
Homes
This summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly
im home at a ...(READ b-c).
600 A. 600 B.
Was the
(READ b,c)
in Roxbury,
Dorchester,
Mattapan,
or Jamaica
Plain?
>ry 1 Yes 1 Yes
school 2 No 2 No
3 Unknown 3 Unknown
Sitters' 1 Yes 1 Yes
2 No 2 No
3 Unknown 3 Unknown
, that is at least once a we
600 C. 600 D.
This past This past
summer, how summer, how
many days many hours
a week did a day did
(he/she) (he/she)
usually go usually
there? spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R 1
1 One dav
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
1 One dav
2 Two days
3 Three days
600 E.
This past
summer when
it was sunny,
how many
hours a
day did
(he/she)
usually
spend
outdoors
there?
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
-------
LFK MUM
-4-
600 A. This summer, did (CHILD'S NAME), regularly that is at least once a week, spend time
away from home at a (READ d-e).
d. Relatives1
Homes
600 A.
1 Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
600 B.
Was the
(READ d,e)
in Roxbury,
Dorchester,
Mattapan,
or Jamaica
Plain?
1 Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
600 C.
This past
summer, how
many days
a week did
(he/she)
usually go
there?
600 D.
This past
summer, how
many hours
a day did
(he/she)
usually
spend there?
600 E.
This past.
summer when
it was sunny,
how many
hours a
day did
(he/she)
usually
spend
outdoors
there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
1 One day
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
e. Friends'
Homes
1 Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
1 Yes
2 No
3 Unknown
1 One day
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
-------
LFIC.NUM
600 A.
-5-
f. Camp
This summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly,
im home at a (READ f).
600 A. 600 B.
Was the
(READ f)
in Roxbury,
Dorchester,
Mattapan,
or Jamaica
Plain?
1 Yes 1 Yes
2 No 2 No
3 Unknown 3 Unknown
that is at least once a wei
600 C. 600 D.
This past This past
summer, how summer, how
many days many hours
a week did a day did
(he/she) (he/she)
usually go usually
there? spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R
1 One dav
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
600 E.
This past
summer when
it was sunny,
how many
hours a
day did
(he/she)
usually
spend
outdoors
there?
-------
LFK_NUM -6-
601 A. Were there any other places like these that I have not mentioned where (CHILD'S
NAME) regularly, that is at least once a week, spent time away from home this summer?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 602 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 602 A)
601 B. What was the place?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
601 C. Was it in Roxbury, Dorchester, Mattapan, or Jamaica Plain?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
601 D. This summer, how many days a week did (he/she) usually go there?
1 One day a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
601 E. This summer, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW) ~~
601 F. This summer when it was sunny, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend
outdoors there?
:~(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW):
-------
LFK_NUM -7-
602 A. This summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly, that is at least once a week,
visit a park or playground with you or anyone else?
1 Yes
2 No ...(Go to question 603 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to question 603 A)
602 B. What is the name of the park or playground? (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW.
IF THERE IS MORE THAN ONE PARK, GET INFORMATION ON EACH ONE.)
602 C. What street and neighborhood is it in? (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
602 D. This summer, how many days a week did (he/she) usually go there?
1 Once a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
602 E. This summer, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
603 A, This summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) regularly play in any empty lots in your
neighborhood?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 604 A)
9 Unknown.(Go to question 604 A)
-------
LFK_NUM -8-
603 B. What street is the lot on?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
603 C. This summer, how many days a week did (he/she) usually go there?
1 One day a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
603 D. This summer, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend there?
~ (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
Now, I am going to ask you some questions about how (CHILD'S NAME) spent (his/her)
time in and around your home this summer.
604 A.. In a typical sunny week this summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) spend any time
1 Yes
2 No ........ (Go to question 605 A)
9 Unknown... (Go to question 605 A)
-------
LFK_NUM
-9-
604 B. About how many days a week did (he/she) usually play there?
1 Once a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
604 C. On average, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend there?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
604 D.
your
1
2
3
4
7
Where did (he/she) usually play in your home's yard?
? (READ LIST AND USE SHOW CARD.)
Back yard
Left side of the yard
when you face the house
Right side of the yard
when you face the house
Front yard
Some other place in your yard
fSPFCim
604 E. (Was this area/Were these areas)
asphalt? Plain dirt or soil? A sandbox?
(USE SHOW CARD.)
1
2
3
4
7
Grassy
Concrete or asphalt
Dirt or soil
Sandbox
Other
^SPECIFY!
1
1
1
1
1
where
Or
1
1
1
1
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
2
2
2
Yes 2
(he/she)
some other
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
2
2
2
2
No
No
No
No
Did (he/she) play in
9 Unknown
9
9
9
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
No 9 Unknown
played grassy? Concrete or
surface?
No
No
No
No
No
9
9
9
9
9
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM -10-
605 A. In a typical sunny week this summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) spend any time
playing outside in other areas around the house such as the porch, sidewalk or
street?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 606 A)
9 Unknown (Go to question 606 A)
605 B. How many days a week did (he/she) usually play there?
1 Once a week
2 Two days
3 Three days
4 Four days
5 Five days
6 Six days
7 Everyday
9 Unknown
605 C. This summer, how many hours a day did (he/she) usually spend on the porch
sidewalk, or street?
(FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
606 A. IF PARTICIPANT HAS MOVED FROM ORIGINAL PREMISES, SKIP QUESTIONS 606 A-C
Compared to when (CHILD'S NAME) first joined the Lead Free Kids Study, have there
been any changes in the places outdoors around your home where (he/she) is allowed
to play or go? That is, are there any places outdoors around your home where
(he/she) is no longer allowed to play or go?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to question 607 A)
9 Unknown...(Go to quesiton 607 A)
606 B. Exactly where is (he/she) no longer allowed to play or go?
606 C. Whv is (he/she) no lonaer allowed to qo or olav there?
-------
LFKJiUM
-11-
SKIP QUESTIONS 607 AND 608 IF CHILD NEVER PLAYED OUTSIDE THIS SUMMER.
607 A. This summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) ever take a baby bottle with (him/her) when
(he/she) played outdoors?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 608 A)
9 Unknown (Go to Question 608 A)
607 B. About how often did (he/she) do this? Would you say at least once a day, at
least once a week but not everyday, a few times a month, or once a month or less?
(USE SHOW CARD.)
1 At least once per day
2 At least once per week but not everyday
3 A few times a month
4 Once per month or less
9 Unknown
608 A. This summer, did (CHILD'S NAME) ever eat food when (he/she) played outside?
1 Yes
»
2 No (Go to Question 609)
9 Unknown (Go to Question 609)
608 B. About how often did (he/she) do this? Would you say at least once a day, at
least once a week but not everyday, a few times a month, or once a month or less?
1 At least once per day
2 At least once per week but not everyday
3 A few times a month
4 Once per month or less
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM -12-
609. This summer when (CHILD'S NAME) was inside at home, did (he/she) play or sit on
the floor a lot of the time, some of the time or almost never?
1 A lot of the time
2 Some of the time
3 Almost never (Go to question 611 A)
9 Unknown .(Go to question 611 A)
610. About how many hours on an average day do you think (CHILD'S NAME) usually sat
or played on the floor at home?
Hours a day playing (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T KNOW)
on floor at home
611 A. IF PARTICIPANT HAS MOVED FROM ORIGINAL PREMISES, SKIP QUESTIONS 611 A-C
Compared to when (CHILD'S NAME) first joined the Lead Free Kids Study, have there
been any changes in the places inside your home where (he/she) is allowed to play or
go? That is, are there any places inside your home where (he/she) is no longer
allowed to play or go?
1 Yes
2 No ..(Go to question 612)
9 Unknown (Go to question 612)
611 B. Exactly where is (he/she) no longer allowed to play or go?
611 C. Why is (he/she) no longer allowed to play or go there?
612. In the past year, that is, since AUGUST 1989 has (CHILD'S NAME) slept away from
home for more than one consecutive month? (TIME AWAY FROM HOME MIGHT INCLUDE
' OVERNIGHT cL- ETC- IT HAS T0 B
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY CHILD FOLLOW-UP INTERVIEW
-12A-
LFK_NUM PREMID CHILD'S NAME
613 A. In the past year, that is, since August 1989 did (CHILD'S NAME) ever spend
time away from home at a place that was being renovated?
(PLACES MIGHT INCLUDE DAYCARE CENTER, BABYSITTER'S, FRIEND'S OR RELATIVE'S HOMES.
RENOVATIONS WOULD INCLUDE REMODELLING, PLASTERING, KNOCKING DOWN WALLS. PAINTING OR
WALLPAPERING ALONE WOULD NOT COUNT.)
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
613 B. Exactly what place was this?
613 C. About how often would (he/she) go there? Would you say often or sometimes?
1 Often
2 Sometimes
9 Unknown
614. In the past year, that is, since August 1989 did (CHILD'S NAME) ever spend
time away from home at a place that was being deleaded?
(SAME PLACES AS QUESTION 613 A WOULD BE APPLICABLE.)
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
-------
-13-
MOUTHING BEHAVIOR
Children often put things other than food in their mouths such as toys or fingers.
Its very natural for them to do this and doesn't necessarily hurt them. Now, I'm*
going to ask you some questions about things that (CHILD'S NAME) may put in
(his/her) mouth.
700. Does (CHILD'S NAME) use a pacifier?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
701. How often does (CHILD'S NAME) suck (his/her) thumb or fingers? Would you say
often, sometimes, rarely, or never?
1 Often
2 Sometimes
3 Rarely .
4 Never
9 Unknown
702. Children often explore with their mouths by tasting and touching things with
their tongues. Have you ever seen (CHILD'S NAME) put (his/her) mouth or tongue on a
windowsill when (he/she) is looking out?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
703. Have you ever seen (CHILD'S NAME) pick at a windowsill with (his/her) fingers
while looking out?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUH -14-
704 A. Have you ever seen (CHILD'S NAME) put paint chips in (his/her) mouth?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 705)
9 Unknown ...(Go to Question 705)
704 B. How often does (CHILD'S NAME) do this? Would you say usually, sometimes, or
never?
1 Usually
2 Sometimes
3 Never
9 Unknown
705. Have you ever seen (CHILD'S NAME) eat dirt or sand?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
706 A. Does (CHILD'S NAME) have a favorite blanket or stuffed toy?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 707 A)
9 Unknown..(Go to Question 707 A)
-------
LFK_NUM -15-
706 B. Does (he/she) carry this around during the day?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
706 C. How often does (he/she) put this in (his/her) mouth? Is it usually,
sometimes, or never?
1 Usually
2 Sometimes -
3 Never
9 Unknown
707 A. Are there any other things that I have not mentioned that you have
seen (CHILD'S NAME) put in (his/her) mouth?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 750)
9 Unknown...(Go to Question 750)
707 B. What are these? (LIST ALL MENTIONNED BELOW.)
-------
LFK_NUM -16-
HAND WASHING
Very few children like to wash their hands and it is often difficult for a
parent to make them. Fortunately, there are no rules about how many times a
day a child's hands should be washed. Now, I'm going to ask you some
questions about washing (CHILD'S NAME) hands. (USE SHOW CARD.)
750, Are (CHILD'S NAME) hands almost always, sometimes or almost never washed
before eating meals?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
751. Are (his/her) hands almost always, sometimes or almost never washed after
eating meals?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
• *
752. What about eating snacks? Are (CHILD'S NAME) hands almost always,
sometimes or almost never washed before eating snacks?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
753. Are (his/her) hands almost always, sometimes or almost never washed after
eating snacks?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
-------
LFK_NUM -17-
754. What about playing outdoors? Are (his/her) hands almost always,
sometimes or almost never washed after playing outdoors?
1 Almost always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
4 Never plays outdoors
9 Unknown
755. What about bedtime? Are .(his/her) hands almost always, sometimes or
almost never washed before bed?
1 Almost Always
2 Sometimes
3 Almost Never
9 Unknown
756. Compared to when (CHILD'S NAME) first joined the Lead Free Kids Study,
would you say that (CHILD'S NAME) hands are washed more often, less often, or
about the same?
1 More often - •
2 Less often
3 About the same '
9 Unknown
-------
LFKJWM -18-
WATER CONSUMPTION
Now, a few questions about tap water use.
856 A. Does (CHILD'S NAME) drink plain tap water?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 857)
/
9 Unknown..(Go to Question 857)
856 B. On an average day, about how many 8 ounce glasses of tap water
does (he/she) drink? (SHOW 8 OZ CUP.)
8 oz. glasses per day (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T
KNOW)
857. Do you put ice cubes made from tap water into any of (CHILD'S NAME)
drinks?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
858. Do you use tap water to mix with powdered foods that (he/she) might
eat?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
859. Do you use tap water to mix into powdered or frozen drinks like
Kool-Aid or orange juice that (he/she) might drink?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown .
-------
LFK_NUM
860. Do you ever mix tap water with any other juices that (CHILD'S NAME)
drinks? '
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
861. Do you use tap water when you cook (CHILD'S NAME) foods?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
862. Before using tap water for drinking or cooking, do you let the
water run to flush out the system?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
Now, we have reached the last part of the interview. This section
concerns your view of (CHILD'S NAME) behavior. We want to ask about
(CHILD S NAME) behavior because exposure to lead may influence it
We want you to tell us what you think about (his/her) behavior even if
other people might not agree. We are going to read a list of items that
describe normal children. We want you to think about (CHILD'S NAME)
behavior now or within the last two months and tell us, as best you can
if the item is not true of the child, somewhat or sometimes true of the
child, or very true or often true of the child. If there are any items
that you do not feel comfortable answering, just tell us and we will
to the next one.
TAKE OUT SHOW CARD WITH THE ABOVE RESPONSES. GO TO THE CHILD BEHAVIOR
CHECK LIST AND ASK ABOUT ALL ITEMS LISTED. CIRCLE THE APPROPRIATE
RESPONSES ON THE CHECK LIST. BE SURE TO FILL IN CHILD'S NAME AND LFK
NUMBER ON EACH PAGE OF THE CHECK LIST
-------
CHILD BEHAVIOR /«.»» *• iticitic-icr tumfli. iuio munin.c. «.„•;•
school Ittcnit. ncimimtkir. itootlit. .'*//>« senator, mat Hltiman. *'my uigtkni.
mn II ftitni oat i not ll*t «ilh cniitli
FATHER'S
TYPE OP WORK-. ,.
MOTHER'S
THIS FORM FILLED OUT BV:
1^] Main«r (A*m«j ,
[| Funif (ft'"")'
Q Oin«f-n»Ti« & rtlalianthlp to child:
• Below Is a Hat of iloms that describe children. For each Hem lhat describes the chna now or within the past 2 months, please circle the 2
1 if the Horn Is V»ry truo or ofl»n true of the child. Circle the 1 If the Item Is somewhat or somoilmas true of the child. If the item is not true
of the child, circle the 0. Please answer all Items as well as you can. even If some do not saem to apply to the child.
0« Mot True {« far «a you know) 1- Somewhat or Sometime* True 2 = Vary Tru« or Ollen True
012 1. Aches or pains (witnout medical cause)
012 2. Acts too young for Age
012 3, Afraid to try new things
012 4. Avoids fooklno others In the eye
012 5. Can't concentrate, can't pay attention for long
012 « Can't ail still or restless '
0 T 2 7. Can't stand having things out of place
012 8. Can't Stand waiting: wants everything now
0 1 2 9. Chews on things that aren't edible
012 10. Clings lo adults or too dependent
012 11. Constantly seeks help
012 12. Constipated, doesn't move bowels
0 1* 2 13. Cries a lot
012 14. Cruel to animals '
012 IS, Defiant
012 16, Demands must be mel Immediately
012 17. Destroys his/her own things
0 f 2 18, Destroys things belonging to his/her family or
other children
012 t9. Diarrhea or loose bowels when not alck
012 20. Disobedient
012 21. Disturbed by any change In routine
012 22. Doesn't want to sleep alone
012 23, Doesn't answer when people talk to him/her
012 24 Doein'l oat v/ell {rfo<"^rihn)°
012 25. Doesn't got along with other children
012 26. Doesn't know how to have fun, acts like a little
adult
012 27. Doesn't seem lo feel guilty after misbehaving
012 28. Doesn'l want to go out of home
012 29. Easily frustrated
0 1 2 30. Easily Jealous
' iX) 1 2 31. Eats or drinks things that are not loot!
(do'scflhft):
.012 32. Feats eortain animals, tliuatlons, or places
(dQscf(h<>)-
0 1 2 33. Feelings are easily hurt
0 1 2 34. Gets hurl a lot, accident-prone
0 1 2 35. Gets in many fights
0 1 2 36. Gets into evo/yihlng
0 1 2 37. Gets too upset when separated from parents
0 1 2 38. Has trouble getting lo sleep
0 1 2 39. Headaches (without medical causo)
0 1 2 40. Hits others
01241. Holds hl_/hor breath
0 1 2 42. Murts animals or people without meaning lo
012 43. Looks unhappy without good reason
012X4. Angty moods
0 1 2 45. Nausea, feels filck (without medical cause)
0 1 2 46. Nervous movements or twitching
(rtescr'ho): ,.
0 1 2 47. Nervous, highstrung, or lense
0 1 2 48. Nightmares
0 1 2 49. Overeating
0 1 2 50. Overtired
0 1 2 51. Overweight
012 52. Painlul bowel movemenls
0 1 2 53. Physically attacks people
0 1 2 54. Picks nose, skin, or other parts of body
{^Aerrlho)-
012 55. Plays with own «ex parts too much
0 1 2 56. Poorly cooiolnated or clumsy
0 1 2 57. Problems wilh ayes without medical cause
(flfljiorihp):
0 1 2 58. Punishment doesn't change hls'hor behavior
.012 59. Quickly shllls Irom one activity lo arvothar
012 60. Rashes or other skin problems (wilhou!
medical causa)
0 1 2 61. Refuses to eat
0 1 2 62. Refuses lo play active games
0 12 63. ' Repeatedly rocKo head or body
0 1 2 64. Resists going to bed at night
C ),,
-------
7ni6 (B« lar as you know)
Scmawha! or Sometimes True
2 = Vary Tcuo at Q(Un Tf (rifl«?r:fihn): „,,,,,,
Stubborn, sullen, or Irritable
0
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
J
t
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
2
?
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
7
?
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
B2.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
i
Sudden changes In mood or feelings
Sulks a lot
Talks or cries out In sleup
Temper tantrums or hot temper
Too concerned with neatness or cleanliness
Too fearful or anxious
Uncooperative. •
Underaclive. slow moving, or lacks energy
Unhappy, sad, or depressed
Unusually loud
Upset by new people or situations
(describe):
Vomiting, throwing up (without medical 'cause;
Wakes up often at night
Wanders away from home
Wants a lot of attention
Whining
Withdrawn, doesn't gel Involved with others
Worrying
Please write In any problems your child has
that were not Haled above.
PLEASE BE SURE YOU HAVE ANSWERED ALL ITEMS.
UNDERLINE ANY YOU ARE CONCERNED ABOUT
-------
LFK_NUM -22-
WHEN YOU FINISH THE CHILD BEHAVIOR CHECK LIST AND IF NO MORE LFK CHILDREN,
SAY: This completes the interview. Thank you very much for cooperation
and time. We really appreciate your help.
IF THERE ARE MORE LFK CHILDREN IN THE HOUSEHOLD, SAY: Now, I'm going to
ask you the same questions about (OTHER LFK CHILD'S NAME).
1000. RECORD THE ENDING TIME OF THE FOLLOW-UP CHILD INTERVIEW.
:_ -,_ AM / PM
1001. PLEASE SIGN BELOW.
Interviewer's Signature
FILL IN 1002 AFTER YOU LEAVE.
1002. The quality of this interview is:
1 Reliable
t
2 Some doubt
3 Unreliable Explain:
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
LEAD IN SOIL DEMONSTRATION PROJECT, BOSTON
DATA MANAGEMENT PLAN
CONTENTS
General Information:
Data management plan overview p. 1
Database configuration . p. 2
File descriptions overview p. 4
Randomization group statistics p. 6
'individual File Information:
p. 7
-------
DATA MANAGEMENT PLAN OVERVIEW
1. Introduction
The Lead Free Kids (LFK) database consists of about 21 data files, which are either created
by data entry using the Paradox database management system, received from the EPA as
Lotus files, or received from the Boston Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Program
(BCLPPP) as Dbase III+ files. All received files are imported into Paradox for data
correction. All Paradox files are converted into Statistical Analysis System (SAS) files for
data management and analysis.
2. Organization of Project
The Lead Free Kids project has two distinct data collection phases, the "eligibility" phase and
the "study" phase, and each phase requires its own set of data files. During the eligibility
phase, information pertaining to criteria for study enrollment were collected in order to
identify subjects who were willing and eligible to participate in the study. Computer files
generated during the subject recruitment period were used for project management and for a
descriptive analysis of the non-participants were transferred from the eligibility data files to
the study files. The eligibility data files were archived.
3. Organization of Data
Data collected about four separate units of observation: child, family, unit (premises and
apartment concatenated), and premises. Some data files contain repeated measures type data,
i.e., the same set of data items for the same unit of observation collected at different times.
For instance, blood test results will be collected three times for each child. The goal of the
organization of the database is to make it possible to (1) easily match a child to the data that
apply to his or her premises or apartment, and to (2) easily match information pertaining to
a stage of the study (e.g., pre-abatement, post-abatement, etc.) across all files with repeated
measures data (e.g. soil lead measures, dust lead measures, blood lead measures).
The central data file is the KID file which provides the means by which data from different
files can be combined to form composite case records. The unit of observation for the KID
file is a child, and each observation will contain all the identifiers for that child (child id,
family id, premises id, unit id). Any files that do not have identifiers in common can be
merged through the KID file.
The repeated measure data contains variables that designate the phase of the study when the
test was done. By selecting test results based on values of PHASE, data from different stages
of the study can be compared.
-------
DATABASE CONFIGURATION
FILE
DESCRIPTION
OTHER IDENTIFIERS
Files pertaining to children (Identifier is LFK NUM):
KID Data about child, KEY file
BLOODPB Blood lead and FEP blood test results PHASE
KIDINT First portion of initial child interview
DIET1-2 Diet portions of initial child interview
KIDINT_B Final portion of initial child interview
FERRITIN Ferritin blood test results
HANDWIPE Handwipe lead results
SOURCE Health care center or provider
STATUS Change of status (moved, quit)
First follow-up child interview
FUKID
HEIGHT
PARKID
FU2KID
Child's height, weight and blood pressure
at first follow-up interview
Assignment of id numbers to parks where
children played
Second follow-up child interview
PHASE
STATDATE
Files pertaining to premises (Identifier is PREMID):
PREMISES Location of premises, landlord info
DETAILED Soil lead results from detailed sampling SAMPNUM, POSITION
SAMPNUMS Location of detailed soil samples by soil
sample number
SAMPNUM
-------
DATABASE CONFIGURATION
FILE
DESCRIPTION
OTHER IDENTIFIERS
Files pertaining to families (Identifier is FAMID):
FAMILY Data that applies to all children in the family
DATES Dates of LFK interventions, by FAMID PREMID
FAMINT Initial family interview
FUFAM First follow-up family interview
FU2FAM Second follow-up family interview
WATER Water lead results HK_DATE
CHIPPEEL Chipping and peeling paint assessment
PAINT Interior paint lead measurement PREMID-APT_NO
Files pertaining to a living unit (Identifier is PREMID-APT NO):
DUST Dust lead results ROOM, PLACE, PHASE
-------
FULE DESCRIPTIONS OVERVIEW
The following items are described for each data file in the database. An explanation of these
items and general information that applies to all data files are given here.
(1) FILE NAME:
The file name listed is the SAS dataset name. In almost all cases, the corresponding
PARADOX file has the same name. The exceptions are: (1) FAMILY.SSD, which is called
FAMILIES.DB in PARADOX (because FAMILY is not a valid PARADOX dataset name),
and (2) DETAILED.SSD, which is created by a SAS program (DETAILED.SAS) that
concatenates the data received in batches from the EPA. The batches are named by the
EPA report number (SOIL12, SOIL13, SOIL14, etc.) in both PARADOX and SAS.
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
General description of the data in the dataset.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
Description of unit that one record represents. (One record per child, one record for each
phase of study for each child, etc.)
(4) IDENTIFIER;
The KEY identifying variable for merging datasets through file KID. (PREMID,
LFK_NUM, FAMID, or PREMID-APT_NO).
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
If there are multiple observations in the data set by the principal identifier, the additional
identifiers necessary to identify an observation uniquely are listed here.
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
The origin of the data is either data entry through PARADOX or, in the case of data files
received from the EPA, file conversion from LOTUS.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
In order to expedite data verifications, each dataset contains all the data items necessary to
locate the original paper source (data collection instrument, lab report, etc.) for an
observation.
-------
FILE DESCRIPTIONS OVERVIEW
^ ASSURANCE:
The standard data entry validation tools (range checks, picture formats, etc.) were used for
all datasets created through data entry. In addition, double entry and hand-checking were
used, as specified. The quality of identifiers was assured through table-lookup at data entry.
The principal identifiers were validated against a table of valid values,, and invalid values
were rejected. Valid values called up additional identifying information (name, address,
etc.) to verify a correct match.
If the datasets were received from EPA as LOTUS files, S AS programs were used to match
the identifiers to the table of valid values, and the validity of the matches was checked by
hand.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
Group
A
B
S
Group
A
B
S
Group
A
B
S
Group
A
B
S
Frequency
36
30
35
Frequency
43
39
44
Frequency
42
38
43
Frequency
51
47
54
ORIGINAL
Percent
35.6
29.7
34.7
Percent
34.1
31.0
34.9
Percent
34.1
30.9
35.0
Percent
33.6
30.9
35.5
ENROLLED CHILDREN
PREMISES
Cumulative Frequency
36
66
101
FAMILIES
Cumulative Frequency
43
82
126
UNITS
Cumulative Frequency
42
80
123
KIDS
Cumulative Frequency
51
98
, 152
Cumulative Percent
35.6
65.3
100.0
Cumulative Percent
34.1
65.1
100.0
Cumulative Percent
34.1
65.0
100.0
Cumulative Percent
33.6
64.5
100.0
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
KID
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Key file containing identifiers for merging data files between levels of relational database
structure. Also contains demographical data about child.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
LFKJNUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATAr
Data were transferred from data files created during eligibility phase. These data came
originally from OEA data files, and were corrected by LFK staff during the preliminary
interview.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
See preliminary interview cover sheet, filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
Data were verified by families during preliminary interview and again during administration
of initial family questionnaire. Changes were made from data correction sheets completed
by Assistant Epidemiologist.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
BLOODPB
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Blood lead and FEP from all phases of study. (Includes baselines results for children who
were not enrolled.)
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child and phase of study.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFKJSTUM
<5> ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION; : ~~ ''
PHASE (Values are PRE, POST1, POST2)
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Results from ESA blood test reporting slips were copied to data entry sheets. Data entry
done from data entry sheets.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
ES A lab results and data entry sheet on file by ES A receive date (ESADATE). Use
LINENUM to reference line on data entry sheet with child's result.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
Computer listing of data file checked against original ES A report slip by hand.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
KIDINT
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Initial interview questionnaire data pertaining to a child. KIDINT contains pages 1 through
18 of questionnaire (items 600-806). Other portions of the child interview are in DIET1 &
DIET2 (pp. 19-40, items 850-854) and KIDINT_B (pp. 41-48, items 855-1002).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFKJNUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry from interview form.
•
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Interview forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
100% visual comparison/correction.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
DIET1 and DIET2
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Initial interview questionnaire data pertaining to the child's diet. DIET1-2 contains pages
19-40 (items 850-854) of the questionnaire. Other portions of the initial child interview are
in KIDINT (pp. 1-18, items 600-804) and KIDINTJ3 (pp. 41-48, items 855-1002).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFKJSTUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION; ~ ~
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry from interview form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Interview forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
10
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
KIDINTJ3
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Initial interview questionnaire data pertaining to a child's father, tap water use, and
demographic information. KIDINTJB contains pages 41 to 48 (items 855-1002) of the
questionnaire. Other portions of the initial child interview are in KIDINT (pp. 1-18, items
6QQ-804) and DIET1 & DIET2 (pp. 19-40, items 850-854).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from interview form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
Interview forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
100% visual comparison/correction.
11
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
FERRITIN
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Ferritin test results from Bioran.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child (only baseline obtained).
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION? ~ ~
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from Bioran blood test report slips.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Filed by LFK_NUM, each result on an individual slip.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Double entry.
12
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
HANDWIPE
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Handwipe test results.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child and phase of study.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
PHASE (Values are PRE, POST1, POST2)
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Lab reports from Dennison Laboratories.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Handwipe Analysis Reports filed by form sequence (analysis date).
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
13
-------
LEAP FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
SOURCE
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Contains health care provider code for each child for reporting blood lead and FEP to
provider. (Health care provider information is also collected during the child interview).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data were transferred from data files created during eligibility phase. These data items
came originally from OEA data files, and were corrected by LFK staff during the
preliminary interview.
i
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
See preliminary interview cover sheets, which are filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Validated by LFK staff with parents and health care providers.
14
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
STATUS
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Any change of status involving participation in the study is registered in STATUS. If a
child moves out of his/her original unit, the move is noted here, as well as the new address,
if known.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
An observation for each change of status for each child. A child could have more than one
change of status by moving more than once, or moving and later dropping out of the study.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
Date of change of status report (STATDATE).
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry done from "Change of Status" form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Forms filed by LFK_NUM.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Computer sheet generated at data entry and validated by Assistant Epidemiologist.
15
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
PREMISES
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Contains data that apply to the premises occupied by the children (address, neighborhood,
etc.) and to the owner of the property. Also contains randomization group assignment.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation for each premises.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
PREMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION; .
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data were transferred from data files created during the eligibility phase. The address
information originated at OEA, and the landlord information was entered from the
LANDLORD RECRUITING FINAL SHEET.
i
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
See premises folders, filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Address and landlord information is continually updated and corrected by the LFK staff
through home visits and landlord contacts.
16
-------
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
DETAILED
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Contains baseline detailed soil sample results. Each sample is identified by the premises
from which it came (PREMID), the assigned sequence number of the sample as noted on
the slptog map of the year (SAMPNUM) and by the variable POSITION (TOP or
BOTTOM)
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation for each sample result reported. (Usually, a top and a bottom sample for
each location)
(4) IDENTIFIER:
PREMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
SAMPNUM, POSITION
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data received in LOTUS files from the EPA and converted into SAS files.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
The variable FILE denotes the EPA report file (and diskette) from which the observation
originated LFK has retained both the diskettes and the hard copies of the file reports as
received from the EPA for reference and verification. An observation cart be located within
a file by the lab ID (LABID), which is a sequential sample number assigned by the EPA.
The same method can be used to locate the original result at the EPA labs, which also keeps
a record of the results.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Values can be verified against EPA records using method described above.
17
-------
LFK_NUM -18-
WATER CONSUMPTION
Now, a few questions about tap water use.
856 A. Does (CHILD'S NAME) drink plain tap water?
1 Yes
2 No (Go to Question 857)
9 Unknown..(Go to Question 857)
856 B. On an average day, about how many 8 ounce glasses of tap water
does (he/she) drink? (SHOW 8 OZ CUP.)
8 oz. glasses per day (FILL IN DK IF R DOESN'T
KNOW)
857. Do you put ice cubes made from tap water into any of (CHILD'S NAME)
drinks?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
858. Do you use tap water to mix with powdered foods that (he/she) might
eat?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
859. Do you use tap water to mix into powdered or frozen drinks like
Kool-Aid or orange juice that (he/she) might drink?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
-------
LFK.NUM -19-
860. Do you ever mix tap water with any other juices that (CHILD'S NAME)
drinks?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
861. Do you use tap water when you cook (CHILD'S NAME) foods?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
862. Before using tap water for drinking or cooking, do you let the
water run to flush out the system?
1 Yes
2 No
9 Unknown
Now, we have reached the last part of the interview. This section
concerns your view of (CHILD'S NAME) behavior. We want to ask about
(CHILD*S NAME) behavior because exposure to lead may influence it.
We want you to tell us what you think about (his/her) behavior even if
other people might not agree. We are going to read a list of items that
describe normal children. We want you to think about (CHILD'S NAME)
behavior now or within the last two months and tell us, as best you can,
if the item is not true of the child, somewhat or sometimes true of the
child, or very true or often true of the child. If there are any items
that you do not feel comfortable answering, just tell us and we will skip
to the next one.
TAKE OUT SHOW CARD WITH THE ABOVE RESPONSES. GO TO THE CHILD BEHAVIOR
CHECK LIST AND ASK ABOUT ALL ITEMS LISTED. CIRCLE THE APPROPRIATE
RESPONSES ON THE CHECK LIST. BE SURE TO FILL IN CHILD'S NAME AND LFK
NUMBER ON EACH PAGE OF THE CHECK LIST.
-------
-/nmu Dtrmviurt oncL,n.t_iai run MUts z-d —
Fat office usa only
. .. (OH
CHILD'S PARENT'S TYPE OF WORK IPltJtt l>n(,tciiie-let,.,mpl,. ,u,o muntn.c /,..,-
NAME tchoal Ittenit. namtmtktr. liaottf. .'tint spttaiot. trial ttlumin. mmy IHgttni '"
•nn // muni ami noi «•« -ViA ennd i
Q Boy ETHNIC
SEX AGE GROUP
U Girl 'OR RACE
TODAY'S DATE CHILD'S BIRTHDATE
MO Ply Vf MO. ______ t)ly- _ Yf. ______
Please fill out this form to reflect your view of the child's behavior
even If other people might not agree about the behavior.
FATHER'S
TYf>Ł Of WOBKi ,
MOTHEP'S
TYPP OP WORK-
THIS FORM FILLED OUT BY:
LJ f «mor ' 1 2 31. Eats or drinks things that are not food
(daactlbfi):
*
.0 1 2 32. Fears certain animals, situations, or places
(doscriha):
0 1 2 33. Feelings ara easily hurt
0 1 2 34. Gets hurt a lot, accident-prone
0 12 35. Gel. in many fights
0 1 2 36. Gets into everything
0 12 37. Get. too upset when separated from parents
012 38. Has trouble getting to sleep
0 1 2 39. Headaches (without medical cause)
0 1 2 40. Hits others
0 1 2 41. Holds hl-/hor breath
0 1 2 42. Murts animals or people without meaning lo
01243. Looks unhappy without good reason
012 44. Angry moods
012 45. Nausea, fealsslck (without medical cause)
01 2 46. Nervous movements or twitching
(describe): ._..
0 1 2 47. Nervous, highstrung, or lense
0 1 2 48. Nightmares
0 1 2 49. Overeating
0 1 2 50. Overtired
0 1 2 51. Overweight
01 2 52. Painful bowel movements
0 1 2 53. Physically attacks people
0 1 2 54. Picks nose, skin, or other parts of body
{describe):
0 1 2 55. Plays with own sex parts too much
0 1 2 56. Poorly cooidlnaied or clumsy
0 1 2 57. Problems with ayes without medical cause
(describe):
0 1 2 58. Punishment doesn't change hls/hof behavior
0 1 2 59. Quickly shifts from one activity lo another
0 1 2 60. Rashes or other skin problems (wilhoul
medical cause)
01261. Refuses to eat
0 1 2 62. ftefuse-3 to play acllva games
0 1 2 63. " Repeatedly rocKo head or body
0126-1. Resists going to bed at night
-------
0*Nol Trua (BO far as you know)
1 » Somewhat or Somollmes Trua
2 = Very Ttuo of Ollon 7iue
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
t
f
t
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
t
0 t 2
0
•0 1 2
0 1 2
1
65. Reshts toilet training (describe):
06. Screams a loi
67. Soems unresponsive to affection
68. Self-conscious or easily embarrassed
69. Selfish or won't share
70. Shows little alfectlon toward people
71. Shows little interest In things around him/her
72. Shows loo Illtle fear-of geltlna hurt
73, Shy or timid
74. Sleeps Uss than most children during day
and/or night (describe):
75. Smears or plays with bowol movements
76, Speech problem (describe):
1,2 77. Stares Into space or seams preoccupied
78. Stomachaches or cramps (without medical
cause)
79. Stores up things he/she doesn't need
(describe): ___ ——.—. —
80. Strange behavior (describe):
81. Stubborn, sullen, or Irritable
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
82. Sudden changes In mood or feelings
83. Sulks a lot
84. Talks or cries out In sleep
85. Temper tantrums or hoi temper
86. Too concerned with neatness or cleanliness
87. Too (earful or anxious
88. Uncooperative-
89. Underactive. slow moving, or lacks energy
90. Unhappy, sad. or depressed
91. Unusually loud
92. Upset by new people or situations
(describe): .
93. Vomiting, throwing up (without medical cnuse;
94. Wakes up often at night
95. Wanders away from home
96. Wants A lot of attention
S7. Whining
98. Withdrawn, doesn't,gel Involved wilh others
99. Worrying
100. Please write In any problems your child has
that were not Hated above.
PLEASE BE SURE YOU HAVE ANSWERED ALL ITEMS.
UNDERLINE ANY YOU ARE CONCERNED ABOU?
-------
LFK_NUM ._ -22-
WHEN YOU FINISH THE CHILD BEHAVIOR CHECK LIST AND IF NO MORE LFK CHILDREN,
SAY: This completes the interview. Thank you very much for cooperation
and time. We really appreciate your help.
IF THERE ARE MORE LFK CHILDREN IN THE HOUSEHOLD, SAY: Now, I'm going to
ask you the same questions about (OTHER LFK CHILD'S NAME).
1000. RECORD THE ENDING TIME OF THE FOLLOW-UP CHILD INTERVIEW.
:_ _ AM / PM
1001. PLEASE SIGN BELOW.
Interviewer's Signature
FILL IN 1002 AFTER YOU LEAVE.
1002. The quality of this interview is:
1 Reliable
2 Some doubt
3 Unreliable Explain:
-------
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
LEAD IN SOIL DEMONSTRATION PROJECT, BOSTON
DATA MANAGEMENT PLAN
CONTENTS
General Information:
Data management plan overview. p. 1
Database configuration p. 2
File descriptions overview p. 4
Randomization group statistics p. 6
'individual File Information:
p. 7
-------
DATA MANAGEMENT PLAN OVERVIEW
1. Introduction
The Lead Free Kids (LFK) database consists of about 21 data files, which are either created
by data entry using the Paradox database management system, received from the EPA as
Lotus files, or received from the Boston Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Program
(BCLPPP) as Dbase III+ files. All received files are imported into Paradox for data
correction. All Paradox files are converted into Statistical Analysis System (SAS) files for
data management and analysis.
2. Organization of Project
The Lead Free Kids project has two distinct data collection phases, the "eligibility" phase and
the "study" phase, and each phase requires its own set of data files. During the eligibility
phase, information pertaining to criteria for study enrollment were collected in order to
identify subjects who were willing and eligible to participate in the study. Computer files
generated during the subject recruitment period were used for project management and for a
descriptive analysis of the non-participants were transferred from the eligibility data files to
the study files. The eligibility data files were archived.
3. Organization of Data
Data collected about four separate units of observation: child, family, unit (premises and
apartment concatenated), and premises. Some data files contain repeated measures type data,
i.e., the same set of data items for the same unit of observation collected at different times.
For instance, blood test results will be collected three times for each child. The goal of the
organization of the database is to make it possible to (1) easily match a child to the data that
apply to his or her premises or apartment, and to (2) easily match information pertaining to
a stage of the study (e.g., pre-abatement, post-abatement, etc.) across all files with repeated
measures data (e.g. soil lead measures, dust lead measures, blood lead measures).
The central data file is the KID file which provides the means by which data from different
files can be combined to form composite case records. The unit of observation for the KID
file is a child, and each observation will contain all the identifiers for that child (child id,
family id, premises id, unit id). Any files that do not have identifiers in common can be
merged through the KID file.
The repeated measure data contains variables that designate the phase of the study when the
test was done. By selecting test results based on values of PHASE, data from different stages
of the study can be compared.
-------
DATABASE CONFIGURATION
FILE
DESCRIPTION
OTHER IDENTIFIERS
Files pertaining to children (Identifier is LFK NUM1:
- KID
BLOODPB
KIDINT
DIET1-2
KIDINT_B
FERRITIN
HAND WIPE
SOURCE
STATUS
FUKID
HEIGHT
PARKto
FU2KID
Data about child, KEY file
Blood lead and FEP blood test results PHASE
First portion of initial child interview
Diet portions of initial child interview
Final portion of initial child interview
Ferritin blood test results
Handwipe lead results PHASE
Health care center or provider
Change of status (moved, quit) STATDATE
First follow-up child interview
Child's height, weight and blood pressure
at first follow-up interview
Assignment of id numbers to parks where
children played
Second follow-up child interview
Files pertaining to premises (Identifier is PREMID):
PREMISES Location of premises, landlord info
DETAILED Soil lead results from detailed sampling SAMPNUM, POSITION
S AMPNUMS Location of detailed soil samples by soil
sample number-
SAMPNUM
-------
DATABASE CONFIGURATION
FILE
DESCRIPTION
OTHER IDENTIFIERS
Files pertaining to families (Identifier is FAMID):
FAMILY Data that applies to all children in the family
DATES Dates of LFK interventions, by FAMID PREMID
FAMINT Initial family interview
FUFAM First follow-up family interview
t 4
FU2FAM Second follow-up family interview
WATER Water lead results HK_DATE
CHIPPEEL Chipping and peeling paint assessment
PAINT Interior paint lead measurement PREMID-APT_NO .
•„•
Files pertaining to a living unit (Identifier is PREMID-APT NO):
DUST Dust lead results ROOM, PLACE, PHASE
-------
FILE DESCRIPTIONS OVERVIEW
The following items are described for each data file in the database. An explanation of these
items and general information that applies to all data files are given here.
(1) FILE NAME:
The file name listed is the SAS dataset name. In almost all cases, the corresponding
PARADOX file has the same name. The exceptions are: (1) FAMILY.SSD, which is called
FAMILIES.DB in PARADOX (because FAMILY is not a valid PARADOX dataset name),
and (2) DETAILED.SSD, which is created by a SAS program (DETAILED.SAS) that
concatenates the data received in batches from the EPA. The batches are named by the
EPA report number (SOIL12, SOIL13, SOIL14, etc.) in both PARADOX and SAS.
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
General description of the data in the dataset.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
Description of unit that one record represents. (One record per child, one record for each
phase of study for each child, etc.)
(4) IDENTIFIER:
The KEY identifying variable for merging datasets through file KID (PREMID
LFK_NUM, FAMID, or PREMID-APT_NO).
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
If there are multiple observations in the data set by the principal identifier, the additional
identifiers necessary to identify an observation uniquely are listed here.
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
The origin of the data is either data entry through PARADOX or, in the case of data files
received from the EPA, file conversion from LOTUS.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
In order to expedite data verifications, each dataset contains all the data items necessary to
locate the original paper source (data collection instrument, lab report, etc.) for an
observation.
-------
FILE DESCRIPTIONS OVERVIEW
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
The standard data entry validation tools (range checks, picture formats, etc.) were used for
all datasets created through data entry. In addition, double entry and hand-checking were
used, as specified. The quality of identifiers was assured through table-lookup at data entry.
The principal identifiers were validated against a table of valid values, and invalid values
were rejected. Valid values called up additional identifying information (name, address,
etc.) to verify a correct match.
If the datasets were received from EPA as LOTUS files, SAS programs were used to match
the identifiers to the table of valid values, and the validity of the matches was checked by
hand.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
Group
A
B
S
Group
A
B
S
Group
A
B
S
Group
A
B
S
Frequency
36
30
35
Frequency
43
39
44
Frequency
42
38
43
Frequency
51
47
54
ORIGINAL
Percent
35.6
29.7
34.7
Percent
34.1
31.0
34.9
Percent
34.1
30.9
35.0
Percent
33.6
30.9
35.5
ENROLLED CHILDREN
PREMISES
Cumulative Frequency
36
66
101
FAMILIES
Cumulative Frequency
43
82
126
UNITS
Cumulative Frequency
42
80
123
KIDS
Cumulative Frequency
51
98
152
Cumulative Percent
35.6
65.3
100.0
Cumulative Percent
34.1
65.1
100.0
Cumulative Percent
34.1
65.0
100.0
Cumulative Percent
33.6
64.5
ioao
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
KID
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Key file containing identifiers for merging data files between levels of relational database
structure. Also contains demographical data about child.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
*
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data were transferred from data files created during eligibility phase. These data came
originally from OEA data files, and were corrected by LFK staff during the preliminary
interview.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
See preliminary interview cover sheet, filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Data were verified by families during preliminary interview and again during administration
of initial family questionnaire. Changes were made from data correction sheets completed
by Assistant Epidemiologist.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
BLOODPB
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Blood lead and FEP from all phases of study. (Includes baselines results for children who
were not enrolled.)
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation per child and phase of study.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFKJSfUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
PHASE (Values are PRE, POST1, POST2)
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Results from ESA blood test reporting slips were copied to data entry sheets. Data entry
done from data entry sheets.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
ESA lab results and data entry sheet on file by ESA receive date (ESADATE). Use
LINENUM to reference line on data entry sheet with child's result.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Computer listing of data file checked against original ESA report slip by hand.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
KIDINT
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Initial interview questionnaire data pertaining to a child. KIDINT contains pages 1 through
18 of questionnaire (items 600-806). Other portions of the child interview are in DIET1 &
DIET2 (pp. 19-40, items 850-854) and KIDINT_B (pp. 41-48, items 855-1002).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from interview form.
i
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
Interview forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
DIET1 and DIET2
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Initial interview questionnaire data pertaining to the child's diet. DIET1-2 contains pages
19-40 (items 850-854) of the questionnaire. Other portions of the initial child interview are
in KIDINT (pp. 1-18, items 600-804) and KIDINTJB (pp. 41-48, items 855-1002).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry from interview form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Intel-view forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
KIDINTJ3
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Initial interview questionnaire data pertaining to a child's father, tap water use,, and
demographic information. KIDINT_B contains pages 41 to 48 (items 855-1002) of the
questionnaire. Other portions of the initial child interview are in KIDINT (pp. 1-18, items
600-804) and DIET1 &,DIET2 (pp. 19-40, items 850-854).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from interview form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Interview forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
FERRITIN
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Ferritin test results from Bioran.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child (only baseline obtained).
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from Bioran blood test report slips.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
Filed by LFK_NUM, each result on an individual slip.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Double entry.
19
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
HANDWIPE
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Handwipe test results.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child and phase of study.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
JLFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
PHASE (Values are PRE, POST1, POST2)
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Lab reports from Dennison Laboratories.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Handwipe Analysis Reports filed by form sequence (analysis date).
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
100% visual comparison/correction.
-------
LEAD FREE KTDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
SOURCE
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Contains health care provider code for each child for reporting blood lead and FEP to
provider. (Health care provider information is also collected during the child interview).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION: ~~
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data were transferred from data files created during eligibility phase. These data items
came originally from OEA data files, and were corrected by LFK staff during the
preliminary interview.
t
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
See preliminary interview cover sheets, which are filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Validated by LFK staff with parents and health care providers.
14
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
STATUS
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Any change of status involving participation in the study is registered in STATUS. If a
child moves out of his/her original unit, the move is noted here, as well as the new address,
if known.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
An observation for each change of status for each child. A child could have more than one
change of status by moving more than once, or moving and later dropping out of the study.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
Date of change of status report (STATDATE).
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry done from "Change of Status" form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Forms filed by LFK_NUM.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
Computer sheet generated at data entry and validated by Assistant Epidemiologist.
15
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
PREMISES
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Contains data that apply to the premises occupied by the children (address, neighborhood,
etc.) and to the owner of the property. Also contains randomization group assignment.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation for each premises.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
PREMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION: ~ ~
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data were transferred from data files created during the eligibility phase. The address
information originated at OEA, and the landlord information was entered from the
LANDLORD RECRUITING FINAL SHEET.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
See premises folders, filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Address and landlord information is continually updated and corrected by the LFK staff
through home visits and landlord contacts.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
DETAILED
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Contains baseline detailed soil sample results. Each sample is identified by the premises
from which it came (PREMID), the assigned sequence number of the sample as noted on
the sampling map of the year (SAMPNUM) and by the variable POSITION (TOP or
BOTTOM)
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation for each sample result reported. (Usually, a top and a bottom sample for
each location)
(4) IDENTIFIER:
PREMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
SAMPNUM, POSITION
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data received in LOTUS files from the EPA and converted into SAS files.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
The variable FILE denotes the EPA report file (and diskette) from which the observation
originated. LFK has retained both the diskettes and the hard copies of the file reports as
received from the EPA for reference and verification. An observation can be located within
a file by the lab ID (LABID), which is a sequential sample number assigned by the EPA.
The same method can be used to locate the original result at the EPA labs, which also keeps
a record of the results.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Values can be verified against EPA records using method described above.
.17
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
RECONTAM
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Contains recontamination (surface) soil sample results. Each sample is identified by the
premises from which it came (PREMID), the assigned sequence number of the sample as
noted on the sampling map of the yard (SAMPNUM).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation for each sample result reported.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
PREMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
SAMPNUM, POSITION
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data received in LOTUS files from the EPA and converted into SAS files.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
The variable FILE denotes the EPA report file (and diskette) from which the observation
originated. LFK has retained both the diskette and the hard copies of the file reports as
received from the EPA for reference and verification. An observation can be located within
a file by the lab ID (LABID), which is a sequential sample number assigned by the EPA.
The same method can be used to locate the original result at the EPA labs, which also keeps
a record of the results.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
Values can be verified against EPA records using method described above.
18
-------
LEAD EREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
POSTSOIL
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Contains immediate post-abatement (surface) soil sample results. Each sample is identified
by the premises from which it came (PREMID), the assigned sequence number of the
sample as noted on the sampling map of the yard (SAMPNUM).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation for each sample result reported.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
PREMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
SAMPNUNJ, POSITION
_. ?
(6) ORIGIN &F DATA:
Data received in LOTUS files from the EPA and converted into SAS files.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
The variable FILE denotes the EPA report file (and diskette) from which the observation
originated. LFK has retained both the diskette and the hard copies of the file reports as
received from the EPA for reference and verification. An observation can be located within
a file by the lab ID (LAB ID), which is a sequential sample number assigned by the EPA.
The same method can be used to locate the original result at the EPA labs, which also keeps
a record of the results.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Values can be verified against EPA records using method described above.
19
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
SAMPNUMS
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Contains data about location from which each detailed soil sample was taken within the
yard. The location is specified by the side of the house (Left, Right, Front, Back) and the
distance in meters between the sample location and that side of the house (M_AWAY). The
distance in meters is calculated by the computer from a map measurement (noted in mm.)
and from the scale used for that map.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation for each sampling location. (NB: Each location will match 2 samples a
TOP and a BOTTOM)
(4) IDENTIFIER;
PREMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
SAMPNUM
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from transcription, form. A data transcription form was completed for each
premises map. The distances were measured by ruler in mm and noted for each sample
taken. The scale of the map was also noted (mm/m).
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Maps and data transcription forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
20
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
PARKID
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Parks and playgrounds frequented by LFK children were identified by an ID number and
linked to each child.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation for each park or playground.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
PARKID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
LFK.NUM
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from "PARKID LIST."
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
Forms filed in PARKID folder in results file drawer.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
Computer sheet generated at data entry and validated by Data Analyst.
21
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
FAMILY
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Contains data collected during eligibility phase that pertains to all children in a family
(telephone numbers, apartment number, parent information).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation per family.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
FAMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY TDF.NTTFV ANT
OBSERVATION^~ ~ —
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data were transferred from data files created during eligibility phase. These data came
originally from OEA data files, and were corrected by LFK staff during the preliminary
intprview. . J
(?) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
See preliminary interview cover sheet, filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Data were verified by families during preliminary interview and again during administration
of initial family questionnaire. Changes were made from data correction sheets completed
by Assistant Epidemiologist.
9?
-------
T.RAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
FAMINT
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Initial interview questionnaire data pertaining to a family.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per family.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
FAMED
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry from interview form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
r
Interview forms filed by FAMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
100% visual comparison/correction.
23
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
WATER
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Contains tap water sample test results.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
Two observations for each family.
NB: The actual unit of observation should have been UNIT (The concatenation of PREMID
and APT_NO), because it is possible for more than one family to occupy the same unit.
If necessary, the file FAMILY can be merged with the WATER file to attach the unit
numbers, and the WATER results duplicated for multiple families in the same unit.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
FAMID
& ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION; ~~
HK_DATE
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from Hall-Kimbrell test report slip.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Use the date received at Hall-Kimbrell (HK_DATE) to locate the original report Use the
Hall-Kimbrell lab ID (HKES_NUM) to locate a result within a report.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
24
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
DUST
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Contains dust sample lead level, sample weight, and area samples for each sample reported.
NB: The variable LESSTHAN has a value of '<' if the sample weight is less than .005,
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation for each dust sample reported.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
UNIT (Concatenated from PREMID and APT_NO)
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
ROOM (Bedroom, Kitchen, etc.)
PLACE (Window, Floor)
PHASE (PRE, POST1, POST2)
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
i
Data.entry from DUST SAMPLES DATA FORM. The identifying data and sample
description data are filled in by the LFK staff member who obtained the samples. The
weight, PbD, and LABID are filled in by the EPA.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Each page of results received by LFK from the EPA is assigned a sequential page number
(FORM_SEQ). A page contains all the sample data about one unit for one phase of the
study. The DUST SAMPLE DATA FORMS are filed by FORM_SEQ.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
25
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
FUFAM
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
First follow-up interview questionnaire data pertaining to a family.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per family.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
FAMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from interview form
C7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Interview forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
26
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
FUKID
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
First follow-up interview questionnaire data pertaining to a child.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from interview form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
i
Interview forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
100% visual comparison/correction.
27
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCR
Irst follow-up period were recorded by the
first follow-up interview. Results are found
iew by LFK_NUM.
(1) FILE NAME;
HEIGHT
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Height, weight, and blood pressure from the
nurse/case manager at a time different from the
in HEIGHT and can be merged with the inter
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TŁ) UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry done from "2nd Height, Weight, and
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA
Forms filed by LFK_NUM within family (FAtjtflD) within premises (PREMID)
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Computer sheet generated at data entry and va idated by Data Analyst.
28
PTION
Blood Pressure" form.
ITEMS:
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME;
FU2FAM
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Second follow-up interview questionnaire data pertaining to a family.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation per family.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
FAMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
" ' ' ~nni.li V
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry from interview form
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
t
Intei-view forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE;
100% visual comparison/correction.
29
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
FU2KID
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
. Second follow-up interview questionnaire data pertaining to a child.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation per child.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
LFK_NUM
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION;
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from interview form.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
i
Interview forms filed by PREMID.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
30
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
CHIPPEEL
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION:
Contains interior chipping and peeling paint assessments by room.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION;
One observation for each family.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
FAMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry from INTERIOR PAINT ASSESSMENT FORM. The identifying data and
sample description data are filled in by the LFK staff member who made the assessments.
The codes for NOT APPLICABLE and other codes are filled in by the assistant
epidemiologist or the data analyst.
I
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Each page of results received by the data analyst from the LFK staff is assigned a sequential
page number (FORM_SEQ). A page contains all the chipping and peeling paint data about
one unit. The INTERIOR PAINT ASSESSMENT FORMS are filed by FORM_SEQ.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
31
-------
LEAD FREEJODS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
PAINT
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Contains interior paint lead measurements (with PGT) by room and location (wall or
woodwork).
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION:
One observation for each unit or family.
(4) IDENTIFIER:
FAMDD
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA:
Data entry from XRF LEAD PAINT MEASUREMENT FORM. The identifying data and
sample description data are filled in by the LFK staff member who obtained the samples or,
in some cases, by the staff member who abstracted the data from inspection reports. The
codes for NOT APPLICABLE and other codes are filled in by the data analyst.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS;
Each page of results received by the data analyst from the LFK staff is assigned a sequential
page number (FORM_SEQ). A page contains all the interior paint lead data about one unit
The XRF LEAD PAINT MEASUREMENT FORMS are filed by FORM_SEQ.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
32
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS
FILE DESCRIPTION
(1) FILE NAME:
DATES
(2) FILE DESCRIPTION;
Contains dates of all LFK interventions, i.e. dust, loose paint, soil abatements, and exterior <
and interior deleading, for each family.
(3) UNIT OF OBSERVATION: * I
One observation for each family.
(4) IDENTIFIER;
FAMID
(5) ADDITIONAL IDENTIFIERS NEEDED TO UNIQUELY IDENTIFY AN
OBSERVATION:
(6) ORIGIN OF DATA;
Data entry from DATES OF INTERVENTIONS FOR LFK UNITS form. Dates of LFK
interventions were filled in by LFK staff members responsible for monitoring the
interventions.
(7) LOCATING ORIGINAL SOURCE FOR DATA ITEMS:
Form organized by FAMID and filed.
(8) QUALITY ASSURANCE:
100% visual comparison/correction.
33
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
INSTRUCTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS
The copy of the consent form should be kept in a secure place for future reference.
It is also important that you have the telephone number of the "Lead Free Kids Program"
easily available, so that you can get in touch with us whenever you want to.
-------
LEAD FREK KTDS STUDY
PARTICIPANT CONSENT FORM
I understand that the Department of Health and Hospitals of the City of Boston's
Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, with the assistance of the United States
Environmental Protection Agency, is conducting the Lead Free Kids Project to determine
the possible effectiveness of the removal of lead contaminated soil on reducing blood lead
levels of pre-school children in certain areas of Boston.
I understand that I have been asked to participate in this project because I live in
Roxbury, Dorchester, Mattapan, or Jamaica Plain and have a child/children up to four years
of age with a blood lead level in the upper end of the normal range (between 12 and 24
ug/dl). Blood lead levels refer to the amount of lead in a child's blood. All children
between the ages of 9 months and 6 years should have their blood lead levels checked at
least twice a year to make sure they are not too high.
I understand that the project will take place from January 1989 to January 1991 and
will involve several visits to my residence for blood samples, an interview, soil, dust, water
and paint samples, and soil and dust removal.
Subject's Initials
-------
-2-
I understand that I will be assigned to one of three study groups. The first group will
receive loose paint and contaminated soil and dust removal starting in the fall of 1989. The
second group will receive loose paint and dust removal starting in the fall of 1989 and soil
removal starting in the fall of 1990. The third group will receive loose paint removal starting
in the fall of 1989 and soil and dust removal starting in the fall of 1990. I understand that
my assignment to any one of these groups will be by chance (like flipping a coin) and that
I have an equal chance of being assigned to any one group.
I understand that if I move, I and my child/children may continue to be part of the
project. In addition, I understand that I will be asked for the names of several people
(friends, neighbors, or relatives) whom the staff may contact to obtain my new address if I
do not notify the staff that I have moved. If I do not wish to give out these names, I and
my child/children may still participate in the study.
i
I understand there will be three parts to the project:
A. Interview - Collection of information concerning:
(1) Health history and activities of participating children in my home that may
be related to lead poisoning;
(2) Occupations of adults in my home that may involve lead;
(3) Types of cooking utensils used in my home (cooking utensils may contain
lead);
(4) Hobbies of any family member involving lead.
Subject's Initials
-------
-3-
B. Environmental Testing and Cleanup
(1) Collection of dust samples in my home;
(2) Collection of soil samples in the yard of my home;
(3) Collection of tap water samples in my home;
(4) Collection of paint samples in my home;
(5) Removal of the top several inches of soil from my yard, if that soil has a
lead content greater than 500 parts per million, and
(6) Replacement of all excavated soil with clean soil and grass seed or sod.
(7) Vacuuming of the interior of my home to remove dust;
C. Taking of blood samples and hand lead measurements
(1) A blood sample, approximately 2-3 ml. or less than the amount of fluid on
a teaspoon will be taken from a vein in the arm of each participating child
to be tested for indicators of lead toxicity. Lead toxicity is a lead level that
is high enough to cause changes in certain aspects of a child's body
function. There will be at least three with the possibility of five blood
samples taken. There should be no problems associated with collecting the
blood sample, other than slight, temporary discomfort and the possibility
, of a small bruise where the needle enters the skin, which will disappear in
a few days. Needles used for this purpose are pre-sterilized and disposed
of after each sampling.
(2) Lead on the hands of each participating child will also be measured. This
measurement involves thoroughly wiping both hands of each child with
commercial wet-wipes. There should be no discomfort associated with this
procedure.
(3) Project teams will take blood samples and conduct hand lead
measurements in each participating child three times over the next one and
one-half years.
I understand that all of the information from the interview and test results will be held
in the strictest confidence.
Subject's Initials
-------
-4-
I understand that participation in this study will involve a certain level of intrusion into
my family's routine. Project staff will need to come into my home on several occasions to
obtain the samples described above and carry out loose paint and interior dust removal. I
also understand that I may need to close certain windows and doors when the soil is being
removed.
I also understand that I will receive compensation from the study for
my participation. This compensation will consist of monthly food packages for as long as
I participate and an appliance when I complete my participation in the study. I understand
that I will receive this compensation even if I move away from my current home provided
that I stay in touch with the study staff.
I also understand that this study may benefit my children because it may reduce their
chances,of lead poisoning. The study may also benefit scientific knowledge since it may
provide information on the amount and sources of lead in and around homes and may help
determine the best ways to prevent lead poisoning, a very serious child health problem.
I, as the legal guardian of the child/children participating in the study voluntarily agree
to take part in the study and consent to having my child/children participate. I understand
that my and my child's (or childrens') participation may involve:
Subject's Initials
-------
-5-
(1) being interviewed regarding the topics described above;
(2) contributing samples of blood and hand lead measurements;
(3) allowing soil, dust and water samples to be taken at my residence, and
allowing soil removal/replacement activities and interior vacuuming to
occur;
(4) allowing the examination of paint at my residence.
I have been assured that personal information will be kept in confidence by the Lead
Free Kids Project. Any data from the project that are given to the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) will not contain identifying information. I also understand that
neither I, nor any member of my family, will be identified by name in any reports of the
results of the Lead Free Kids Project.
I understand that I may decline to answer specific questions as I see fit and that I am
free to withdraw my child's participation in the project at any time. I also understand that
my withdrawl will not jeopardize receipt of medical care for myself or my child/children.
I understand that I will be informed, in writing, of the results of all of the blood, soil,
dust, water and paint tests described above by the project staff in a timely fashion and that
these results will be explained to me.
Subject's Initials
-------
-6-
I understand that if any blood test results indicate that my child/children should receive
medical follow up, the project staff will provide a referral to my regular health care provider
or will assist me in finding an appropriate health care provider.
I understand that if the test indicates a need for medical follow-up, I will be notified
immediately. I can obtain additional information about this study, medical follow-up, and
questions I may have about the results of the study by writing or calling my Lead Free Kids
staff team (names) at:
Lead Free Kids Project
818 Harrison Avenue
Boston, -MA 02118
534-5965
I understand that if I am not happy with any part of the study and don't want to talk
to my study staff team about it, I can call or write to the project administrator (Natalie
i
Zarimba) or director (Mr. Ronald R. Jones) at the above address and phone number.
In addition, you may wish to discuss this study and/of your participation in it with your
regular doctor or nurse. You may also request the person who is in charge of the study to
speak with your doctor.
Subject's Initials
-------
-7-
Statement of subject's approval of consent
Subject Date
I have witnessed that the elements of the above informed consent have been adequately and
appropriately explained to the subject.
Witness Date
I attest the I have fully and appropriately informed the subject of the nature of the above
study and have offered to answer any questions that he/she may have.
Principal Investigator Date
Furthermore, if you have any questions concerning the study and/or your consent to
be a participant, you may also contact the Human Studies Committee of the Trustees of
Health and Hospitals of The City of Boston, Inc. (Chairperson, 424-5842) created for the
protection of the human subjects involved in proposed studies. Although the Human Studies
Committee has approved this study as protocol # - on (date), your
participation is entirely voluntary.
-------
LEAD FREE KIDS STUDY
PARTICIPANT LANDLORD CONSENT FORM
I understand that the Department of Health and Hospitals of the City of Boston's
Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention Program, with the assistance of the United States
Environmental Protection Agency, is conducting the Lead Free Kids Project to determine
the possible effectiveness of the removal of lead contaminated soil on reducing blood lead
levels of non-poisoned children in certain areas of Boston.
I understand that my tenant (NAME) who lives at (ADDRESS)
has been asked to participate in this project.
I also understand that the project will take place from January 1989 to January 1991
and will involve several visits to my tenant's residence for activities including testing for lead
*
in paint, soil, dust and loose paint removal.
I understand that my tenant will be assigned to one of three study groups. The first
group will receive interior loose paint and contaminated soil and interior dust removal
starting in the fall of 1989. The second group will receive loose paint and dust removal
starting in the fall of 1989 and soil removal starting in the fall of 199Q. The third group will
receive loose paint removal starting in the fall of 1989 and soil and dust removal starting in
Landlord's Initials
-------
-2-
the fall of 1990. I understand that my tenant's assignment to any one of these groups will
be by chance (like flipping a coin) and that they have an equal chance of being assigned to
any one group. I also understand that I will be informed of which group my tenant has been
assigned.
I also understand that at the end of the study (fall 1990), the project will test the
interior of my tenant's apartment, common hallways and the exterior of my property for lead
paint. I also understand that if violations of the Massachusetts Lead Law are found, the
project will help me by identifying or providing financial assistance, if applicable, for bringing
my property into compliance with the law.
I understand that, as initial part of this assistance, I will receive $500 (actual amount
not yet determined) compensation from the study for my participation when all of the
activities described above are completed. , I also understand that I will receive this
i
compensation even if my tenant moves before he/she completes participation in the study.
I understand the project will need to gain access to my property for the following
activities:
Landlord's Initials
-------
-3-
(1) Removal of the top several inches of soil from my property's yard if that
soil has a lead content greater than 500 parts per million,
(2) Replacement of all excavated soil with clean soil and grass seed or sod.
I understand that the project will be responsible for replacing any landscaping, flowers,
fences or other structures on my property that are damaged as a result of the project's
activities.
I, as owner of the property at (ADDRESS") , voluntarily agree to take
part in the study. I understand that my participation will involve allowing soil removal and
replacement activities to occur.
I have been assured that personal information will be kept in confidence by the Lead
Free Kids Project. Any data from the project that are given to the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) will not contain identifying information. I also understand that I
will not be identified by name in any reports of the results of the Lead Free Kids Project.
Landlord's Initials
-------
-4-
I can obtain additional information about this study and questions I may have about
the results of the study by writing or calling my Lead Free Kids staff team (names) at:
Lead Free Kids Project
818 Harrison Avenue
Boston, MA 02118
424-5965
I understand that if I am not happy with any part of the study and don't want to talk
to my study staff team about it, I can call or write to the project administrator (Natalie
Zaremba) or director (Mr. Ronald R. Jones) at the above address and phone number.
Statement of landlord's approval of consent
Landlord
Date
I have witnessed that the elements of the above informed consent have been adequately and
appropriately explained to the landlord.
Witness
Date
I attest the I have fully and appropriately informed the landlord of the nature of the above
study and have offered to answer any questions that he/she may have.
Principal Investigator
Date
Furthermore, if you have any questions concerning the study and/or your consent to
be a participant, you may also contact the Human Studies Committee of the Trustees of
Health and Hospitals of The City of Boston, Inc. (Chairperson, 424-5842) created for the
protection of the human subjects involved in proposed studies. Although the Human Studies
Committee has approved this study as protocol # on (date), your
participation is entirely voluntary.
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1993 - 750-068/60016
------- |